· Syllabus 2015-2016 B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) I Semester GGB151 :GEOMORPHOLOGY Credit :4 Mid Term :30...

Course & Syllabus

FOR THE SESSION 2015-2016

B.A./ B.Sc. (HONS.) GOGRAPHY

AND

M.A./ M.Sc. (GEOGRAPHY)

DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY

ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY

ALIGARH

Syllabus 2015-2016

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) I Semester GGB151 :GEOMORPHOLOGY

Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Geomorphology: Nature and Scope.

2. Earth: Interior Structure and Isostasy.

3. Earth Movements: Plate Tectonics, Types of Folds and Faults, Earthquakes and

Volcanoes.

4. Geomorphic Processes: Weathering, Mass Wasting, Cycle of Erosion (Davis and

Penck).

5. Evolution of Landforms (Erosional and Depositional): Fluvial, Karst, Aeolian, Glacial,

and Coastal.

Reading List

1. Bloom A. L., 2003: Geomorphology: A Systematic Analysis of Late Cenozoic Landforms, Prentice-Hall

of India, New Delhi. 2. Bridges E. M., 1990: World Geomorphology, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

3. Christopherson, Robert W., (2011), Geosystems: An Introduction to Physical Geography, 8 Ed.,

Macmillan Publishing Company 4. Kale V. S. and Gupta A., 2001: Introduction to Geomorphology, Orient Longman, Hyderabad.

5. Knighton A. D., 1984: Fluvial Forms and Processes, Edward Arnold Publishers, London.

6. Richards K. S., 1982: Rivers: Form and Processes in Alluvial Channels, Methuen, London. 7. Selby, M.J., (2005), Earth’s Changing Surface, Indian Edition, OUP

8. Skinner, Brian J. and Stephen C. Porter (2000), The Dynamic Earth: An Introduction to physical

Geology, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons

9. Thornbury W. D., 1968: Principles of Geomorphology, Wiley. 10. Gautam, A (2010): Bhautik Bhugol, Rastogi Punlications, Meerut

11. Tikkaa, R N (1989): Bhautik Bhugol ka Swaroop, Kedarnath Ram Nath, Meerut

12. Singh, S (2009):Bhautik Bhugol ka Swaroop, Prayag Pustak,Allahabad

Syllabus 2015-2016

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) I Semester

GGB-1P5 :Cartographic Techniques (Practical)

Credit :02

Continues Evolution :40

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Cartography – Nature and Scope.

2. Scales – Concept and application; Graphical Construction of Plain, Comparative and Diagonal

Scales.

3. Map Projections – Classification, Properties and Uses; Graphical Construction of Polar

Zenithal. Stereographic, Bonne’s and Mercator’s Projections, and reference to Universal

Transverse Mercator (UTM) Projection.

4. Topographical Map – Interpretation of a Mountain area with the help of Cross and

Longitudinal Profiles.

5. Slope Analysis – Wentworth’s method.

Practical Record: A Project File in pencil, comprising one exercise each, on scale, map

projection, interpretation of topographic sheet and slope analysis.

Reading List 1. Anson R. and Ormelling F. J., 1994: International Cartographic Association: BasicCartographic Vol. Pregmen Press.

2. Gupta K.K. and Tyagi, V. C., 1992: Working with Map, Survey of India, DST, New Delhi.

3. Khan Jabir, Hasan, T & Shamshad, Scales, Academic Publications, 2014 4. Mishra R.P. and Ramesh, A., 1989: Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept, New Delhi.

5. Monkhouse F. J. and Wilkinson H. R., 1973: Maps and Diagrams, Methuen, London.

6. Rhind D. W. and Taylor D. R. F., (eds.), 1989: Cartography: Past, Present and Future, Elsevier,

International Cartographic Association.

7. Robinson A. H., 2009: Elements of Cartography, John Wiley and Sons, New York.

8. Sharma J. P., 2010: Prayogic Bhugol, Rastogi Publishers, Meerut.

9. Singh R. L. and Singh R. P. B., 1999: Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publishers.

10. Sarkar, A. (2015) Practical geography: A systematic approach. Orient Black Swan Private Ltd., New Delhi

11. Singh R L & Rana P B Singh(1991) Prayogtmak Bhugol ke Mool Tatva, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi

12. Sharma, J P (2010) Prayogtmak Bhugol ki Rooprekha, Rastogi Publications, Meerut

13. Singh, R L & Dutta, P K (2012) PrayogatmakBhugol, Central Book Depot, Allahabad.

Syllabus 2015-2016 (CBCS)

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) II Semester GGB251 :HUMAN GEOGRAPHY

Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Introduction: Defining Human Geography; Major Themes; Contemporary Relevance.

2. Space and Society: Cultural Regions; Race; Religion and Language.

3. Population: Population Growth and Distribution; Population Composition; Demographic

Transition Theory.

4. Settlements: Types of Rural Settlements; Classification of Urban Settlements; Trends and

Patterns of World Urbanization.

5. Population-Resource Relationship

Reading List

1. Chandna, R.C. (2010) Population Geography, Kalyani Publisher.

2. Hassan, M.I. (2005) Population Geography, Rawat Publications, Jaipur

3. Daniel, P.A. and Hopkinson, M.F. (1989) The Geography of Settlement, Oliver & Boyd,

London.

4. Johnston R; Gregory D, Pratt G. et al. (2008) The Dictionary of Human Geography,

Blackwell Publication.

5. Jordan-Bychkov et al. (2006) The Human Mosaic: A Thematic Introduction to Cultural

Geography. W. H. Freeman and Company, New York.

6. Kaushik, S.D. (2010) Manav Bhugol, Rastogi Publication, Meerut.

7. Maurya, S.D. (2012) Manav Bhugol, Sharda Pustak Bhawan. Allahabad.

8. Hussain, Majid (2012) Manav Bhugol. Rawat Publications, Jaipur

Syllabus 2015-2016

(CBCS)

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) II Semester

GGB-2P5: Thematic Cartography (Practical)

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

1. Maps – Classification and Types; Principles of Map Design.

2. Diagrammatic Data Presentation – Line, Bar and Circle.

3. Thematic Mapping Techniques – Properties, Uses and Limitations; Areal Data -- Choropleth,

Dot, Proportional Circles; Point Data – Isopleths.

4. Cartographic Overlays – Point, Line and Areal Data.

5. Thematic Maps – Preparation and Interpretation.

Practical Record: A Thematic Atlas should be prepared on a specific theme with five plates of

any state in India.

Reading List 1. Cuff J. D. and Mattson M. T., 1982: Thematic Maps: Their Design and Production, Methuen Young

Books 2. Dent B. D., Torguson J. S., and Holder T. W., 2008: Cartography: Thematic Map Design (6th

Edition), Mcgraw-Hill Higher Education

3. Gupta K. K. and Tyagi V. C., 1992: Working with Maps, Survey of India, DST, New Delhi.

4. Khan Jabir, Hasan, T & Shamshad, Scales, Academic Publications, 2014 5. Kraak M.-J. and Ormeling F., 2003: Cartography: Visualization of Geo-Spatial Data, Prentice-Hall.

6. Mishra R. P. and Ramesh A., 1989: Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept, New Delhi. 7. Sharma J. P., 2010: Prayogic Bhugol, Rastogi Publishers, Meerut.


9. Slocum T. A., Mcmaster R. B. and Kessler F. C., 2008: Thematic Cartography and Geovisualization

(3rd Edition), Prentice Hall. 10. Tyner J. A., 2010: Principles of Map Design, The Guilford Press.

11. Sarkar, A. (2015) Practical geography: A systematic approach. Orient Black Swan Private Ltd., New

Delhi 12. Singh, L R & Singh R (1977): Manchitra or Pryaogatamek Bhugol , Central Book, Depot, Allahabad

13. Bhopal Singh R L and Duttta P K (2012) Prayogatama Bhugol, Central Book Depot, Allahabad

Syllabus 2015-2016


Thematic Cartography (Practical)

(GGB –2P1)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Maps – Classification and Types; Principles of Map Design.

2. Diagrammatic Data Presentation – Line, Bar and Circle.

3. Thematic Mapping Techniques – Properties, Uses and Limitations; Areal Data --

Choropleth, Dot, Proportional Circles; Point Data – Isopleths.

4. Cartographic Overlays – Point, Line and Areal Data.

5. Thematic Maps – Preparation and Interpretation.

Practical Record: A Thematic Atlas with ink should be prepared on a specific theme

with five plates of any state in India.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Singh, R.L. , Elements of Practical Geography.

2. Khullar, D.R., Essential of practical Geography

3. Sing, R. , Singh, L.R. , Mapwork and Practical Geography.

4. Bygott, J. , Mapwork and Practical Geography.

5. Singh, R.L., & Datt, P.K., Elements of Practical Geography. Latest Edition.

6. Alvi, Zamiruddin, A Textbook of Surveying.

7. Ishtiaque, M. , A Textbook of Practical Geography.

Syllabus 2015-2016

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) III Semester HUMAN AND ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY

(GGB – 301)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

Unit I. Human Geography: Nature and scope, man-environment relationships:

World Population –distribution, density, growth and factors influencing

them.

Unit II. Human Migration and Settlement: causes and consequences of migration,

Internal and International migration. Rural settlement types and patterns;

Urban settlement types, classification of towns on the basis of site, size and

functions.

Unit III. Economic Geography: meaning and scope, World Distribution and

Production: Agricultural crops: wheat, rice, tea, sugarcane and cotton;

Mineral and energy-iron, copper, coal, petroleum and hydroelectric;

Industries-iron-steel, cotton textile, and paper and pulp; factors of industrial

location.

Unit IV. Economic Activities: Trends and patterns of primary, secondary and

tertiary activities. International Trade and Major fishing grounds of the

world.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography, New Delhi, latest edition. 2. Chandna, R.C., A Geography of population concepts determinants and patterns, New

Delhi, 2008.

3. Hussain, M. Human Geography (III and IVEdition), Rawat Publication, Jaipur, 2012.

4. Janavi, U.A., Economic Geography, Concept publishing company, New Delhi, 1985. 5. Jones E., Human Geography.

6. Jones, C.F., & Darkenwald, G.G., Economic Geography, New York, latest edition.

7. Leong & Morgan: Human and Economic Geography. 8. Miller, E., Geography of Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

9. Perpillou, A.V. 1977, Human Geography.

10. Thomas, R.S. , The Geography of Economic Activity-An Introductory World Survey, Mc-Graw-Hill Book Company, Inc. , New York, 1962.

11. Trewartha, G.T., A Geography of Population: World Patterns, John Wiley &

Sons, Inc., New York. 12. Zelinsky, W., A Prologue to Population Geography, Prentice Hall, 1966.

13. Zimmerman, E.W., World Resources and Industries, Harper Brothers, New York.

Syllabus 2015-2016 B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) III Semester

CARTOGRAPHY –I AND SURVEYING

(GGB3P1)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

Cartography II: ● Representation of socio-economic data with the help of diagram.

● Bar diagram (simple, multiple and divided).

● Wheel diagram

● Proportion circles

● Flow diagram

● Importance of dumpy level and its uses. Plotting of longitudinal

sections by rise and fall method.

BOOKS RECOMMENTED:-



3. Mahmood, Aslam, Statistical Techniques in Geographical Studies, Rajesh

publishers, New Delhi.

4. Misra, R.P. , & Ramesh, A. , Fundamentals of Cartography, Mac Millan, New

Delhi, 1986.

5. Monkhouse, F.J. , Maps and Diagrams.

6. Singh, R. , & Singh, L.R. , Mapwork and Practical Geography.

7. Singh, R.L., Elements of Practical Geography.

Syllabus 2015-2016

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) IV Semester

GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA

(GGB – 401)

Credit: 04

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT 1. Geological history of India: A brief review. Structure, composition and economic

importance with special reference to Dharwar, Deccan trap and Gondwana

system. Bases of physiographic division of India. Extra peninsula, peninsula and

Indo-Gangetic plain.

UNIT II. Drainage system of India. Evolution of extra peninsular drainage and its major

river system like Ganga and Brahmaputra. Characteristics of peninsular drainage

and its major river system like Krishna and Godawari. Difference between

peninsular and extra peninsular drainage systems.

UNIT III. Climate - characteristics of Indian climate: Origin and development of Monsoon

and its mechanism. Classical and modern views regarding the origin of Indian

Monsoon. El-Nino and its effect on Indian weather. Regionalisation of Indian

climate with special reference to Koppen and Thorntwaite's classifications.

UNIT IV. Natural vegetation - Factors affecting the growth and distribution of natural

vegetation. Types of forests and its distribution, characteristics and economic

importance. Types of soil, distribution and characteristics.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Das, P.K., The Monsoon, New Delhi

2. Krishnan, M.S., Geology of India and Burma

3. Puri, G.S., Indian forest Ecology, New

4. Ray Chaudhary, S.P., Land and soil, New Delhi

5. Spate, O.H.K., & Learrmonth, A.T.A., India and Pakistan Land, people and Economy,

London.

6. The Gazetter of India Vol.1

7. Wadia, D.N., Geology of India, London.

Syllabus 2015-2016

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) IV Semester

CATOGRAPHY - II AND SURVEYING

(GGB4 P1)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

● Types of cartographic symbols and their uses.

● Point symbols (Dot map)

● Area symbols (Choropleth map)

● Line symbols (Isopleth map)

● Line graph

● Sextant - Use of sextant. Calculation of horizontal and vertical distance.

BOOKS RECOMMENTED:-






Delhi, 1986.




Syllabus 2015-2016

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) V Semester

EVOLUTION OF GEOGRAPHICAL THOUGHT

(GGB – 501) Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT 1. General characteristics of geography in ancient period. Contribution of

Herodotus, Strabo, Eratosthenes and Ptolemy in the development of geographical

thought.

UNIT II. General characteristics of geographical thought during Arab period. Dark – age.

Contribution of important philosophers - Al - Masaudi, Al - Biruni and Ibn-

Khaldun.

UNIT III. Founders of modern geographical thought. Contribution of Humboldt and Ritter.

Contribution of French and British schools of geography with special reference to

Vidal-De-la- Blache and Mackinder.

UNIT IV. Concepts in geography: Environmental determinism, possiblism, and stop and go

determinism. Development of geographical thought after Second World War- A

critical study of Quantitative revolution and behavioral geography.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Adhikari, S., Fundamentals of Geographical Thought, Allahabad.

2. Ali, S.M., Arab Geography. Aligarh.

3. Ali, S.M.Z., Arab's Contribution to the Geography during 9th and 10th Centuries, A.D.

Aligarh.

4. Dickinson, R.E. The Makers of Modern Geography, London.

5. Dixit, R.D. Geographical Thought ' A Contextual History of Ideas, Delhi.

6. Hartshorne, R, Perspective on the Nature of Geography, Chicago.

7. Hussain, M., Evolution of Geographical thought. Delhi.

8. James, R.E., All possible world: A History of Geographical Ideas, New York.

Syllabus 2015-2016


MAJOR WORLD ENVIRONMENT


Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT I. Concept of Environment, Components and types of Environment.

Perspective on man-environment relationships, approaches to the study of

man environment relationship, symbiosis between man and environment.

UNIT II. Equatorial Environment: Physical and human environment. Monsoon

Environment: Physical and human environment, Hot-desert Environment:

Physical and human environment

UNIT III. Tropical and Temperate Grasslands and their comparison in context of their

Physical and human environment. Mediterranean Environment: Physical

and human environment.

UNIT IV. West European Environment: Physical and human environment, Tundra

and Taiga Environments with respect to their Physical and human

environment.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Ahmad, Qazi Said-ud-din. Major Natural Regions, S Chand & Co. (Pvt) Ltd. New Delhi.

2. Arvill, R., Man and Environment: Crisis and strategy of Choice, Penguin, Harmondsworth,

1967.

3. Heinzalman and Smith. World regional Geography, New Delhi, Second Edition, 1965.

4. Singh, Savindra, Environmental Geography, Prayag Pustak Bhawan Allahabad, !997

5. Thomas, W.L. (ed.) Man's role in changing the face of the Earth, Chicago, 1956

Syllabus 2015-2016


GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICA


Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT I. Physical divisions, climate - general characteristics, climatic regions, people -

spatial distribution of population. (One question from this unit).

UNIT II. Agriculture: Distribution and production of wheat and wheat region. Agricultural

regions of North America and chief characteristics of each region. Mineral wealth

and Energy resources: Iron and petroleum. Industries: iron and steel and Industrial

regions. (Two question from this unit).

UNIT III. Regional study of California under the following heads: Relief - Physical

divisions, climatic characteristics. Economy - General characteristics of

agriculture. (One question from this unit).

UNIT IV: Regional Study of New England under the following heads: Relief - physical

division, climatic characteristics. Economy - general characteristics of industry. (Two question from this unit).

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Barker, W.H., Regional Geographies, 1938, London Press, London.

2. Bindsall, S.S, Regional Landscapes of United States of North America and Canada.

3. Garlend, J.H., A Reg. Geography: North America, 1955, John Wiley & Sons., New York.

4. Hudson, F.S., North America.


6. Majid Hussain., Regional Geography, 1994, Anmol Pubs., Pvt., N. Delhi.

7. Meand, W.R., United states and Canada.

8. Miller & Parpin, Geography of North America.

9. Monkhouse, F.J., & Claim, H.R., North America.

10. Orkention, John., Canada: A Geographical Interpretation.

11. Patterson, J.H., North America.

12. Pounds, M.J.C., North America

13. Smith, J. Russall & Phillips, M.O., North America.

14. Stamp, L.D., A Regional Geography: America, 1961, Longman, London.

15. Watson, J.W., North America.

16. Watson, W., North America.

17. Wheeler, J.H., Regional Geography of the World, 1955, New York.

Syllabus 2015-2016


MAP PROJECTION – I

(GGB 5P1)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Latitudes and Longitudes, Time: types, local and standard times, longitude and time,

International Date Line. Definition and illustration of astronomical terms; altitude,

declination, small and great circles, Zenith and Nadir.

2. Meaning and classification of map projections, and construction, properties and uses of

following projections.

A. Cylindrical Projections:

Equal Area and Mercator’s Projections.

B. Conical Projections:

Simple Conical (one and two standard parallels), Bonne’s and Polyconic

Projections.

Books Recommended:

1. Gernet William, Map Projection.

2. James, A.H., and Ormsay, M.T.M., Mathematical Geography.

3. Kellewey, George, P., Map Projections

4. Singh, L.R., Mapwork and Practical Geography.


6. Steers, J.A., Map Projections

Syllabus 2015-2016


AERIAL PHOTO INTERPRETATION AND REMOTE SENSING

(GGB 5P2)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Aerial Photo Interpretation

History and development of aerial photogrammetry. Application of their

techniques in Geography. Aerial photograph and its index marks

2. Types and Interpretation of Aerial Photographs

Types and utility of aerial photographs. Chief elements of aerial photo

interpretation: Size, shape, ton, texture, pattern and location association.

3. Remote Sensing Concepts

Introduction to remote sensing, basic concepts in remote sensing,

Importance, development and application of remote sensing in geographical

studies.

4. Remote Sensing Platforms and Image Interpretation

Remote sensing platform and sensors- Active and Passive. Visual and

digital image interpretation.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-

1. Attends, Georgie., Applied Remote Sensing, CPLO.

2. Barrett & Curtis., Introduction to Environmental Remote Sensing.

3. Barrett & Curtis., Remote Sensing of Terrestrial Environment.

4. Currian., Practical of Remote Sensing.

5. Dickinson., Maps and photographs.

6. Michael, R.H., Remote Sensing: Methods and Applications.

7. Sabin., Remote Sensing.

8. Swain & Davis., Remote sensing: The quantitative Approach

Syllabus 2015-2016


STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES

(GGB 5P3) Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Measurements.

Nature and sources of geographic data, Types of sampling. Problems of

measurement: nominal, ordinal, ratio and tabulation of data.

2, Graphical Representation of Geographical Data.

Frequency Distribution: Histogram and cumulative frequency curves.

3. Measurement of Central Tendency.

Arithmetic mean, median and mode.

4. Measures of Dispersion

Mean deviation, quartile deviation, standard deviation and co-efficient of

variation.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-

1. Alvi Zamiruddin., Statistical Geography.

2. Ebden, D., Statistics in Geography (Practical Approach).

3. Gregory, S., Statistical Methods and the Geographer.

4. King, L.J., Statistical Analysis in Geography

5. Mahmood, Aslam., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies.

6. Simpson, G. & Kafka, F., Analysis in Geography.

Syllabus 2015-2016

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) VI Semester

AGRICULTURE & RURAL DEVELOPMENT

(GGB – 601)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT I. Conceptual basis of Rural Development: measures of development, rural

development in India: post-independence efforts.

UNIT II. Origin and development of agriculture, nature, scope and significance of

agricultural geography.

UNIT III. Agriculture and rural infra-structural facilities and amenities, new

agricultural technology, irrigation, rural transportation, rural marketing.

UNIT IV. Issues of agriculture: Rural poverty and under development, rural labour,

rural employment. Critical review of rural development strategies in India:

IRDP, Community Development Programme, Small Farmers Development

Programme in India.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Alexander, T.W., Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, Englewood cliffs, N.J. (Latest

Edition).

2. Clont, S.D., Rural Geography.

3. Deman, N.L., Agriculture and Rural Development in India.

4. Gregory, Howard, F., Geography of Agriculture: Themes in Research, Prentice Hall

Englewood cliffs, N.J., 1970.

5. Hussain, M., Agricultural Geography, New Delhi, 1979.

6. Leong & Morgan, Human and Economic Geography, Hong Kong,

7. Murthy, W.L. & Narayana, K.V., Rural Economy of India, Delhi.

8. Singh A.L. and Fazal. S., Agriculture and Rural Development, B.R. Publishers, New

Delhi- 1998

9. Symons, I., Agricultural Geography, London, 1964.

10. Tewari, R.T., & Sinha, R.C., Rural Development in India, New Delhi, 1988.

Syllabus 2015-2016 B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) VI Semester

POPULATION AND SETTLEMENT GEOGRAPHY

(GGB – 602)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT 1. Nature and scope of Population Geography, Broad patterns of population

distribution and density in the world; growth of population. Concept of over

population, under population and optimum population.

UNIT II. Migration and its demographic significance, types of migration: Internal – rural-

urban and seasonal, International - causes and effects.

UNIT III. India's population - Distribution, growth and density of population; population

growth and socio-economic development, problems and policies.

UNIT IV. Settlement: Rural settlement – site and situation; types and patterns; house types,

origin, size and structure of Indian villages.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Chandna, R.C., A Geography of Population: Concepts, Determinants and patterns, Kalyani

publishers, New Delhi, 1986.

2. Chisholm, M., Rural Settlements and Landuse, London, 1970.

3. Clarke, J.I., Population Geography, Pergamon Press, Oxforf, 1972.

4. Hudson, F.S., A Geography of Settlements, McDonald and Evans., N.D., 1976.

5. Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, New Delhi 2010.

6. Singh, R.L., et., al. Readings in Rural Settlement Geography, Varanasi 1972.

7. Trewartha, G.T., A Geography of Population, World patterns, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,

New York.

8. Trewatha, G.T., The Less Developed Realm - A Population Geography, McGraw Hill,

New York, 1972.

9. Wanmali, S., Service Centers in Rural India, B.R. Publication, Delhi, 1983.

Syllabus 2015-2016


URBAN AND REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT

(GGB – 603)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT I. Meaning and significance of Urban Geography. Definitions of Urban Places in the

World. Definition of Urban Places in India. Definitions of: Census Towns,

Statutory Towns, Urban Outgrowths (UOGS), Urban Agglomerations (UA) and

Standard Urban Areas (SUA). Concept of Mega and Metro-Cities, and their

temporal growth in India.

UNIT II. Trends and Patterns of Levels of Urbanization in India. Trends and Patterns of

Levels of Urbanization in the World. Process of Urbanization in India: an

overview of temporal urban growth. Respective Factors of temporal urban

growth.

UNIT III. Concept and Nature of Regional Planning. World History of Regional Planning.

Hierarchical Levels of Planning and Planning Regions.

UNIT IV. Temporal Process of Regional Development in the World. Concept and Basic

Types of Regional Development. Regional Imbalances in the World

Development.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-

1. Ashish, Bose, Studies in India’s urban, 1961 – 1971.

2. Carter, Herold, The study of urban Geography, Edward Arnold, London , 1972.

3. Dickinson, R.E., City region and regionalism, Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co. Lond , 1947

4. Friedann, J & Alonson, W. Regional development and planning.

5. Mayer, H.M. & Kohn, C.F., Readings in urban Geography, Chicago printing press,

Chicago.

6. Mitra, A., Levels of regional development in India.

7. Munir, A., Agricultural Productivity and regional development, Delhi, 1992.

8. R.C. Putham etc, Geography of urban places.

9. Sayeed, A. Kahn, Hierarchy of service center in Trans – Ghaghara plain.

10. Sengupta, P., & Sadasyuk, G.U., Economic regionalization of India: Problems &

Approaches.

11. Turner, Roy (ed), India’s urban future, Oxford University Press, Bombay 1962.

Syllabus 2015-2016


MAP PROJECTION – II

(GGB 6P1)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Classification of Zenithal Projections. Position of the plane on the globe, use of

source of light, perspective and non-perspective Zenithal Projections, and choice of

map projection.

2. Zenithal Projections: based on source of light (Polar case). Gnomonic, Stereographic,

and Orthographic; Equidistant and Equal Area Projection - properties, merits and

demerits.

3. Conventional Projections: Sinusoidal and Mollweide’s projection (Normal case) -

properties, merits and demerits.

Books Recommended:







Syllabus 2015-2016


SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY AND REPORT WRITING

(GGB6P2)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

Objective: The main objective of field studies is to provide the students with the

understanding of ground reality of a chosen Village/Town by observation,

Conducting socio-economic survey of the Urban household/village with

the help of a questionnaire, mapping of data, landuse and cropping pattern.

UNIT I: Methods of Field work: Types of data, Techniques of primary data collection:

Sampling, Preparation of a questionnaire. Significance of field work in

Geographical studies.

UNIT II: Conduct a socio-economic survey of the Urban Households with the help of a

questionnaire. Supplement the information by personal observations and

perceptions.

UNIT III: Procure a Cadastral map of the Village for field mapping of the features of the

landuse, settlement and other prominent features. Conduct a socio-economic survey

of the Village. Supplement the information by personal observations and

perceptions.

UNIT IV: Based on the results of socio-economic and landuse enquiry, prepare a Field Survey

Report both for Urban and Village survey. Maps, diagrams, photographs and

sketches should support the report.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Archeer, J.E. and Dalton, T.H. Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968.

2. Glodard, R.H., Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Dubuque, 1982.

3. Jones, P.A., Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968

4. Mohammad, A.C., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publication, Delhi,

1977.

5. Wheeleso, K.S. and Harding, M., Geographical Fieldwork, London, 1965.

Syllabus 2015-2016


COMPREHENSIVE VIVA

(GGBVV 3)

Credit: 2

Paper: 50

Total: 50

A comprehensive viva-voce will be held from all the courses of

the undergraduate level.

Syllabus 2015-2016

M. A. / M. Sc. (Previous) I Semester

GGM1001: GEOMORPHOLOGY

Credit :04

Mid Term :30

Sessional :30

End Term :60

Total :100

UNIT 1. Fundamental Concepts in Geomorphology:

Geological structures and landforms

Principles of uniformitarianism

Cycle of Erosion - concepts of Davis and Penck

UNIT II. Earth Movements

Isostasy – Doctrine of Isostasy; Views of Airy and Pratt

Continental Drift Theory – concept of Wegener

Plate Tectonics – concept and related views

Mountain Building Theories – concepts of Kober, Daly and Holmes.

UNIT III. Exogenic Processes

Weathering and soil formation

Dynamics of fluvial process and resulting landforms

Dynamics of glacial process and resulting landforms.

Dynamics of Aeolian process and resulting landforms.

UNIT IV. Applied Geomorphology

Terrain classification and its applications

Oil exploitation

Engineering projects

Drainage network analysis – Stream orders, Sinuosity index and

Drainage density

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Alam Clowes & Comfort., Processes and Landforms.

2. Bloom, A.L., Geomorphology-A systematic Analysis of late Cennozoic landforms.

3. Cotton, Geomorphology.

4. Dowie., Isostasy.

5. Jolly., Surface History of the Earth.

6. Ollier, C.D., Weathering.

7. Sparks, B.W., Geomorphology.

8. Steers, J.A., Unstable Earth.

9. Strahler, A.H. & Strahler, A.H., Elements of Physical Geography.

10. Thornbury, W.D., Principles of Geomorphology.

11. Von Engeln., Geomorphology.

12. Wooldridge, S.W., & Morgan, R.S., An Outline of Geomorphology.

Syllabus 2015-2016


GGM1002 :CLIMATOLOGY Credit :04

Mid Term :30

Sessional :30

End Term :60

Total :100

UNIT 1. Nature and scope of climatology and its relationship with meteroralogy. The

atmosphere: Structure and composition, insolation, heat-balance of the earth.

Distribution of temperature: Temporal, vertical and horizontal, Green House

effect.

UNIT 2. Atmospheric Equilibrium: Stability and instability, potential temperature and

evapo-transpiration. Distribution of atmospheric pressure and winds: Jet streams -

their origin, types and distribution, monsoon winds.

UNIT 3. Climatic Phenomena: Air masses and fronts, origin, growth, classification.

Frontogenesis, types and weather associated with fronts. Cyclones, and

anticyclones, Global warming.

UNIT 4. Climatic Classifications: Koppen's Thornthwaites - A critical appraisal of each

classification, Climates of the World: Tropical, Temperate, Desert. Interpretation

and generation of climatic information, soils, agricultural activities.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Barry & Perry., Synophic Climatology.

2. Blair, T.A., Climatology-General and Regional.

3. Chorley, R.J. & Barry, R.G., Atmospheric Weather and climate.

4. Donn, W.L., Meteorology.

5. Jackson, I.J., Climate, Water and Agriculture in the Tropics, 1977.

6. Kendrew, W.G., Climates of the Continents.

7. Lal, D.S., Climatology.

8. Mather, J.R., Climatology: Fundamental and Applications, 1974.

9. Patterson., Introduction to Meteorology.

10. Rama sastery, A.A., Weather & Weather fore casting.

11. Rummey, G., Climatology and the world's climate.

12. Stringer., Foundation of Climatology.

13. Stringer., Techniques in Climatology.

14. Trewartha, G.T., An Introduction to Climate.

Syllabus 2015-2016


GGM1003 :OCEANOGRAPHY

Credit :02

Mid Term :30

Sessional :30

End Term :60

Total :100

UNIT 1. Oceanography – nature, scope and development, distribution of land and

water, Ocean bottom topography, bottom relief of Pacific, Atlantic and

Indian Ocean.

UNIT II. Characteristics of Ocean water: temperature – distribution, salinity –

composition, source and distribution, density of sea level.

UNIT III. Movement of ocean water: currents - causes and character, currents of

Atlantic, Indian and Pacific Ocean, Waves, tides and theories of origin.

UNIT IV. Ocean deposits and coral reefs: sources, types and distribution of ocean

deposits, coral reefs –formation, condition of growth, type and theories of

origin.

BOOKS RECOMMENTED:

1. Davis, R.J.A. 1986, Oceanography – An Introduction of the Marine Environment, Win

C. Brown, Iowa.

2. King, C.A., Oceanography for Geographers, Edward Arnold Pub.

3. Murray, S.J., 1913, Ocean, A General account of the Science of the sea, Thorton Butter

Worth, London.

4. Siddhartha, K. 1999, Oceanography, A Brief Introduction, Kisalaya Pub. Pvt. Ltd., New

Delhi..

5. Singh, S. 2002, Physical Geography, Prayag Pub., Allahabad.

6. Stahler, A. N. Stahler A.M., 1997, Geography and man’s Environment, John Wiley and

Sons, New York.

7. Thurnman, H.V., 1978, Introduction to oceanography, Charles E. Merrill Pub. Co.,

London.

8. Weyl, P.K. 1970, Oceanography an Introduction of the Marine Environment, John Wiley

and Sons Ltd., London.

Syllabus 2015-2016


GGM1004 :INDIA: PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY

Credit :04

Mid Term :30

Sessional :30

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I: Stratigraphy of India -A Brief Review. Bases of Physiographic Divisions of

India; Evolution of Extra-Peninsula: Its Geological Structure, Relief and the

Evidences Regarding its Present Day Evolution; Peninsula: Structure and

Relief; Indo-Gangetic Plain: Evolution, Structure and Relief; Coasts:

Western Coast and Eastern Coast.

Unit II: Drainage: Evolution of Extra-peninsular Drainage -A Critical Study of

Indo-Brahm Theory: System and Pattern of Peninsular Drainage.

Unit III: Origin and Mechanisms of Indian Monsoon - A Critical Review of

Classical and Modern Views Regarding its Origin: Effects of El-Nino on

Indian Monsoon.

Unit IV: Problems of Soil - Soil Erosion and Conservation; Saline and Alkaline

Soils -their measures of reclamation; Problems of Indian Forestry; Forest

Development Programs.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Spate, O.H.K., & Learrmonth, A.T.A., India & Pakistan, London.

2. Puri, G.S., Indian forest Ecology, New Delhi.

3. Ray Chaudhary, S.P. Land and soil, New Delhi

4. The Gazetteer of India Vo 1,.1




Syllabus 2015-2016


GGM1005 :HISTORY OF GEOGRAPHICAL THOUGHT

Credit :02

Mid Term :30

Sessional :30

End Term :60

Total :100

UNIT 1: Origin and development of philosophy of geography; Scientific Character of

Geography in the Classical Greek Period. Contributions of Thales, Anaximander,

Hecataeus, Herodotus, Eratosthenes, Strabo and Ptolemy.

UNIT 11: Development of geographical thought during Dark Age; General characteristic of

Contribution of Arabs in scientific geography; Al Khwarizmi, AI Masudi, AI

Biruni and lbn Khaldun.

UNIT Ill: Concepts in geography; Environmental Determinism, Possibilism and Neo-

determinism and their present relevance in geography. Development of Dualism

in geography: Physical verses Human Geography and Regional verses Systematic

Geography.

UNIT IV: Development of Modern Geography: Contributions of German School-

Humboldt, Ritter, Ratzel. Contribution of French School-Vidal-De-Ia Blache.

Contribution of British School–Meckinder the relevance of ‘Heartland theory’ in

present day-Geo-political order.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Ali, S.M., Arab Geography, AMU., Press, Aligarh.

2. Anuchin, V., Directions in Geography.

3. Bunge, W., Theoretical Geography.

4. Claval, P., Epistomology and History of Geographical Thought, in progress in Human

Geography, Vol.4.

5. Dickinson, R.E., The Makers of Modern Geog., London, 1969.

6. Dickinson, R.E., The Making of Modern Geography.

7. Davis, V.K., Conceptual Revolution in Geography.

8. Freeman, T.A., A Hundred Years of Geography: Introduction to Behavioral Geography.

9. Amedes, Douglas, An Introduction to Scientific Reasoning in Geog., John Wiley, 1971.

10. Hartshorne, R., Perspectives on Nature of Geography, Rand MacNally, 1959.

11. Johnston, R.J., The Future of Geography, Methuen, London, 1988.

Syllabus 2015-2016


GGM1006 :REMOTE SENSING: THEORETICAL CONCEPT

Credit :02

Mid Term :30

Sessional :30

End Term :60

Total :100

UNIT I: Meaning and Definition of Remote Sensing. History and Development of Remote

Sensing. Significance and Utility of Remote Sensing in Geography. Satellite and

Aerial Remote Sensing. Active and Passive Remote Sensing.

UNIT II: Electromagnetic Spectrum and characteristics of Wavelength Regions. Energy

reflectance Principles and Spectral Signature characteristics. Atmospheric

Windows an Absorption Bands. Sensor Characteristics; Spatial, Spectral,

Radiometric and Temporal Resolutions.

UNIT III: Aerial Photography, its geometry, Relief Displacement and Image Formations.

Classification of Aerial Photographs and their Utility. Elements of Image

Recognition and Aerial Photo interpretation, the multi-concept.

UNIT IV: Characteristic of Remote Sensing Platforms; Geo-stationary and Sun-synchoronus

Satellites.

Landsat - MSS and TM Series

SPOT – HRV - 2

IRS- I C and IRS -1 D

Cartosat Series

IKONOS and QUICK BIRD Series.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1. American society of Photogrammetry: Mannual of Photographic Interpretation , Banta

Pub. Co., Wisconsin, 1960. 2. Avery, T.E., Interpretation of Aerial Photographs, Minnipolis, 1962.

3. Barett, E.C. & Curtis, L.F., Introduc. Of Environ. Remote Sensing, 1976.

4. Dury, G.M., Map Interpretation, Issac Pitsman, London, 1952. 5. Cunan, R.J., Principles of remote sensing, London, 1985.

6. Hord, R.M., Remote sensing: Methods and Applications, N.Y., 1986.

7. Lender, D.R., Aerial Photographic, Mc Graw Hill, N.Y., 1960. 8. Luder, D., Aerial Photography Interpretation: Principles and applications, McGraw Hill, N.Y.,

1959.

9. Lilles & Klefer, Remote sensing & Image Interpretation.

10. Reeves, R.G.(Ed.) Mannual of Remote sensing(Vol.2) Virginia, 1975. 11. Sabins, F.F., Remote sensing: Principles & Interpretation, 1982.

12. Smith, H.T.V., Aerial Photographs & their Applications, N.Y., 1943.

13. Spurs S.H., Photogrammetry & Photo Interpretation, N.D., 1960. 14. Stershew, A.I., Aerial Photography.

15. Tomar, M.A. & Maslakar, A.R., Aerial Photographs in Landuse & Forest Survey, Dehra- Dun,

1974.

16. Thomas, E.A., Interpretation of Aerial Photographs, Minnesota. 17. Usill, G.W. (Revised by Hearn, G.S.G) Pract. Surveying, London, 1960.

18. White, L.P., Aerial Photography & Remote sensing for soil survey.

Syllabus 2015-2016


GGM1071 :P1-REMOTE SENSING (PHOTOGRAMMETRY)

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

Stereoscopic Vision Test

Format and stereoscopic Orientation of Aerial Photographs

Determination of scale and Stereoscopic area

Determination of Principal Point and Conjugate Principal Point, Direction of

Flight line and Air Base.

Calculation of traffic Speed through Aerial Photographs

Calculation of Photographic coverage for a Planning Area

Mapping Land Use change Detection

Height Determination Methods

Land use Measurement Methods

Preparation of Landcover and Landuse Map

Interpretation of Aerial Photographs

Population Census with Aerial Photographs

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. American society of Photogrammetry: Mannual of Photographic Interpretation , Banta

Pub. Co., Wisconsin, 1960.

2. Avery, T.E., Interpretation of Aerial Photographs, Minnipolis, 1962. 3. Barett, E.C. & Curtis, L.F., Introduc. Of Environ. Remote Sensing, 1976.

4. Dury, G.M., Map Interpretation, Issac Pitsman, London, 1952.

5. Cunan, R.J., Principles of remote sensing, London, 1985. 6. Hord, R.M., Remote sensing: Methods and Applications, N.Y., 1986.

7. Lender, D.R., Aerial Photographic, Mc Graw Hill, N.Y., 1960.

8. Luder, D., Aerial Photography Interpretation: Principles and applications, McGraw Hill, N.Y.,

1959. 9. Lilles & Klefer, Remote sensing & Image Interpretation.

10. Reeves, R.G.(Ed.) Mannual of Remote sensing(Vol.2) Virginia, 1975.

11. Sabins, F.F., Remote sensing: Principles & Interpretation, 1982. 12. Smith, H.T.V., Aerial Photographs & their Applications, N.Y., 1943.

13. Spurs S.H., Photogrammetry & Photo Interpretation, N.D., 1960.

14. Stershew, A.I., Aerial Photography. 15. Tomar, M.A. & Maslakar, A.R., Aerial Photographs in Landuse & Forest Survey, Dehra- Dun,

1974.

16. Thomas, E.A., Interpretation of Aerial Photographs, Minnesota.

17. Usill, G.W. (Revised by Hearn, G.S.G) Pract. Surveying, London, 1960. 18. White, L.P., Aerial Photography & Remote sensing for soil survey.

19. James, B. Camp bell., Introduction to Remote Sensing- 2nd Edi. Taylor & Francis, London.

Syllabus 2015-2016


GGM1072 :CARTOGRAPHY

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

# History, Development and Significance of Cartography.

# Representation of Relief and Climatic Data:

# Depiction of Relief: Drawing of Profiles - Serial, superimposed, composite and

projected; Profiles and their usefulness in studying landforms

# Gradient and Slope: Significance, calculation of gradient, scale of slopes

# Methods of slope analysis: Wentworth, Smith, Hernry Raisz and Robinson

# Hypsographic, Climographic and Altimetric frequency curves

# Representation of Climatic Data: Climograph, Hythergraph and Rainfall

Dispersion Diagram.

# Representation of Statistical Data:

Thematic Mapping - Choropleth and Isopleth; Lorenz Curve.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Campbell, J., Introductory Cartography, Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliff, New

Jersey, 1984.

2. Cuff, D.J., & Mattson, M.T., Thematic Maps, their Design and Production, Mathuen,

New York., 1982.

3. Robinson, A.H. & others., Elements of Cartography, John Willey and Sons, New York

(New edition).

4. Archer, J.E., & Dalton, T.H., Fieldwork in Geography, London.

5. National Atlas and Thematic Maps Organization (NATMO): National Atlas of India,

Calcutta.

6. Monkhouse, F.J., Maps and Diagrams, Methuen & Co., London, 1967.

Syllabus 2015-2016

M. A., M. Sc. (Previous) I Semester GGM1073 :TRV - FIELD STUDIES TRAINING & TOUR

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

A. Field Training Methods

- Objectives and scope of the field enquiry.

- Methods of field work in different areas

- Scale - macro, meso and micro.

- Preparation of questionnaire:

- Sampling techniques for the collection of data

- Collection, processing and presentation of data

Fieldwork will be carried out on the basis of a interview schedule/questionnaire prepared.

The data so collected with the analyzed by the candidate by preparing suitable tables,

maps and diagrams. A report on the basis of survey conducted by the candidate shall be

prepared.

The report duly certified by the teacher-in-charge shall be submitted.

B. Tour

Students are required to undertake a field study tour of a distant area or region to study

certain aspects of social, cultural landscape and on-spot observations under the supervision of

teachers who will accompany the students.

A comprehensive tour report on the area / region shall be submitted by the students

within two weeks on their return from the tour. The report shall be sent to the examiner for

evaluation, and subsequently the students have to appear for viva – voce examination.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Archeer, J.E. & Dalton, T.H. Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968.

2. Elhance, D.N. Fundamentals of Statistics, Allahabad, 1972.

3. Jones, P.A., Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968.

4. Glodard, R.H., Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Dubuque

1982.

5. Wheeleso, K.S. & Harding, M., Geographical Fieldwork, London, 1965.

6. Mahmood. A,, Statistical Methods in Geographical Studied, Rajesh Publication, Delhi,

1977.

7. Geogory, S., Statistical Methods and the Geographers, Longmans, London.

8. Monkhouse, F.J., Maps and Diagrams, Methuen & Co., 1952.

9. Berry, B.J.L., & Marble, F., Spatial Analysis: A Reader in Statistical Geography, New

Jersey, 1968.

******

Syllabus 2015-2016 M.A./M. Sc. (Previous) – II Semester

Paper – Human Geography

(Paper Code: GGM-2001)

Credit : 04

Mid-term : 40

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100

Unit I Nature, scope and significance of human geography; approaches to the study of

human geography. Man-environment relationship: Environmental determinism

and possiblism.

Unit II Patterns of population: Distribution and growth of population in developed and

developing countries and their socio-economic implications. Human migration:

causes and consequences.

Unit III Human settlement: origin and evolution of rural settlements; types and patterns

of rural settlements. Origin and growth of urban settlements: processes and

patterns of urbanization, classification of cities on the basis of site, size and

functions.

Unit IV Major human races in the world: distribution of races/ ethnic groups. Major

world religions and languages: their origin, diffusion and spatial distribution.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Perpillou, A.V., 1977, Human Geography, London. 2. Ambrose, P., 1969, Analytical Human Geography, London.

3. Spencer, J.E. & Thomas, W.L., 1978, Introduction to Cultural Geography,

New York. 4. De Blijj, H.J., 1977, Human Geography, New York.

5. Rubenstein. J.M. & Bacon R.S., 1983, The Introduction to Human Geography,

New York.

6. Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, New D. 2010. 7. Smith, D.M., 1977, Human Geography: A Welfare Approach, London.

8. Taylor. G., Geography in Twentieth Century.

9. Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, N. D. 2010. 10. Dicken, S.N., Introduction to Human Geography.

11. Jones, E., Human Geography.

12. Garnier, J.B., Geography of Population. 13. Trewartha, G., Geography of Population.

14. Enayat, A., Social and Geographical Aspects of Human Settlements.

15. Briggs, K., 1983, Human Geography: Concepts and applications, London.

16. Husain, M., 2000, Human Geography, New Delhi. 17. Leong, G.C. & Morgan, Human and Economic Geography.

Syllabus 2015-2016

M.A./M. Sc. (Previous) – II Semester

Paper – Biogeography


Credit : 04

Mid-term : 40

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100

UNIT I. Meaning, scope and its relevance in environmental studies, Concept of ecosystem;

Environmental factors - atmospheric, edaphic and biotic, affecting distribution of

flora and fauna.

UNIT II. Climatic changes and their effect on the plant cover, Biogeographical Regions:

phytogeographical and zoogeographical regions of the world; Biodiversity:

concept, recent trends and future possibilities.

UNIT III. Aquatic environment and life: distribution of marine and freshwater fauna and

flora; Terrestrial Environment: major biomes of the world-Tundra, temperate

forests and grassland, tropical forest and savannah grassland.

UNIT IV. Economic bearings of biogeography: Conservation of wildlife and forests, soil

erosion and soil conservation.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Simmon, I.G., Biogeography: Natural and Cultural, Longman, London 1974.

2. Watts, David, Principles of Biogeography, London.

3. Odum, Eugene P., Fundamentals of Ecology, Philadelphia.

4. Newbigin, M.I., Plant and Animal Geography, London.

5. Cloudsley-Thompson, J.L., Terrestrial Environment, London.

6. Allee, W.C. & Schmidt, K.P., Ecological Animal Geography, New York.

7. Jones, R.L., Biogeography: Structure, Process Pattern and Change within a Biosphere.

8. Mathur, M.S., Essentials of Biogeography, Jaipur.

9. Darlington, P., Zoogeography, New York.

10. Huggett, R.J., Fundamentals of Biogeography, Routledge, U.S.A, 1998.

11. Cox, C.B. and More, P.D., Biogeography: An Ecological and Evolutionary Approach, London, 2000.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper - Economic Geography


Credit : 04

Mid-term : 40

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100

Unit I Definition, scope of economic geography. Approach to the study of economic

geography-Historical approach (Industrial Revolution, Colonization, Modern World

Economic System Multinational), Functional approach (economic functions),

Regional approach (spatial variation).Indicators of economic geography and

economics for socio-economic development.

Unit II Fields of economic geography: Production- factors of production (land, labour,

capital and technical knowledge). Distribution- factors of distribution, surplus and

deficit factor. Consumption- developed and developing economy, and factors of

consumption and consumer behaviour. Factors affecting the location of economic

activities.

Unit III Distributional factors of economic activities: developed and developing countries.

Primary Economic Activities. Secondary Economic Activities-factors affecting the

location of primary and secondary economic activities, role of energy resource in

industrial location (coal, electricity nuclear). Tertiary Economic Activities- service

centres and commercial activities.

Unit IV International Trade: changing form of International Trade-role of information and

technology at global level, constraints for cooperation. Theories and Models of the

location of economic activities: Von-Thunen model of agricultural location, Weber’s

model of industrial location.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography.

2. Boesch, H., A Geography of world Economy.

3. Brian, J.L., Berry et al., The Geography of Economic Systems. 4. Barlow, M.H. & R.G. Newton., Patterns and Processes in Man's Economic Environment.

5. Chisholm, M., Geography and Economics.

6. Jones, C.F., Economic Geography.

7. Grigg, D.B., Agricultural Systems of the World: An Evolutionary.

8. Ll oyd, P. & P. Dickens., Location in Space; A Theoretical Approach to Eco. Geo. 9. Strahler, A.N. & A. Strahler., Geography and Man's Environment. 10. Thoman, R.S. & E.C. Conkling., The Geography of Economic Activity.

11. Thoman, R., " Econ.Geog." in International Encyclopaedia of S.Science.

12. Miller, E. & E. Willard., A Geography of Manufacturing.

13. Mc. Carty, H. & J.B.Lindberg., A preface to Economic Geography. 14. Von Royen, W., Fundamentals of Economic Geography.

15. William Von Royen, et. al., Fundamentals of Economic Geography.

16. Zimmerman, E.W., World Resources and Industries. 17. Hartshon, T.A., Economic Geography.

18. Majid Husain, Economic Geography

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper –Disaster Management


Credit : 04

Mid-term : 40

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100

Unit I Disaster – meaning and concept; hazards, risk and vulnerability. Disaster: its

management – plans, managing environment. Disaster its effect on different social

groups; poverty and vulnerability. Disaster management: prevention, preparedness and

mitigation.

Unit II Disaster – classification of disasters; Natural disaster – earthquake, floods, drought and

global warming: causes, consequences and mitigation. Natural disaster – Examples from

India.

Unit III Disaster – man made disasters, their types – technological and industrial disasters.

Social disasters: causes, consequences and mitigation. Man made disasters – Examples

from India.

Unit IV Disaster management – relief and response; reconstruction and rehabilitation. Disaster –

strategies for survival, types of strategies. Importance of information in disaster

management, significance of remote sensing and GIS. Planning in the context of disaster

management.

Reading List

1. Government of India. (1997) Vulnerability Atlas of India. New Delhi, Building Materials &

Technology Promotion Council, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India.

2. Kapur, A. (2010) Vulnerable India: A Geographical Study of Disasters, Sage Pub. , New Delhi.

3. Modh, S. (2010) Managing Natural Disaster: Hydrological, Marine and Geological Disasters,

Macmillan, Delhi.

4. Singh, R.B. (2005) Risk Assessment and Vulnerability Analysis, IGNOU, New Delhi.

5. Singh, R. B. (ed.), (2006) Natural Hazards and Disaster Management: Vulnerability and Mitigation,

Rawat Publications, New Delhi.

6. Sinha, A. (2001). Disaster Management: Lessons Drawn and Strategies for Future, New United Press, New Delhi.

7. Stoltman, J.P. et al. (2004) International Perspectives on Natural Disasters, Kluwer Academic

Publications. Dordrecht.

8. Singh Jagbir (2007) “Disaster Management Future Challenges and Oppurtunities”, 2007. Publisher- I.K. International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi, India.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper – Industrial Geography


Credit : 04

Mid-term : 40

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100

Unit I : Localization of Industries and Theories.

Nature, scope, and recent developments of Industrial Geography.

Factors of localization of industries.

Theories and models of industrial location: Weber and Hoover.

Critical review and application of industrial location theories

Unit II : Pattern of Industries and Industrial Regions.

Distributional patterns of important industries:

- Iron and steel

- Cotton Textiles

- Chemicals and Petro-chemicals.

Method of delineating industrial regions

Major industrial regions of the World with special reference to North America

Unit III : Degradation and Globalization:

Environmental degradation caused by industries.

Industrial hazards and occupational health.

Impact of industries on economic development.

Role of globalization on industrial sector

Unit IV: Major Industrial Regions of India:

Location, characteristics, chief industries and associated problems of each region.

The Mumbai-Pune industrial region.

The Chhotanagpur industrial region.

Suggested Readings 1. Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1988.

2. Alexanderson, C., Geography of Manufacturing, Prentice Hall Bombay, 1967.

3. Hoover, E.M., The Location and Space Economy, McGraw Hill, New York, 1948

4. Isard, W, Methods of Regional Analysis, The Technology Press of MIT & John Wiley & Sons, New York

1956.

5. Miller E., A Geography of Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1962.

6. S. Siddartha, Economic Geography, Theories, process and pattern, Kisolaya Pub. Pvt. Ltd. Pantan, 2000.

7. Weber, Alferd, Theory of Location of Industries, Chcago University Press, Chicago, 1957.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper – Geography of Health


Credit : 04

Mid-term : 40

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100

Unit I Place of Medical Geography: (i) Nature, scope and significance of Medical Geography

(ii) Place of Medical Geography in medical science.

(iii) Sequential development of Medical Geography.

Unit II Geographical Factors Affecting Human Health and Diseases

* Physical Factors – relief, climate, soil and vegetation

* Social Factors – population density, literacy, social customs and poverty.

* Economic Factors – food security, nutrition, occupation & standard of living

* Environmental Factors – urbanization, congestion, waste disposal and pollution.

Unit III Major Diseases: (i) Classification of Diseases: Communicable and Non-Communicable

(ii) Occupational and deficiency diseases

(iii) Pattern of World distribution of major diseases.

Unit IV Ecology and Health Care Planning: (i) Cholera, Typhoid, Malaria, Tuberculosis, Hepatitis.

(ii) Diffusion and causes of diseases

(iii) Deficiency disorders – under and malnutrition in India.

(iv) Health Care Planning; International and national: Role of WHO, UNICEF

and Red Cross Suggested Readings

1. Ashraf, S.W.A., Agriculture, Environment and Health, Concept Pub., New Delhi.

2. Banerjee, b and Hazra J., Geo-Ecology of Cholera in West Bengal, Unv of Culcutta, 1980.

3. Chatterjee Mera, Implementing Health Policy, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi, 1988. 4. Cliff, A. & Stewart, L., (eds.), Atlas of Diseases distribution , Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1989.

5. Hazra, J., (eds.), Health Care Planning in Developing Centres, Unv of Culcutta, 1997.

6. Learmonth, A.T.A., Patterns of Diseases and Hunger – A Study in Medical Geography, David & Charles, Victoria, 1978.

7. May, J.M., Ecology and Human Diseases, M.D. Pub. New York, 1959.

8. May, J.M., Studies in Disease Ecology, Hafner Pub. New York, 1961.

9. Mc. Glashan. N.D., Medical Geography, Methuen , London, 1972. 10. Misra, R.P., Medical Geography of India, National Book. Inst, India, New Delhi.

11. Rais, A and Learmonth, A.T.A., Geomorphic aspect of health and diseases in India.

12. Stamp, L.D., The Geography of Life and Death, Cornell Univ. Ithaca, 1964.

****

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper – Marketing Geography

(Paper Code: GGM-2007) Credit : 04

Mid-term : 40

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100

Unit I Marketing Geography Definition, scope and significance.

Growth and development

Approaches of study: Commodity, Spatial, Social, Economic, Behavioural.

Application of Planning: Market, Urban, Agriculture

Unit-II Markets

Classification, structure and hierarchy

Markets participants, Market Channel and Trade Area

Theoretical Framework for Study of Market Centres: Christaller and Losch Model

of Market Locations;

B.J. Berry’s Model and Reilly’s Models of interaction and trade area delimitation.

Unit-III Trade

Classification and structure: Local, Regional, National, and International.

Historical Development of Trade, Factors of Development of Trades. International Trade, World Trade Organization, World Trading Zone: SAFTA (South Asian Free

Trade Association), NAFTA (North Atlantic Free Trade Association).

Unit-IV Indian Agricultural Marketing: Definition, Types and Structure

Formal Marketing: Regulated, Government Purchase Centres.

Informal Marketing: Local, Regional, Private Traders, Processing Units.

Marketing Channels, Foodgrains and Vegetables

WTO and Agricultural Marketing: Its impact on agriculture, environment, Food

Security and Society.

Suggested Readings

1. Acharya, S.S & Agarwal, N.L (1987) Agricultural Marketing in India, Oxford & IHB Publishing

Co, New Delhi. 2. Berry, B.J.L. (1967) Geography of Market centers and Retail Distribution. Prentice Hall,

Englewood cliffs, N.J

3. Davis, R.L. (1976) Marketing Geography, .Methuen, London,

4. Dixit, R.S. (1984) Marketing Centers and their spatial development in the Umland of Kanpur, Allahabad

5. Garnier, B, J and Delobez. A (1977) Geography of Marketing, Longman, London.

6. Khan.N (1991) Agriculture development and Marketing, H.K. Publisher, New Delhi 7. Losch, A (1 954) Economics of Location. Yale University press, New Heaven.

8. N.C.A.E.R (1983) Market towns and Spatial Development in India, NCAER, N.D.

9. Saxena, H.M (1984) Geography of Marketing. Concepts and Methods, New Delhi.

10. Saxena, P. Marketing and Sustainable Development. Rawat Publication, New Delhi. 11. Singh, G.N. (1987) Agricultural Marketing in India. Hugh Publication, Allahbad.

12. Rajgopal (2001) Rural Marketing. Rawat Publication, New Delhi

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper - Geography of Tourism


Credit : 04

Mid-term : 40

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100

UNIT I: Basics of Tourism: meaning, definition, concept; Approach of Tourism: Tourism

products Definition of Tourism; Factors influencing tourism, historical, natural, socio

– cultural and economic; motivating factors for pilgrimages; leisure, recreation;

Elements of tourism, Tourism as an industry.

UNIT II: Geography of tourism: - its spatial affinity; Areal and locational dimensions

comprising, physical, cultural, historical and economic; Tourism types: natural,

cultural, adventure, national and international.

UNIT III: Infrastructure and Support System: - Accommodation, Transport; other facilities and

amenities; Impact of tourism: physical, economic and social and perceptional positive

and negative impacts.

UNIT IV: Indian Tourism: - Regional dimensions of tourist attraction, Evolution of tourism,

promotion of tourism. Tourist development in Garhwal Himalayas, Dal Lake and

Manipur and its impact on the countryside.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Bhatia, A.K., Tourism Development: Principles and Practices, Sterling Publishers, N D., 1996.

2. Bhataia, A.K., International Tourism – Fundamentals and Practices Sterling Publishers, New Delhi,

1991. 3. Biju, M.R., Sustainable Dimensions of Tourism Management, Mittal Publications, N.D, 2006.

4. Chandra, R.H., Hill Tourism, Planning and Development, Kanishka Publications, N, D.1998.

5. Hunter C. and Green, H., Tourism and the Environment A Sustainable Relationship, Rout Ledge, London, 1995.

6. Hanifa Bano, Geography of Dal Lake, unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Department of Geography,

A.M.U., 1984.

7. Hugel, B.C., Kashmir and Punjab, Light and Life Publishers, Jammu, 1972. 8. Kaur, J., Himalayan Pilgrims and New Tourism, Himalayan books, New Delhi, 1985.

9. Kaur, R.K., Dynamics of Tourism and Recreation, Inter – India, New Delhi, 1985.

10. Lea, J., Tourism and Development in the third world, Rout Ledge, London, 1988. 11. Nigam, D., Tourism, Environment and Development of Garhwal Himalayas, Mittal Publications,

2002.

12. Robinson, H., A Geography of Tourism, Macdonald and Evans, London, 1996. 13. Sharma, J.K. (ed.), Tourism Planning and Development – A new Perspective, Kansihka Publisher,

New Delhi, 2000.

14. Sinha, P.C. (ed.)., Tourism Impact Assessment, Anmol Publishers, New Delhi, 1988.

15. Siddiqui, S., Eco - friendly tourism in U.P. Himalayas, B.R. Publishers, New Delhi, 2000. 16. Singh, I., Manipur, A Tourist Paradise, B.R. Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper: P1- Remote Sensing (Image Processing)


Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

- Image interpretation, basic principle, factors governing quality of images, elements

of image interpretation, techniques of image interpretation.

- Use of multiple image in image interpretation, seasonal differences on images,

comparisons of seasonal images, winter and summer images.

- Thermal infrared images; thermal processes and properties, heat, temperature and

radiant flux, IR region of the electromagnetic spectrum, IR detection and imaging

technology, characteristics of IR images, advantages of thermal imagery.

- Introduction of image processing, farms of mages, different image processing

techniques, computer image processing, digital image processing, image restoration

image enhancement, edge enhancement, ratio images.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. American Society of Photogrammetry: Mannual of Photographic Interpretation , Banta Pub. Co., Wisconsin, 1960.

2. Avery, T.E., Interpretation of Aerial Photographs, Minnipolis, 1962.

3. Barett, E.C. & Curtis, L.F., Introduction of Environ. Remote Sensing, 1976.

4. Dury, G.M., Map Interpretation, Issac Pitsman, London, 1952. 5. Cunan, R.J., Principles of Remote Sensing, London, 1985.

6. Hord, R.M., Remote Sensing: Methods and Applications, N.Y., 1986.

7. Lender, D.R., Aerial Photographic, Mc Graw Hill, N.Y., 1960. 8. Luder, D., Aerial Photography Interpretation: Princ. and Appl., McGraw Hill, NewYork., 1959.

9. Lilles & Kiefer, Remote Sensing & Image Interpretation.

10. Reeves, R.G.(Ed.) Mannual of Remote Sensing (Vol.2), Virginia, 1975.

11. Sabins, F.F., Remote Sensing: Principles & Interpretation, 1982. 12. Smith, H.T.V., Aerial Photographs & their Applications, New York, 1943.

13. Spurs S.H., Photogrammetry & Photo Interpretation, New .Delhi., 1960.



17. Usill, G.W. (Revised by Hearn, G.S.G) Pract. Surveying, London, 1960. 18. White, L.P., Aerial Photography & Remote Sensing for Soil Survey.

19. Campbell, James, B., Introduction to Remote Sensing- 2nd Edi. Taylor & Francis, London

Syllabus 2015-2016


PAPER: P2- ADV. QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES (Paper Code: GGM-2072)

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

- Correlation analysis: Karl Pearson's Product moment, Spearman's Rank

Correlation, Co-efficient and their limits; test of significance on correlation co-

efficient; scatter diagram.

- Simple linear regression and multiple regression analysis; regression lines and

residuals; Methods of constructing regression lines, properties of least square

estimates, co-efficient of determination.

- Test of significance: Chi-square test, student 't' test, variance estimate test.

- Test for Distributions in Space; nearest neighbour analysis; spacing of

settlement.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Hammond / Mc Cullah., Quantitative Techniques in Geog, Oxford, 1974.

2. Gregory, S., Statistical Method for Geography, Longman, 1975.

3. Berry, B.J.L., & Marble, D.F., Spatial Analysis: A Reader in Statistical Geography, New Jersey, 1968.

4. Cole, J.P., & King, C.A.M., Quantitative Methods in Geography, New York, 1968.

5. King, L.J., Statistical Analysis in Geography, New Jersey.

6. Johnson, R.J., Multivariate Statistical Analysis in Geography, 1978.

7. Elhance, D.N., Elementary Statistics.

8. Pal, S.K., Statistical Methods in Geography.

9. Alvi, Zamiruddin., Statistical Geography.

Syllabus 2015-2016


PAPER: P3 – COMPUTER MAPPING

(Paper Code – GGM 2073)

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

Computer Cartography: Fundamentals of computer cartography, Developments and

advantages of computer-assisted cartography.

Representation of geographic data through computer aided techniques: Diagrammatically

illustrations and Mapping.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Maquire, D.J., Good Child, M.F. and Rhind, D.W., Geographical Information Systems:

Principles and Application, Taylor and Francis Publication Washington, 1991.

2. Fraser Taylor, D.R., Geographical Information System, Pergmon Press,

U.K., 1991.

3. Cromley, R.G., Digital Cartography, Prentice Hall, N. Jersey, 1992.

4. Monmonier, M. S., Computer Assisted Cartography: Principles and Prospects, Prentice

Hall, New Jersey, 1982.

Syllabus 2015-2016

M. A. / M. Sc. (Final) III Semester

Paper – Regional Development & Planning

(Paper Code – GGM 3001) Credit :04

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I: 1.World History of Regional Planning: a brief overview. 2. Concept and Nature of

Regional Planning: viz. complex, inter-disciplinary and future-oriented nature. 3.

Types of Regional Planning: basic types, viz., short and long term, single and

multilevel, centralized and decentralized. 4.Decentralized Planning in India: salient

features.

Unit II:1.Concept and Types of Regions: basic types, especially formal, functional and

perceptual.2.Concept and Methods of Regionalization: an overview 3.Concept and

Essential Characteristics of Planning Regions :basic requirements for making a

geographic region a planning region. 4.Planning Regions in India: a brief overview

of regionalization.

Unit III: 1. Concepts and Types of Development: salient features of economic development,

sustainable development and human development. 2. Economic Growth and

Economic Development: their contrast and indicators of measurement. 3. Types of

Economic Systems in the World; an overview.

Unit IV: 1.World Socio-Economic Disparities: a quantitative representation of selected

countries from various regions. 2. Regional Disparities in India: inter-state socio-

economic disparities. 3. Regional Development in Post-Reform India: an overview.

Recommended Books: 1. Bhat, L.S., 1973, Regional ~lanning in India, Statistical Publishing Society, Calcutta. 2. Chandana, R.C., 2000, Regional Planning, Kalyani Publishers Ludhiana.

3. Chand, M., Puri, & V.K., 1983, Regional Planning in India, allied Publishers, New Delhi.

4. Friedman.,J.,&Alonso,W,1967 Regional Development and Planning-A Reader,MIT Press, Cambridge Hars.

5. Glasson, 1980, Regional Planning, Hutchinson, London.

6. Glikson, A., 1955, Regional and Development, Netherlands, Universities Foundation of International

Corp, London. 7. Mishra, R.P, 1969, Regional Planning Concepts, Techniques and Policies, University of

Mysore,Mysore.

8. Mishra R.P, et.a\., 1974, Regional Development and Planning in India, Institute of Development Studies, Mysore.

9. Rao, V.L.B., 1960, Regional Planning, Asia Publishing House, New Delhi.

10. Kant Surya et.al (eds).: Reinventing Regional Development, Rawat Publication, Jaipur and N.Delhi.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper – Regional & Economic Geography of India


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Development of Regional Studies; concept of region; Types of Region -

formal region, nodal region, functional region. Regionalization-process,

methods and techniques used for regionalization of formal regions and

functional regions.

Unit II Agriculture – Green Revolution in Indian agriculture. Regionalization of

Agriculture - methods and techniques used in the analysis of crop

combination regions, agricultural productivity regions.

Unit III Industry - Industrial development in pre and post independence India;

factors of location of industries-cotton textiles and iron-steel industries,

production, distribution and problems; associated with them.

Unit IV Regionalization - Agro-climatic regionalization; industrial regionalization-

macro and meso regions; Regional imbalances in India with reference to

agriculture and industry.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1. Misra, R.P., Regional Planning: Concepts, Techniques and Policies.

2. Kurdue, A.& Raza, Moonis, Indian Economy the Regional Dimension.

3. Clonlay, R.J. & Haggat, P., Models in Geography. 4. Md.Noor., Perspectives in Agricultural Geography, New Delhi.

5. Ali Mohammad., Food Production and Food Problem in India, N. Delhi

6. Krishna, D. The New Agricultural Strategy, Delhi, 1971.

7. Bansil, B.C., Agricultural Problems in India, Delhi, 1975.

8. India 2004, Ministry of Information and Broad Casting, Govt. of India, New Delhi

9. Survey of Agriculture and Survey of Industry,2003, Hindu Publication.

10. C.B. Memoria, Economic and Commercial Geography of India.

11. Mahesh Chand and V.V. Puri, Regional Planning in India.

12. Paul Claval, An Introductions to Regional Geography.

13. Johnston, R.J., Geography and Geographers Since 1945.

14. Sinha, B. N., Industrial geography of India. 15. Sant, M., Industrial Movement and Regional Development.

16. Bijli, S.M., Industrialization in the Third World.

17. India 2004, Government of India Publication.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper – Environmental Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60 Total :100

UNIT I: Meaning and scope of Environmental Geography, Relations of environmental

geography with other sciences, meaning, component and types of environmental

geography, approaches to the study of man-environment relationships.

UNIT II: Ecosystems, meaning, types and components of ecosystem, function of ecosystem,

trophic levels, food chain and food webs. Ecological pyramid and flow of energy.

UNIT III: Environmental Degradation and Pollution: concept and types of Environmental

Degradation, causes of Environmental Degradation, sources and types of Pollution,

Air Pollution, adverse affect of air pollution on weather and climate, ozone depletion,

green house effects, effects on human health, water pollution; surface and ground

water, adverse effects on human health.

UNIT IV: Environmental Planning and Management: Environmental management – methods

and approaches; Ecological basis of environmental management – Ecological

principles; Survey, evaluation, preservation and conservation of resources.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Chandna, R.C., 1998, Environmental Awareness, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.

2. Gaur, S., and Chandrashekhar, T., 2006, Global Environmental Crisis, Book Enclave, Jaipur.

3. Gupta, P.D., 2003, Environmental Issues for the 21st Century, Mittal Publications, New Delhi.

4. Morris, D., Freeland, J., Hinchliff, S., Smith, S. (ed.), 2003, Changing Environments, Pd. John Wiley and

Sons Ltd., The Open University, U.K.

5. Park, C.C., 1980, Ecology and Environmental Management, Butterworths, London.

6. Radha, S., and Sankhyan, A.S., (ed.), 2004, Environmental Challenges of the 21st Century, Deep Publications, New Delhi.

7. Rasure, K.A., 2007, Environment and Sustainable Development, Serials Publications, New Delhi.

8. Saxena, H.M., 2006, Environmental Studies, Rawat Publications, Jaipur.

9. Singh, S., 1991, Environmental Geography, Prayag Publication, Allahabad.

10. Strahler, A.N., and Strahler, A.M., 1997, Geography and Man’s Environment, John Wiley and Sons, New

York.

11. Taj, B., Murphy, P. and Rana, P.S., 2007, Environmental Impact Assessment, An Indo – Australian

Perspective, Bookwell New Delhi.

12. Verma, S. B. and Shiva, K.S.,(ed.), 2005, Environmental Protection and Development, Deep Publications,

New Delhi.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper – Political Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10


Unit : I Introduction to Political Geography

Definition and Historical Development of Political Geography

Recent Development in Political Geography

Distinction between Geo-Politics and Political Geography

Approaches to the Study of Political Geography; Hortshorn’s Functional,

Whittesey’sLandscape and Joni’s Unified Field theory.

Unit: II Concept of State, Nation and Boundary

Definition and Components of State

Definition of Nation and Nation State

Nationalism/ Nation Building

Geographical factors of state : Physical, spatial and human & Economic

Definition of Boundary and Frontier and their Classification

Unit III Global Strategies Models and Colonization

Meckinder’s Geographical Pivot and Heartland Model

Spykman’s Rim Land Model

Critical Assessment of Heartland and Rim Land Model and their Relevance to World’

Geo politics

Concept of Colonization,

Factors and Styles of Colonization

Neo Imperialism : Political ,Economic and Cultural Mechanism

Unit IV Political Geography of India and Geography of Election

India Under Colonial Rules

India as a Federal country

India as a Unitary or Union of States

India’s Relation with China and Pakistan

Concept and Definition of geography of Election or Electoral Geography

Approaches to Study of Election / Electoral Geography

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1. Alexander, L.M. World Political Patterns, London,1964

2. De Blij, H.J. Systematic Political Geography, New York, 1967

3. Dikshit, R.D. Political Geography, New Delhi, 2004 4. Dikshit, R.D. Political Geography, a Century of Progress, New Delhi, 1999.

5. Dikshit, S.K. Electoral Geography of India, Varanasi, 1993

6. Dwivedi, R.L. Fundamentals of Political Geography, Alhabad, 2010 7. Jackson, W.A.D. Politics & Geographic Relationships, PrHall '71

8. Kasperson / Minghi, Structure of Political Geography, London '70

9. Pounds, N. Political Geography, London, 1963

10. Taylor,P. Political Geography, London, 1985.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper – Geography of Resources


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

UNIT I : Nature, scope and significance of geography of resources. Definition and concept

of natural resources. Classification of resources.

UNIT II: Characteristics of natural resources: Resource conservation and management

with reference to land and forest resource.

UNIT III: Water resources-Hydrologic Cycle, fresh water resources, surface and

underground water supplies, problems of water supplies. Marine resources, major

fishing grounds of the world, fish distribution and exploitation. India’s natural

resource: water resource, conservation and management and its utilization

Unit IV: Energy resources-Conventional energy resources - coal, petroleum, non –

conventional - solar and geothermal energy.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography, New Jersey, 1965.

2. Ali, S.A., Resources for Future Economic Growth, New Delhi, 1979.

3. Behends, William, W., The Dynamics of Natural Resource Utilization in

D.Meadow(Ed.), Masaclusetts, 1972.

4. Duncan, G., Resource Utilization and Conservation, New York, 1975.

5. Earl, D.K., Forest Energy and Economic Development, Oxford, 1975.

6. Ranner, G.T., Conservation of Natural Resources, New York, 1942.

7. Zimmerman, E.W., Introduction to World Resources (edited by H.L. Honker, The Ohio

State University, New York, 1964.

8. Zimmermann, E.N., World Resources & Industries, New York.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Paper – Rural Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

UNIT 1: Concept and scope of rural geography; different approaches to study rural

Geography; concept and significance of rural development: Indicators of rural

development.

Unit II: Rural Settlements: Definition and characteristics; Types and patterns of rural

settlements and their distribution with special reference to spacing, rural house

type, based on building materials, size and shape.

Unit III: Rural infrastructure facilities and amenities, New Agricultural technology: Rural

transportation, rural education, rural industries and rural marketing.

Unit IV: Critical review of rural development strategies in India; Integrated Rural

Development Programme (I.R.D.P.), Community Development Programmes,

Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MNREGA),

National Rural Health Mission (NRHM).

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Singh Kartar., Rural Development: Principles, Policies and Management.

2. Maheshwari, R.S., Rural Development in India.

3. Clout, S.D., Rural Geography. 4. Husain, Majid., Agricultural Geography, New Delhi.

5. Bell, G.(Ed.), Strategies for Human Settlements: Habitat and Environment.

6. Chisholm, M., Rural Settlement and Land Use.

7. Singh, R.L. et.al: Readings in Rural Settlement Geography.

8. Singh, K.N.(Ed.) Rural Development in India: Problems, Strategies and Approaches.

9. Wanmali, Sudhir., Service Centres in Rural India.

10. Mishra, H.N.(Ed.) Rural Geography.

11. Prasad, R. & Sarkar S., Rural India – Socio-political development, Vol. I &II, Global Vision Pub. House,

New Delhi.

12. Khullar D.R. India-A Comprehensive Geography, Kalyani Pub. New Delhi.

Syllabus 2015-2016

M.A./M. Sc. (Final) – III Semester

Paper – Settlement Geography

(Paper Code: GGM-3014) Credit :04

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Definition and scope

Approaches to study the settlement geography

Archeological finds and settlements-Mesopotamia, the Nile valley, the Indus valley

Place names versus settlements

The rural urban continuum.

Unit II

Characteristics of rural settlements

Distribution of rural settlements with reference to size and spacing

Types and patterns of rural settlements and their cause and effect relationships.

Unit III

Regularity in landuse around settlements – Von Thunen Model

Theories explaining the internal structure of cities- The concentric ring theory, The multiple

nuclei theory

Functional classification of urban centres – Harris and Nelson

Unit IV

Rural service centres

Theory of Christaller and its application

Theory of Losch and its application

Settlement planning.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Ambrose, Petir, Concepts in Geography, Vol., I, Settlement Pattern, Longman, 1970.

2. Baskin, C., (Translator), Central Places in Southern Germany, Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs, New

Jersey, 1966. Originally written by C.W. Christaller in German with title Die Zentralen Orte Suddeutsch

Land in 1933.

3. Hagget, Peter, Andrew D. Cliff and Allen Frey (edited), Location Models , Arnold Heinemann, 1979.

4. King, Leslie, J., Central Place Theory, Sage Pub., New Delhi, 1986.

5. Mayer, M. Harold and Clyde F. Kohn (editors), Reading in Urban Geography, Central Book Depot,

Allahabad, 1967.

6. Mitra, Ashok, Mukherjee, S and Bose R., Indian Cities, Abhinav Pub., New Delhi. 7. Ramacharandran, R., Urbanization and Urban Systems in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1992.

8. Singh, R.L. and Kashi Nath Singh (editors), Readings in Rural Settlement Geography, National

Geographical Society of India, Varanasi, 1975.

Syllabus 2015-2016

M. A./ M. Sc. (Final) III Semester

PRACTICAL TRV - FIELD WORK (TOUR REPORT)


Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

The students of MA./M. Sc. (Final) III Semester are required to study and submit

their tour reports for evaluation and viva voce examination. The duration of the main

fieldwork will be upto two weeks. The fieldwork will cover the following region/ regions

of India assigned by the department during the academic year. The class room teaching

would include preliminaries of socio-economic and environmental surveys to equip the

students for the field work and tour report.

1. The Deccan Region

2. The Konkan / Malabar Coast

3. The Sunder Ban Delta

4. The Mahanadi Delta

5. The Krishna Delta

6. The Cauvery Delta

7. The North Eastern States

8. The North / North Western States

9. The Central India.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Singh, R.L., (Ed) India – A Regional Study .

2. Spate, O.H.K., India – A Regional Geography

3. Wadia, D.N., Geology of India

4. M.S. Krishna, Geology of India

5. Ray and Chaudhary, Soils of India

6. Ahmad, E., Coastal Geomorphology

7. Ahmad, E., Some Aspects of Indian Geography

Syllabus 2015-2016

M. A./M. Sc. (Final) III Semester

Practical-GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (GIS)


Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

Fundamentals of GIS

Introduction to GIS: Definition, Information technology in geography, history and development

in GIS, components of GIS, advantages of GIS over traditional techniques. Application of GIS in

geographical studies.

Geographic data – human cognition of the spatial world, maps and other representation of the

world. Types of information in a digital map: scale, projection and georeferencing.

Spatial Data - Geographic data and information, spatial – non-spatial data. GIS data formats,

raster and vector data, their merits and demerits.

Lab Work

Lab. I: Introduction to Arc View’s Modular Structure

Task Set 1: Basic software and operating system concept

Task Set 2: Introduction to Arc View

Lab II: Projection and Cartography

Task Set 1: Basic concepts of projection

Task Set 2: Concept of the theme in Arc View

Task Set 3: Cartographic design concepts

Lab III: Vector Data Model:

Task Set 1: The Vector data model: Points

Task Set 2: The Vector data model: Lines and Polygons

Task Set 3: Joining tabular data to spatial data

Task Set 4: Creating Visualization

Lab. IV: Digitizing and Data Automation

Task Set 1: Digitizing in Arc View

Task Set 2: Creating a map

Task Set 3: Creating a table and entering data

Lab. V: Geo-coding: Matching Addresses with Locations

Task Set 1: Geo-coding

Lab. VI: Spatial Analysis

Task Set 1: Classification

Task Set 2: Distance measures and Buffers

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Cromley, R.G., Digital Cartography, Prentice Hall, N.Jersey, 1992.

2. Fraser Taylor, D.R., “ Geographical Information System, Pergmon Press, U.K., 1991.

3. Maquire, D.J., Good Child, M.F. and Rhind, D.W., “ Geographical Information Systems:


4. Monmonier, M.S., Computer Assisted Cartography: Prainciples and Prospects, P.Hall, New

Jersey, 1982.

5. Peuquet, D.J. and Markle, D.F “Introductory Reading in Geographical Information System” ,

Taylor and Francis Publication, Washington, 1990.

6. Shahab Fazal. GIS Basics, New age International Publisher.

Syllabus 2015-2016

M. A. / M. Sc. (Final) IV Semester

Urban Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Internal Structure of Cities: Meaning, scope and significance of Urban

Geography; urban morphology and land use patterns, classical models of urban

growth and evolution of functional zones - Burgess’s Concentric Zone Theory ;

Hoyt’s Sectoral Model; Harris and Ullman’s Multiple Nuclei Model –

formulation, salient features and critical evaluation of these models; CBD –

meaning, internal structure, characteristic features and method of its delineation.

Unit II City – Surrounding Relations:- The urban economic base – terminology,

concepts, geographic qualities of the basic, non – basic concepts; the city’s

spheres of influence (Umland) – methods of its determination; rural – urban fringe

– conceptual explanation, internal structure, characteristic features.

Unit III Settlement Theories and Concepts:- The study of Walter Christaller’s Central

Place Theory and August’s Losh settlement theory in the following heads -

Initial formulation of the model and later developments; Salient features of

the model and its applicability; Losch’s Theory of settlement – generalization

and development of Central Place Model by August Losch; Rank-Size Rule and

Law of Primate City.

Unit IV Urbanization: Urbanization as a process of transformation-demographic process,

economic process and socio-cultural process. Spatial pattern and trends of

urbanization in India, patterns of urban growth in India - decadal, regional,

different size classes of towns (I – VI).

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Alam, S.M., Hyderabad-secundarabad Twin Cities, Asia Publishing House, Bombay.

2. Barry, B.J.L and Horton, F.F., Geographic perspectives on Urban Systems, Prentice Hall,

Englewood Cliff, New Jersy, 1970.

3. Beaujeu Garnier, J., Chabot, G.., Urban Geography, London, 1969.

4. Carter, Harold, The Study of Urban Geography, Edward Arnold Publishers, London.

5. Dickinson, R.E., 1964., City and Region, Routledge, London.

6. Gibbs, J.P., Urban Research Methods, New Jersey, 1961

7. Hall, T., Urban Geography, London, 1988.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Social Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Emergence of Social Geography; meaning, scope and significance of social

geography, approaches to study of social geography; empiricist, positivist,

structuralist and radical approaches. Social Geography as an applied branch of

human geography, the affinity and relationship of social geography with other

social sciences.

Unit II Social Well-Being: Social well-being and its indicators, Human Development

Index (HDI), inclusive growth, social segregation and ghetto formation.

Unit III Gender Issues and Social Change: Gender inequality, women empowerment,

women literacy and health, social change with special reference to caste and tribal

groups, rural-urban divide, rural-urban interaction and social change.

Unit IV Social Differentiation and Region Formation: Spatial distribution of tribes,

castes and linguistic groups, relationship between social identity and economic

conditions.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1. Aijazuddin Ahmad., Social Geography.

2. Garden, J.F., Geography as a Social Science.

3. Gosal, G.S. & Mukherjee, A.B., Religious Groups in India.

4. Gregory, D.& Urry, J., Social Relations.

5. Hammelt, Chris. (Ed), Social Geography; A Reader. 6. Harvey, D., Social Justice and the City.

7. John, E.(ed.) Social Geography in International Perspective.

8. Jones, E.& Eyles, J., An Introduction to Social Geography.

9. Jones, E.(ed.) Readings in Social Geography.

10. Kulkarni, K.M., Geographical Patterns of Social Well-being.

11. Pacliona, M.(ed.) Social Geography, Progress and Prospects.

12. Paul Knox, Social Well-being, A Spatial Perspective.

13. Rao. M.S.A., Urbanization and Social Change.

14. Smith, David., Social Problem and the City.

15. Smith, David., The Geography of Social Well-being.

16. Sriniwas, M.N., Social Change in Modern India.

17. Wagner, P.L. & Mikesell, H.W.(eds.) Readings in Cultural Geography.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Population Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Nature, scope, significance and historical development of population

geography. Sources of population data with reference to India. Spatial

distribution, growth and density of population in the World.

Unit II Population Dynamics: fertility and mortality measurement, determinants

and world distributions; Migration: types, determinant and consequences,

patterns of international and internal migration, brief introduction of models

and theories of migration (Ravenstein and Zelinsky).

Unit III Population composition (India): Sex composition-measures, determinants

and distribution. Age composition: various systems of age groupings,

determinants and distribution; Occupational structure, measures working

population, determinants of work force, types of workers.

Unit IV Demographic transition theory, Malthus theory, Ackerman scheme of

population resource region, population problems in India, Population policy

of India, Human development index (HDI) and its components. Books Recommended:

1. Bhende, A.A. & Kanitkar, (2014), Principles of Population Studies, Himalayan Pub. H., Mumbai,

2. Bogue, D. J., Principles of Demography, New York, 1969.

3. Chandna, R.C., Geography of Population: Concepts Determinants and Pattern, Kalyan Pub. Ludhiana,

2014. 4. Clarke, J.I. Population Geography, Oxford, 1981.

5. Hassan M.I., Population Geography, Rawat Pub. Jaipur, 2008.

6. Jhingan M.L. Bhatt B.K. and Desai, J.N. Demography, Vrid Pub. Delhi, 2006

7. Khullar D.R., India: A comparative Geography, Kalyan Pub. Ludhiana, 2014.

8. Mandal, R.B. Uyanga J and Prasad H., Introductory Methods in Population geography, Concept Pub. Co.

New Delhi-2007.

9. Maurya S.D., Population Geography, Pravalika Pub. Allahabad, 2014.

10. Newbold, K.B. , Population Geography: Tools and Issues, Rawat Pub. Jaipur, 2012.

11. Palmore, J.A. and Gardner R.W. Measuring, Mortality, Fertility and Migration: A Self Teaching Guide

to Elementary Measures. The East-West Centre, Honolulu, 1987.

12. Poston, Jr D.L. and Bouvier L.F., Population and society: An Introduction to Demography, Cambridge Uni. Press, New York, 2010.

13. Premi M.K. and Das D.N., Population of India 2011, B.R. Pub. Delhi, 2012.

14. Sriniwas,K. Basic Demographic Techniques and Applications, Sage Pub. New Delhi, 1998.

15. Trewartha, G.T.,A Geography of Population: World Patterns, NY. 1969.

Syllabus 2015-2016


Modern Concept in Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit-I

Concepts and approaches in geography; ideology, nomothetic, deductive, inductive and

environmental concept; concept of sustainable development.

Unit -II Scientific explanations in geography, types of explanations; cognitive descriptions; cause and

effect - temporal, functional and ecological.

Unit-III Empirical-scientific model of geography; laws, theories and models in geography; general

system theory; quantitative revolution, behaviourism.

Unit-IV Changing pattern of geography; radical concept; welfare approach; concept of gender in

geography - feminism; modernism and post-modernism in geography.

Recommended Books:

1. Arentsen M., Stam R. and Thuijis R., 2000: Post-modern Approaches to Space, eBook.

2. Bhat, L.S. (2009) Geography in India (Selected Themes). Pearson

3. Bonnett A., 2008: What is Geography? Sage.

4. Dikshit R. D., 1997: Geographical Thought: A Contextual History of Ideas, Prentice- Hall India.

5. Hartshorne R., 1959: Perspectives of Nature of Geography, Rand McNally and Co.

6. Holt-Jensen A., 2011: Geography: History and Its Concepts: A Students Guide, SAGE.

7. Johnston R. J., (Ed.): Dictionary of Human Geography, Rutledge.

8. Johnston R. J., 1997: Geography and Geographers, Anglo-American Human Geography since

1945, Arnold, London.

9. Kapur A., 2001: Indian Geography Voice of Concern, Concept Publications.

10. Martin Geoffrey J., 2005: All Possible Worlds: A History of Geographical Ideas, Oxford.

11. Soja, Edward 1989. Post-modern Geographies, Verso, London. Reprinted 1997: Rawat Pub., Jaipur and

New Delhi.

Syllabus 2015-2016


General Geography (Open Elective)


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit –I Basic Concepts: Definition of Geography; General Geography, Regional Geography,

Systematic Geography; Solar System; Motions of Earth – Rotation and Revolution;

Concept of Latitude and Longitude; International Date Line; Calculation of Time.

Unit –II Components of Earth System: Atmosphere, Lithosphere, Hydrosphere, Biosphere,

Composition and Structure of Atmosphere; Interior of the Earth; Weather and

Climate; Wind Circulation; Hydrological Cycle; Ecosystem, Food Chain and Food

Web.

Unit –III Regional Geography: Concept of Region; Components of Natural Regions; Natural

Regions of the World; Man and Environment Relationship in Equatorial Region,

Temperate Region and Polar Region.

Unit – IV Environment: Concept of Environment - Physical and Cultural Environment;

Hazards and Disasters, Social and Economic Disaster; Global Warming and Climate

Change.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Hussain Majid, Fundamentals of Physical Geography, Rawat Pub, New Delhi.

2. Singh Savindra – Environmental Geography, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad

3. Blij H.E. Dc Geography, Regions and Concept, John Wiley and Sons.

4. Lal D.S. Climatology, Sharda Pustak Bhawan , Allahabad.

5. Gohchenglenong, Certificate Physical and Human Geography, latest addition.

6. Singh Savindra & Singh J, Disaster Management- P. Pub., Allahbad

7. Campbell J.B., Introduction to Remote Sensing, G. Ford press.

Syllabus 2015-2016

M. A. / M. Sc. (Final) IV Semester Field Studies (Socio-economic Survey)

(Paper Code – GGM – 4071)

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100



Conducting socio-economic survey of the Urban household/village with the help of

a questionnaire, mapping of data, landuse and cropping pattern.






perceptions.




perceptions.




RECOMMENDED BOOKS 6. Archeer, J.E. and Dalton, T.H. Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968.


8. Glodard, R.H., Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Dubuque, 1982. 9. Wheeleso, K.S. and Harding, M., Geographical Fieldwork, London, 1965.

10. Mohammad, A.C., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publication,

Delhi, 1977.

Syllabus 2015-2016

M. A./M. Sc. (Final) IV Semester

PRACTICAL - ADVANCED SURVEYING (Paper Code – GGM 4072)

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

- Triangulation Survey

Measurement of base line

Correction of base line

Determination of horizontal angles

Correction of horizontal angles

Calculation of Triangles sides and plotting

- Bearing

Correction of bearing and plotting

Calculation of included angles and plotting

- Tacheometry

Methods of surveying

Radiation with telescopic alidade

- Theodolite

Measurement of horizontal angles

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

Punmia, B.C., Surveying and Leveling, Vol I.

Alvi, Zamiruddin, A Text Book of Surveying

Syllabus 2015-2016


DV – Project


Credit : 4

Course & Syllabus



AND




ALIGARH

Syllabus 2016-2017

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) I Semester (CBCS)

GGB151 :GEOMORPHOLOGY Credit :4

Mid Term :30 Sessional

:10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Geomorphology: Nature and Scope.

2. Earth: Interior Structure and Isostasy.

3. Earth Movements: Plate Tectonics, Types of Folds and Faults, Earthquakes and

Volcanoes.

4. Geomorphic Processes: Weathering, Mass Wasting, Cycle of Erosion (Davis and

Penck).

5. Evolution of Landforms (Erosional and Depositional): Fluvial, Karst, Aeolian, Glacial,

and Coastal.

Reading List

1. Bloom A. L., 2003: Geomorphology: A Systematic Analysis of Late Cenozoic Landforms, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi.

2. Bridges E. M., 1990: World Geomorphology, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.


Macmillan Publishing Company 4. Kale V. S. and Gupta A., 2001: Introduction to Geomorphology, Orient Longman, Hyderabad.




Geology, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons 9. Thornbury W. D., 1968: Principles of Geomorphology, Wiley.

10. Gautam, A (2010): Bhautik Bhugol, Rastogi Punlications, Meerut



Syllabus 2016-2017



Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

1. Cartography – Nature and Scope.

2. Scales – Concept and application; Graphical Construction of Plain, Comparative and Diagonal

Scales.

3. Map Projections – Classification, Properties and Uses; Graphical Construction of Polar

Zenithal. Stereographic, Bonne’s and Mercator’s Projections, and reference to Universal

Transverse Mercator (UTM) Projection.

4. Topographical Map – Interpretation of a Mountain area with the help of Cross and

Longitudinal Profiles.

5. Slope Analysis – Wentworth’s method.


projection, interpretation of topographic sheet and slope analysis.

Reading List 1. Anson R. and Ormelling F. J., 1994: International Cartographic Association: BasicCartographic Vol. Pregmen Press.













Syllabus 2016-2017

(CBCS)


Credit :4


:10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Introduction: Meaning and Scope of Human Geography; Major Themes; Environmental

Determinism, Possibilism, Neo-determinism, their contemporary relevance.

Unit II Space and Society: Major cultural regions, distribution and characteristics of race,

Religion and Language.

Unit III Population-Resource Relationship; Optimum, Over Population, Under Population, their

problem and prospects, Population Growth and Distribution; Population Composition;

Demographic Transition Theory.

Unit IV Settlements: Types of Rural Settlements; Classification of Urban Settlements; Trends

and Patterns of World Urbanization.

Reading List




London.








Syllabus 2016-2017

(CBCS)



Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

1. Maps – Classification and Types.

2. Diagrammatic Data Presentation – Line graph, proportional circle.


Dot, Point Data – Isopleths.

4. Study and interpretation of two weather maps of India.

5. Prismatic Compass Survey; Open and Closed.


any state in India.


Books 2. Dent B. D., Torguson J. S., and Holder T. W., 2008: Cartography: Thematic Map Design (6th




6. Mishra R. P. and Ramesh A., 1989: Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept, New Delhi. 7. Sharma J. P., 2010: Prayogic Bhugol, Rastogi Publishers, Meerut.


9. Slocum T. A., Mcmaster R. B. and Kessler F. C., 2008: Thematic Cartography and Geovisualization

(3rd Edition), Prentice Hall. 10. Tyner J. A., 2010: Principles of Map Design, The Guilford Press.


Delhi 12. Singh, L R & Singh R (1977): Manchitra or Pryaogatamek Bhugol , Central Book, Depot, Allahabad


Syllabus 2016-2017

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) III Semester (CBCS)

GGB351 :CLIMATOLOGY Credit :4


:10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Atmospheric Composition and Structure – Variation with Altitude, Latitude and

Season.

2. Insolation and Temperature – Factors and Distribution, Heat Budget, Temperature

Inversion.

3. Atmospheric Pressure and Winds – Planetary Winds, Forces affecting Winds, General

Circulation, Jet Streams.

4. Atmospheric Moisture – Evaporation, Humidity, Condensation, Fog and Clouds,

Precipitation Types, Stability and Instability; Climatic Regions (Koppen)

5. Cyclones – Tropical Cyclones, Extra Tropical Cyclones, Monsoon - Origin and

Mechanism.

Reading List

1. Barry R. G. and Carleton A. M., 2001: Synoptic and Dynamic Climatology, Routledge, UK.

2. Barry R. G. and Corley R. J., 1998: Atmosphere, Weather and Climate, Routledge, New York.

3. Critchfield H. J., 1987: General Climatology, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi

4. Lutgens F. K., Tarbuck E. J. and Tasa D., 2009: The Atmosphere: An Introduction to Meteorology, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.

5. Oliver J. E. and Hidore J. J., 2002: Climatology: An Atmospheric Science, Pearson Education, New

Delhi.

6. Trewartha G. T. and Horne L. H., 1980: An Introduction to Climate, McGraw-Hill.

7. Gupta L S(2000): Jalvayu Vigyan, Hindi Madhyam Karyanvay Nidishalya, Delhi Vishwa Vidhyalaya,

Delhi

8. Lal, D S (2006): Jalvayu Vigyan, Prayag Pustak Bhavan, Allahabad

9. Vatal, M (1986): Bhautik Bhugol, Central Book Depot, Allahabad

10. Singh, S (2009): Jalvayu Vigyan, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad

Syllabus 2016-2017


GGB3P1 :Statistical Methods in Geography (Practical) Credit :2

Continuous Evaluation :40

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Use of Data in Geography: Geographical Data Matrix, Significance of Statistical

Methods in Geography; Sources of Data, Scales of Measurement (Nominal, Ordinal,

Interval, Ratio).

2. Tabulation and Descriptive Statistics: Frequencies (Deciles, Quartiles), Cross

Tabulation, Central Tendency (Mean, Median and Mode, Centro-graphic Techniques,

Dispersion (Standard Deviation, Variance and Coefficient of Variation).

3. Sampling: Purposive, Random, Systematic and Stratified.

4. Theoretical Distribution: Probability and Normal Distribution.

5. Association and Correlation: Rank Correlation, Product Moment Correlation, and

Simple Regression, Residuals from regression

Class Record: Each student will submit a record containing five exercises:

1. Construct a data matrix of about (10 x 10) with each row representing an areal unit (districts or

villages or towns) and about 10 columns of relevant attributes of the areal units.

2. Based on the above table, a frequency table, measures of central tendency and dispersion

would be computed and interpreted for any two attributes.

3. Histograms and frequency curve would be prepared on the entire data set and attempt to fit a

normal curve and interpreted for one or two variables.

4. From the data matrix a sample set (20 Percent) would be drawn using, random - systematic

and stratified methods of sampling and locate the samples on a map with a short note on

methods used.

5. Based on of the sample set and using two relevant attributes, a scatter and regression line

would be plotted and residual from regression would be mapped with a short interpretation.

Reading List

1. Berry B. J. L. and Marble D. F. (eds.): Spatial Analysis – A Reader in Geography.

2. Ebdon D., 1977: Statistics in Geography: A Practical Approach.

3. Hammond P. and McCullagh P. S., 1978: Quantitative Techniques in Geography: An Introduction,

Oxford University Press.

4. King L. S., 1969: Statistical Analysis in Geography, Prentice-Hall.

5. Mahmood A., 1977: Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Concept.

6. Pal S. K., 1998: Statistics for Geoscientists, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

7. Sarkar, A. (2013) Quantitative geography: techniques and presentations. Orient Black Swan Private

Ltd., New Delhi.

8. Silk J., 1979: Statistical Concepts in Geography, Allen and Unwin, London.

9. Spiegel M. R.: Statistics, Schaum's Outline Series.

10. Yeates M., 1974: An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Human Geography, McGraw Hill, New

York.

11. Shinha, Indira (2007) Sankhyiki bhugol. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi

******

Syllabus 2016-2017


GGB3P2 :Remote Sensing (Practical) Old Credit :2


End Term :60

Total :100

1. Remote Sensing: Definition and Development; Platforms and Types; Photogrammetry.

2. Satellite Remote Sensing: Principles, EMR Interaction with Atmosphere and Earth

Surface; Satellites (Landsat and IRS); Sensors

3. Image Processing (Digital and Manual): Pre-processing (Radiometric and Geometric

Correction); Enhancement (Filtering); Classification (Supervised and Un-supervised)

4. Satellite Image Interpretation.

5. Application of Remote Sensing: Land Use Land Cover.

Practical Record: A project file consisting of 5 exercises on using any method on above

mentioned themes.

Reading List

1. Bhatta , B. (2008) Remote Sensing and GIS, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

2. Campbell J. B., 2007: Introduction to Remote Sensing, Guildford Press

3. Chauniyal, D. (2010) Sudur SamvedanaAvam Bhaugolik Suchna Pranali, Sharda Pustak

Bhawan, Allahabad.

4. Jensen, J. R. (2005) Introductory Digital Image Processing: A Remote Sensing Perspective,

Pearson Prentice-Hall.

5. Joseph, G. 2005: Fundamentals of Remote Sensing, United Press India.

6. Lillesand T. M., Kiefer R. W. and Chipman J. W., 2004: Remote Sensing and Image

Interpretation, Wiley. (Wiley Student Edition).

7. Li, Z., Chen, J. and Batsavias, E. (2008) Advances in Photogrammetry, Remote Sensing and

Spatial Information Sciences CRC Press, Taylor and Francis, London

8. Mukherjee, S. (2004) Textbook of Environmental Remote Sensing, Macmillan, Delhi.

9. Nag P. and Kudra, M., 1998: Digital Remote Sensing, Concept, New Delhi. 10. Singh R. B. and Murai S., 1998: Space-informatics for Sustainable Development, Oxford and IBH Pub.


Astronomy and Map Projection (Practical) Old

(GGB3P1)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

Astronomy

General explanation of the objects of field of astronomy. Earth's relation with other

heavenly bodies: Stars, planets, satellites, Seasons: aphelion, Perihelion, Solstices,

Equinoxes, latitudes, longitudes, altitudes, declination, azimuth, celestial horizon, great

circles and small circles, zenith, nadir, hour angle, right ascensions.

Time: Types, local and standard times, longitude and time, International Date Line

Map Projection

General principles, classification, identification, transformation and choice of

projections, Construction, properties, limitations and uses of the following projections:

Cylindrical : Simple, Equal Area, Mercator’s.

a. Conical Projections

Conical: One standard conical, two standard, Conical, Bonne's Polyconic

b. Zenithal and Conventional Projections

Zenithal : Gnomonic, Stereographic, Orthographic.

Equidistant, Equal Area (polar case only).

Conventional : Sinusoidal, Mollwede's (Normal case only).

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-



3. Singh, R.L., Elements of Practical Geography

4. Gernet, William, Map Projection

5. James, A.H., & Ormsay, M.T.M. Mathematical Geography

6. Singh, L.R., Map work and Practical Geography


Field Work and Surveying (Practical) Old

(GGB3P1)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Field Work In Geographical Studies – Role, Value and Ethics of Field-Work

2. Defining the Field and Identifying the Case Study – Rural / Urban / Physical / Human /

Environmental.

3. Field Techniques – Merits, Demerits and Selection of the Appropriate Technique; Observation

(Participant / Non Participant), Questionnaires (Open/ Closed / Structured / Non-Structured);

Interview with Special Focus on Focused Group Discussions; Space Survey (Transects and

Quadrants, Constructing a Sketch)

4. Use of Field Tools – Collection of Material for Physical and Socio-Economic Surveys.

5. Designing the Field Report – Aims and Objectives, Methodology, Analysis, Interpretation and

Writing the Report.

Practical Record

1. Each student will prepare an individual report based on primary and secondary data collected

during field work.

2. The students / teachers can opt to take students in or outside the NCR, depending upon,

problem to be studied.

3. The duration of the field work should not exceed 10 days.

4. The word count of the report should be about 8000 to 12,000 excluding figures, tables,

photographs, aps, references and appendices.

5. One copy of the report on A 4 size paper should be submitted in soft binding.

BOOKS RECOMMENTED:-






Delhi, 1986.




Syllabus 2016-2017

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) III Semester (Old) CLIMATOLOGY

(GGB – 201)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

1. Atmospheric Composition and Structure – Variation with Altitude, Latitude and

Season.

2. Insolation and Temperature – Factors and Distribution, Heat Budget, Temperature

Inversion.

3. Atmospheric Pressure and Winds – Planetary Winds, Forces affecting Winds, General

Circulation, Jet Streams.

4. Atmospheric Moisture – Evaporation, Humidity, Condensation, Fog and Clouds,

Precipitation Types, Stability and Instability.

5. Cyclones – Tropical Cyclones, Extra Tropical Cyclones, Monsoon - Origin and

Mechanism.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Trewartha, G.T. , & Horn, L.A. , Introduction to climate, International Studies, 1990.

2. Critchfield, H. , General Climatology, New York, Latest Edition.

3. Iydolph, Paul, E.,The Climate of the Earth, Roman and Allanheld, Totows, N.J. , 1995.

4. Malter, J.R. , Climatology, McGraw-Hill, New York.

5. Patterson. , S. , Introduction to Meteorology, McGraw-Hill Book Co. , London.

6. Stringer, E.T. , Foundation of Climatology, Delhi, 1992.

7. Trurman, H.B.,Introductory Oceanography, Charles Webber Merril Pub. Co. , 1984.

8. Gerald, S. , General Oceanography - An Introduction John Wiley & Sons, NK, 1980.

9. Weisberg, J. , and Howard, Parish. , Introductory Oceanography McGraw-Hill book Co.,

New York 1976.

10. Khan, Nizamuddin, An Introduction to Physical Geography, Concept Publishing

Company, New Delhi, 2001

11. Hussain, Majid., Fundamentals of Physical Geography, Rawat Pub., Jaipur, 2001.

Syllabus 2016-2017

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) IV Semester (CBCS)

GGB451: GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA

Credit :4


:10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Physical: Physiographic Divisions, Soil and Vegetation their types and

characteristics, Climate; Characteristics and Classification given by Koppen’s

and Thornwaite.

Unit II Population and Social Geography; Population distribution, growth, and structure.

Social: Distribution of race, caste, religion, language, tribes and their correlates.

Unit III Economic: Mineral and power resources distribution and utilization of iron ore,

coal, petroleum, gas; agricultural production and distribution of rice and wheat,

industrial development : automobile and Information technology.

Unit IV Regionalisation of India: Physiographic (R. L. Singh), Socio – cultural (Sopher),

Economic (Sengupta).

Reading List 1. Deshpande C. D., 1992: India: A Regional Interpretation, ICSSR, New Delhi.

2. Johnson, B. L. C., ed. 2001. Geographical Dictionary of India. Vision Books, New Delhi.

3. Mandal R. B. (ed.), 1990: Patterns of Regional Geography – An Intenational Perspective. Vol. 3 –

Indian Perspective.

4. Sdyasuk Galina and P Sengupta (1967): Economic Regionalisation of India, Census of India

5. Sharma, T. C. 2003: India - Economic and Commercial Geography. Vikas Publ., New Delhi.

6. Singh R. L., 1971: India: A Regional Geography, National Geographical Society of India.

7. Singh, Jagdish 2003: India - A Comprehensive & Systematic Geography, Gyanodaya Prakashan,

Gorakhpur.

8. Spate O. H. K. and Learmonth A. T. A., 1967: India and Pakistan: A General and Regional Geography,

Methuen.

9. Tirtha, Ranjit 2002: Geography of India, Rawat Publs., Jaipur & New Delhi.

10. Pathak, C. R. 2003: Spatial Structure and Processes of Development in India. Regional Science

Assoc., Kolkata.

Syllabus 2016-2017


GGB4P1: Cartography and Surveying (Practical)

Credit :2


End Term :60

Total :100

● Representation of socio-economic data with the help of diagram.

* Bar diagram (simple, multiple and divided).

* Wheel diagram

● Importance of dumpy level and its uses. Plotting of longitudinal sections by rise and fall

method.

● Sextant - Use of Sextant – calculation of horizontal and vertical distance.

BOOKS RECOMMENTED:-






Delhi, 1986.




Syllabus 2016-2017

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) IV Semester (Old)

ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY

(GGB – 401)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

1. Introduction: Concept and classification of economic activity

2. Factors Affecting location of Economic Activity with special reference to Agriculture,

Industry and Services (Weber’s theory*)

3. Primary Activities: Subsistence and Commercial agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining.

4. Secondary Activities: Manufacturing (Cotton Textile, Iron and Steel), Concept of

Manufacturing Regions, Special Economic Zones and Technology Parks.

5. Tertiary Activities: Transport, Trade and Services.

* (theories relating to agriculture and services have been dealt in other papers)

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography, New Delhi, latest edition. 2. Chandna, R.C., A Geography of population concepts determinants and patterns, New

Delhi, 2008.

3. Hussain, M. Human Geography (III and IVEdition), Rawat Publication, Jaipur, 2012.

4. Janavi, U.A., Economic Geography, Concept publishing company, New Delhi, 1985.

5. Jones, C.F., & Darkenwald, G.G., Economic Geography, New York, latest edition. 6. Leong & Morgan: Human and Economic Geography.

7. Miller, E., Geography of Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

8. Thomas, R.S. , The Geography of Economic Activity-An Introductory World Survey, Mc-Graw-Hill Book Company, Inc. , New York, 1962.

9. Trewartha, G.T., A Geography of Population: World Patterns, John Wiley &

Sons, Inc., New York. 10. Zelinsky, W., A Prologue to Population Geography, Prentice Hall, 1966. 11. Zimmerman, E.W., World Resources and Industries, Harper Brothers, New York.

Syllabus 2016-2017


EVOLUTION OF GEOGRAPHICAL THOUGHT


Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT 1. General characteristics of geography in ancient period. Contribution of

Herodotus, Strabo, Eratosthenes and Ptolemy in the development of geographical

thought.

UNIT II. General characteristics of geographical thought during Arab period. Dark – age.


Khaldun.

UNIT III. Founders of modern geographical thought. Contribution of Humboldt and Ritter.

Contribution of French and British schools of geography with special reference to

Vidal-De-la- Blache and Mackinder.

UNIT IV. Concepts in geography: Environmental determinism, possiblism, and stop and go


critical study of Quantitative revolution and behavioral geography.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:




Aligarh.






Syllabus 2016-2017


MAJOR WORLD ENVIRONMENT


Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT I. Concept of Environment, Components and types of Environment.

Perspective on man-environment relationships, approaches to the study of

man environment relationship, symbiosis between man and environment.

UNIT II. Equatorial Environment: Physical and human environment. Monsoon

Environment: Physical and human environment, Hot-desert Environment:

Physical and human environment

UNIT III. Tropical and Temperate Grasslands and their comparison in context of their

Physical and human environment. Mediterranean Environment: Physical

and human environment.

UNIT IV. West European Environment: Physical and human environment, Tundra

and Taiga Environments with respect to their Physical and human

environment.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Ahmad, Qazi Said-ud-din. Major Natural Regions, S Chand & Co. (Pvt) Ltd. New Delhi.

2. Arvill, R., Man and Environment: Crisis and strategy of Choice, Penguin, Harmondsworth,

1967.

3. Heinzalman and Smith. World regional Geography, New Delhi, Second Edition, 1965.

4. Singh, Savindra, Environmental Geography, Prayag Pustak Bhawan Allahabad, !997

5. Thomas, W.L. (ed.) Man's role in changing the face of the Earth, Chicago, 1956

Syllabus 2016-2017


GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICA


Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT I. Physical divisions, climate - general characteristics, climatic regions, people -

spatial distribution of population. (One question from this unit).

UNIT II. Agriculture: Distribution and production of wheat and wheat region. Agricultural

regions of North America and chief characteristics of each region. Mineral wealth

and Energy resources: Iron and petroleum. Industries: iron and steel and Industrial

regions. (Two question from this unit).

UNIT III. Regional study of California under the following heads: Relief - Physical

divisions, climatic characteristics. Economy - General characteristics of

agriculture. (One question from this unit).

UNIT IV: Regional Study of New England under the following heads: Relief - physical

division, climatic characteristics. Economy - general characteristics of industry. (Two question from this unit).

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Barker, W.H., Regional Geographies, 1938, London Press, London.

2. Bindsall, S.S, Regional Landscapes of United States of North America and Canada.

3. Garlend, J.H., A Reg. Geography: North America, 1955, John Wiley & Sons., New York.



6. Majid Hussain., Regional Geography, 1994, Anmol Pubs., Pvt., N. Delhi.

7. Meand, W.R., United states and Canada.

8. Miller & Parpin, Geography of North America.

9. Monkhouse, F.J., & Claim, H.R., North America.

10. Orkention, John., Canada: A Geographical Interpretation.

11. Patterson, J.H., North America.

12. Pounds, M.J.C., North America

13. Smith, J. Russall & Phillips, M.O., North America.

14. Stamp, L.D., A Regional Geography: America, 1961, Longman, London.

15. Watson, J.W., North America.

16. Watson, W., North America.

17. Wheeler, J.H., Regional Geography of the World, 1955, New York.

Syllabus 2016-2017


MAP PROJECTION – I

(GGB 5P1)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

3. Latitudes and Longitudes, Time: types, local and standard times, longitude and time,

International Date Line. Definition and illustration of astronomical terms; altitude,

declination, small and great circles, Zenith and Nadir.

4. Meaning and classification of map projections, and construction, properties and uses of

following projections.

C. Cylindrical Projections:

Equal Area and Mercator’s Projections.

D. Conical Projections:

Simple Conical (one and two standard parallels), Bonne’s and Polyconic

Projections.

Books Recommended:







Syllabus 2016-2017


AERIAL PHOTO INTERPRETATION AND REMOTE SENSING

(GGB 5P2)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50










studies.




BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-








8. Swain & Davis., Remote sensing: The quantitative Approach.

Syllabus 2016-2017


STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES

(GGB 5P3) Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Measurements.

Nature and sources of geographic data, Types of sampling. Problems of

measurement: nominal, ordinal, ratio and tabulation of data.

2, Graphical Representation of Geographical Data.

Frequency Distribution: Histogram and cumulative frequency curves.

3. Measurement of Central Tendency.

Arithmetic mean, median and mode.

4. Measures of Dispersion

Mean deviation, quartile deviation, standard deviation and co-efficient of

variation.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-





5. Mahmood, Aslam., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies.


Syllabus 2016-2017


AGRICULTURE & RURAL DEVELOPMENT

(GGB – 601)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT I. Conceptual basis of Rural Development: measures of development, rural

development in India: post-independence efforts.

UNIT II. Origin and development of agriculture, nature, scope and significance of

agricultural geography.

UNIT III. Agriculture and rural infra-structural facilities and amenities, new

agricultural technology, irrigation, rural transportation, rural marketing.

UNIT IV. Issues of agriculture: Rural poverty and under development, rural labour,

rural employment. Critical review of rural development strategies in India:

IRDP, Community Development Programme, Small Farmers Development

Programme in India.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


Edition).









Delhi- 1998



Syllabus 2016-2017 B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) VI Semester

POPULATION AND SETTLEMENT GEOGRAPHY

(GGB – 602)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT 1. Nature and scope of Population Geography, Broad patterns of population

distribution and density in the world; growth of population. Concept of over

population, under population and optimum population.

UNIT II. Migration and its demographic significance, types of migration: Internal – rural-

urban and seasonal, International - causes and effects.

UNIT III. India's population - Distribution, growth and density of population; population

growth and socio-economic development, problems and policies.

UNIT IV. Settlement: Rural settlement – site and situation; types and patterns; house types,

origin, size and structure of Indian villages.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:









New York.


New York, 1972.


Syllabus 2016-2017


URBAN AND REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT

(GGB – 603)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

UNIT I. Meaning and significance of Urban Geography. Definitions of Urban Places in the

World. Definition of Urban Places in India. Definitions of: Census Towns,

Statutory Towns, Urban Outgrowths (UOGS), Urban Agglomerations (UA) and

Standard Urban Areas (SUA). Concept of Mega and Metro-Cities, and their

temporal growth in India.

UNIT II. Trends and Patterns of Levels of Urbanization in India. Trends and Patterns of

Levels of Urbanization in the World. Process of Urbanization in India: an

overview of temporal urban growth. Respective Factors of temporal urban

growth.

UNIT III. Concept and Nature of Regional Planning. World History of Regional Planning.

Hierarchical Levels of Planning and Planning Regions.

UNIT IV. Temporal Process of Regional Development in the World. Concept and Basic

Types of Regional Development. Regional Imbalances in the World

Development.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-






Chicago.






Approaches.


Syllabus 2016-2017


MAP PROJECTION – II

(GGB 6P1)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Classification of Zenithal Projections. Position of the plane on the globe, use of

source of light, perspective and non-perspective Zenithal Projections, and choice of

map projection.

2. Zenithal Projections: based on source of light (Polar case). Gnomonic, Stereographic,

and Orthographic; Equidistant and Equal Area Projection - properties, merits and

demerits.

3. Conventional Projections: Sinusoidal and Mollweide’s projection (Normal case) -

properties, merits and demerits.

Books Recommended:







Syllabus 2016-2017



(GGB6P2)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50



Conducting socio-economic survey of the Urban household/village with

the help of a questionnaire, mapping of data, landuse and cropping pattern.






perceptions.




perceptions.




RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Archeer, J.E. and Dalton, T.H. Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968.



4. Mohammad, A.C., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publication, Delhi,

1977.


Syllabus 2016-2017


SEMINAR PRESENTATION

(GGB 6P3)

Credit: :02

Sessional :20

Paper: :30

Total: :50

A comprehensive viva-voce will be held from all the courses of the

undergraduate level.

Syllabus 2016-2017



Credit :04

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

















Oil exploitation



Drainage density

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:









9. Strahler, A.H. & Strahler, A.H., Elements of Physical Geography.

10. Thornbury, W.D., Principles of Geomorphology.



Syllabus 2016-2017



Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100




effect.










BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Barry & Perry., Synophic Climatology.

2. Blair, T.A., Climatology-General and Regional.








10. Rama sastery, A.A., Weather & Weather fore casting.

11. Rummey, G., Climatology and the world's climate.




Syllabus 2016-2017



Credit :02

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100



Indian Ocean.







origin.

BOOKS RECOMMENTED:

1. Davis, R.J.A. 1986, Oceanography – An Introduction of the Marine Environment, Win

C. Brown, Iowa.


3. Murray, S.J., 1913, Ocean, A General account of the Science of the sea, Thorton Butter

Worth, London.

4. Siddhartha, K. 1999, Oceanography, A Brief Introduction, Kisalaya Pub. Pvt. Ltd., New

Delhi..


6. Stahler, A. N. Stahler A.M., 1997, Geography and man’s Environment, John Wiley and

Sons, New York.

7. Thurnman, H.V., 1978, Introduction to oceanography, Charles E. Merrill Pub. Co.,

London.

8. Weyl, P.K. 1970, Oceanography an Introduction of the Marine Environment, John Wiley


Syllabus 2016-2017



Credit :04

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I: Physiography: Stratigraphy of India -A Brief Review. Bases of

Physiographic Divisions of India; Evolution of Extra-Peninsula: Its

Geological Structure, Relief and the Evidences Regarding its Present Day

Evolution; Peninsula: Structure and Relief; Indo-Gangetic Plain: Evolution,

Structure and Relief; Coasts: Western Coast and Eastern Coast.


Indo-Brahm Theory: The Gnag River System, System and Pattern of

Peninsular Drainage. The Godavari River System; differences between the

Himalayan and Peninsular Drainage.

Unit III: Climate: Origin and Mechanisms of Indian Monsoon - A Critical Review of


Indian Monsoon. Koppen’s and Thornthwaite classification of Climate

Unit IV: Soils and Forests: Problems of Soil - Soil Erosion and Conservation; Saline

and Alkaline Soils -their measures of reclamation; Problems of Indian

Forestry; Forest Development Programs.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:








Syllabus 2016-2017



Credit :02

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100










Geography.





BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Ali, S.M., Arab Geography, AMU., Press, Aligarh.



4. Claval, P., Epistomology and History of Geographical Thought, in progress in Human

Geography, Vol.4.


6. Dickinson, R.E., The Making of Modern Geography.

7. Davis, V.K., Conceptual Revolution in Geography.





Syllabus 2016-2017



Credit :02

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

UNIT I: Remote Sensing: Meaning, Definition, significance and utility of remote sensing

in Geography. History and Development of Remote Sensing. Advantages and

Limitations of Remote Sensing. Stages of remote sensing. Ideal and Real remote

sensing.

UNIT II: Principles of Remote Sensing. EMR: its properties, Electromagnetic spectrum and

characteristics of different wavelength regions. EMR: interaction mechanisms.

Atmospheric interaction and their types; Surface interaction and their types;

Spectral signature. Spatial, Spectral, Radiometric and Temporal Resolutions.



Recognition and Aerial Photo interpretation, The multi-concept.

UNIT IV: Types of Remote sensing: Active and Passive Remote sensing. Types and

characteristic of Remote Sensing Platforms; Geo-stationary and Polar orbiting

Satellites. Landsat and IRS Series.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Sabins, Floyd F, 1986, Remote Sensing: Principles & Interpretation, Freeman, New York.

2. Lillesand, T.M. & Klefer, R.W. 1987, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley &

Sons, New York. 3. Curran, Paul J; 1985, Principles of Remote Sensing, Longman, London.

4. Estes, J.E. and LW Senger, 1974, Remote sensing Techniques for environmental Analysis,

Hamilton, Santa Barbara, California. 5. Lillesand, Thomas M. and RW Klefer,1987, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John

Wiley & Sons, New York.

6. Slater, PN, 1980, Remote Sensing: Optics and Optical System, Addison-Wesley, Reading.

7. Jamles, B. Camp bell, Introduction to Remote Sensing-2nd Edi. Taylor & Francis, London. 8. Fazal, S. (2009), Remote Sensing Basics, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.

9. Reddy, A. (2001), Textbook of Remote Sensing And Geographical Information Systems, BS

Publication Hyderabad.

Syllabus 2016-2017



Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100














BOOKS RECOMMENDED:













1974.




Syllabus 2016-2017



Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100









Dispersion Diagram.



BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


Jersey, 1984.


New York., 1982.


(New edition).



Calcutta.


Syllabus 2016-2017

M. A., M. Sc. (Previous) I Semester GGM1073 :TRV - FIELD TRAINING & TOUR

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100











prepared.


B. Tour







BOOKS RECOMMENDED:





1982.



1977.




Jersey, 1968.

***********




Credit : 02

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100



and possiblism.







functions.



BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



New York. 4. De Blijj, H.J., 1977, Human Geography, New York.

5. Rubenstein. J.M. & Bacon R.S., 1983, The Introduction to Human Geography,

New York.

6. Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, New D. 2010. 7. Smith, D.M., 1977, Human Geography: A Welfare Approach, London.

8. Taylor. G., Geography in Twentieth Century.

9. Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, N. D. 2010. 10. Dicken, S.N., Introduction to Human Geography.

11. Jones, E., Human Geography.

12. Garnier, J.B., Geography of Population. 13. Trewartha, G., Geography of Population.

14. Enayat, A., Social and Geographical Aspects of Human Settlements.

15. Briggs, K., 1983, Human Geography: Concepts and applications, London.

16. Husain, M., 2000, Human Geography, New Delhi. 17. Leong, G.C. & Morgan, Human and Economic Geography.

Syllabus 2016-2017




Credit : 02

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100

UNIT I. Meaning, scope and its relevance in environmental studies, Concept of ecosystem;

Environmental factors - atmospheric, edaphic and biotic, affecting distribution of

flora and fauna.









BOOKS RECOMMENDED:















Credit : 02

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100


geography-Historical approach (Industrial Revolution, Colonization, Modern World

Economic System Multinational), Functional approach (economic functions),

Regional approach (spatial variation).Indicators of economic geography and

economics for socio-economic development.





activities.








location of economic activities: Von-Thunen model of agricultural location, Weber’s

model of industrial location.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



3. Brian, J.L., Berry et al., The Geography of Economic Systems.

4. Barlow, M.H. & R.G. Newton., Patterns and Processes in Man's Economic Environment. 5. Chisholm, M., Geography and Economics.



8. Ll oyd, P. & P. Dickens., Location in Space; A Theoretical Approach to Eco. Geo. 9. Strahler, A.N. & A. Strahler., Geography and Man's Environment.

10. Thoman, R.S. & E.C. Conkling., The Geography of Economic Activity. 11. Thoman, R., " Econ.Geog." in International Encyclopaedia of S.Science.




16. Zimmerman, E.W., World Resources and Industries.

17. Hartshon, T.A., Economic Geography. 18. Majid Husain, Economic Geography




Credit : 04

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100




mitigation.



India.



from India.




management.

Reading List





Macmillan, Delhi.




6. Sinha, A. (2001). Disaster Management: Lessons Drawn and Strategies for Future, New United Press,

New Delhi.



8. Singh Jagbir (2007) “Disaster Management Future Challenges and Oppurtunities”, 2007. Publisher- I.K.

International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi, India.




Credit : 04

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100








- Iron and steel

- Cotton Textiles













Suggested Readings 1. Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1988.



4. Isard, W, Methods of Regional Analysis, The Technology Press of MIT & John Wiley & Sons, New

York 1956. 5. Miller E., A Geography of Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1962.

6. S. Siddartha, Economic Geography, Theories, process and pattern, Kisolaya Pub. Pvt. Ltd. Pantan,

2000.


Syllabus 2016-2017




Credit : 04

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100


















2. Banerjee, b and Hazra J., Geo-Ecology of Cholera in West Bengal, Unv of Culcutta, 1980. 3. Chatterjee Mera, Implementing Health Policy, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi, 1988.

4. Cliff, A. & Stewart, L., (eds.), Atlas of Diseases distribution , Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1989.

5. Hazra, J., (eds.), Health Care Planning in Developing Centres, Unv of Culcutta, 1997. 6. Learmonth, A.T.A., Patterns of Diseases and Hunger – A Study in Medical Geography, David &

Charles, Victoria, 1978.

7. May, J.M., Ecology and Human Diseases, M.D. Pub. New York, 1959. 8. May, J.M., Studies in Disease Ecology, Hafner Pub. New York, 1961.

9. Mc. Glashan. N.D., Medical Geography, Methuen , London, 1972.

10. Misra, R.P., Medical Geography of India, National Book. Inst, India, New Delhi.

11. Rais, A and Learmonth, A.T.A., Geomorphic aspect of health and diseases in India. 12. Stamp, L.D., The Geography of Life and Death, Cornell Univ. Ithaca, 1964.

****

Syllabus 2016-2017




Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100





Unit-II Markets






Unit-III Trade


Historical Development of Trade, Factors of Development of Trades. International Trade, World Trade Organization, World Trading Zone: SAFTA (South Asian Free








Suggested Readings

1. Acharya, S.S & Agarwal, N.L (1987) Agricultural Marketing in India, Oxford & IHB Publishing

Co, New Delhi. 2. Berry, B.J.L. (1967) Geography of Market centers and Retail Distribution. Prentice Hall,



4. Dixit, R.S. (1984) Marketing Centers and their spatial development in the Umland of Kanpur, Allahabad

5. Garnier, B, J and Delobez. A (1977) Geography of Marketing, Longman, London.

6. Khan.N (1991) Agriculture development and Marketing, H.K. Publisher, New Delhi 7. Losch, A (1 954) Economics of Location. Yale University press, New Heaven.



10. Saxena, P. Marketing and Sustainable Development. Rawat Publication, New Delhi. 11. Singh, G.N. (1987) Agricultural Marketing in India. Hugh Publication, Allahbad.


Syllabus 2016-2017




Credit : 04

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100















2. Bhataia, A.K., International Tourism – Fundamentals and Practices Sterling Publishers, New Delhi, 1991.

3. Biju, M.R., Sustainable Dimensions of Tourism Management, Mittal Publications, N.D, 2006.

4. Chandra, R.H., Hill Tourism, Planning and Development, Kanishka Publications, N, D.1998. 5. Hunter C. and Green, H., Tourism and the Environment A Sustainable Relationship, Rout Ledge,

London, 1995.

6. Hanifa Bano, Geography of Dal Lake, unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Department of Geography, A.M.U.,

1984. 7. Hugel, B.C., Kashmir and Punjab, Light and Life Publishers, Jammu, 1972.

8. Kaur, J., Himalayan Pilgrims and New Tourism, Himalayan books, New Delhi, 1985.

9. Kaur, R.K., Dynamics of Tourism and Recreation, Inter – India, New Delhi, 1985. 10. Lea, J., Tourism and Development in the third world, Rout Ledge, London, 1988.

11. Nigam, D., Tourism, Environment and Development of Garhwal Himalayas, Mittal Publications,

2002. 12. Robinson, H., A Geography of Tourism, Macdonald and Evans, London, 1996.

13. Sharma, J.K. (ed.), Tourism Planning and Development – A new Perspective, Kansihka Publisher,

New Delhi, 2000.

14. Sinha, P.C. (ed.)., Tourism Impact Assessment, Anmol Publishers, New Delhi, 1988. 15. Siddiqui, S., Eco - friendly tourism in U.P. Himalayas, B.R. Publishers, New Delhi, 2000.

16. Singh, I., Manipur, A Tourist Paradise, B.R. Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.

Syllabus 2016-2017


Remote Sensing (Image Processing)


Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

- Image interpretation, basic principle, Images and their interpretability,

factors governing quality of images, factors governing interpretability,

elements of image interpretation.

- Use of multiple image in image interpretation, seasonal differences on

images, comparisons of seasonal images, winter and summer images.

- Thermal infrared images; thermal processes and properties, heat,

temperature and radiant flux, IR region of the electromagnetic spectrum,

IR detection and imaging technology, characteristics of IR images,

advantages of thermal imagery.

- Introduction of image processing, farms of mages, different image

processing techniques, computer image processing, digital image

processing, image restoration image enhancement, edge enhancement,

ratio images.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. American Society of Photogrammetry: Mannual of Photographic Interpretation , Banta Pub. Co., Wisconsin, 1960.


3. Barett, E.C. & Curtis, L.F., Introduction of Environ. Remote Sensing, 1976. 4. Dury, G.M., Map Interpretation, Issac Pitsman, London, 1952.

5. Cunan, R.J., Principles of Remote Sensing, London, 1985.

6. Hord, R.M., Remote Sensing: Methods and Applications, N.Y., 1986.

7. Lender, D.R., Aerial Photographic, Mc Graw Hill, N.Y., 1960. 8. Luder, D., Aerial Photography Interpretation: Princ. and Appl., McGraw Hill, NewYork.,

1959.

9. Lilles & Kiefer, Remote Sensing & Image Interpretation. 10. Reeves, R.G.(Ed.) Mannual of Remote Sensing (Vol.2), Virginia, 1975.

11. Sabins, F.F., Remote Sensing: Principles & Interpretation, 1982.

12. Smith, H.T.V., Aerial Photographs & their Applications, New York, 1943. 13. Spurs S.H., Photogrammetry & Photo Interpretation, New .Delhi., 1960.

14. Stershew, A.I., Aerial Photography.



18. White, L.P., Aerial Photography & Remote Sensing for Soil Survey.


Syllabus 2016-2017


ADV. QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES (Paper Code: GGM-2072)

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100




- Simple linear regression and multiple regression analysis; regression lines

and residuals; Methods of constructing regression lines, properties of least

square estimates, co-efficient of determination.



settlement.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:










Syllabus 2016-2017


COMPUTER MAPPING


Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100



Representation of geographic data through computer aided techniques:

Diagrammatically illustrations and Mapping.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Maquire, D.J., Good Child, M.F. and Rhind, D.W., Geographical Information

Systems: Principles and Application, Taylor and Francis Publication Washington,

1991.


U.K., 1991.


4. Monmonier, M. S., Computer Assisted Cartography: Principles and Prospects,

Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1982.

Syllabus 2016-2017




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I: 1.World History of Regional Planning: a brief overview. 2. Concept and Nature

of Regional Planning: viz. complex, inter-disciplinary and future-oriented nature.

3. Types of Regional Planning: basic types, viz., short and long term, single and

multilevel, centralized and decentralized. 4.Decentralized Planning in India:

salient features.


perceptual.2.Concept and Methods of Regionalization: an overview 3.Concept

and Essential Characteristics of Planning Regions :basic requirements for

making a geographic region a planning region. 4.Planning Regions in India: a

brief overview of regionalization.

Unit III: 1. Concepts and Types of Development: salient features of economic

development, sustainable development and human development. 2. Economic

Growth and Economic Development: their contrast and indicators of

measurement. 3. Types of Economic Systems in the World; an overview.



economic disparities. 3. Regional Development in Post-Reform India: an

overview.

Recommended Books: 1. Bhat, L.S., 1973, Regional ~lanning in India, Statistical Publishing Society, Calcutta.

2. Chandana, R.C., 2000, Regional Planning, Kalyani Publishers Ludhiana. 3. Chand, M., Puri, & V.K., 1983, Regional Planning in India, allied Publishers, New Delhi.

4. Friedman.,J.,&Alonso,W,1967 Regional Development and Planning-A Reader,MIT Press,

Cambridge Hars. 5. Glasson, 1980, Regional Planning, Hutchinson, London.

6. Glikson, A., 1955, Regional and Development, Netherlands, Universities Foundation of

International Corp, London.

7. Mishra, R.P, 1969, Regional Planning Concepts, Techniques and Policies, University of Mysore,Mysore.

8. Mishra R.P, et.a\., 1974, Regional Development and Planning in India, Institute of Development

Studies, Mysore. 9. Rao, V.L.B., 1960, Regional Planning, Asia Publishing House, New Delhi.

10. Kant Surya et.al (eds).: Reinventing Regional Development, Rawat Publication, Jaipur and

N.Delhi.

Syllabus 2016-2017




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100




functional regions.

Unit II Agriculture – Green Revolution in Indian agriculture. Regionalization

of Agriculture - methods and techniques used in the analysis of crop





Unit IV Regionalization - Agro-climatic regionalization; industrial

regionalization-macro and meso regions; Regional imbalances in India

with reference to agriculture and industry.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Misra, R.P., Regional Planning: Concepts, Techniques and Policies.


3. Clonlay, R.J. & Haggat, P., Models in Geography. 4. Md.Noor., Perspectives in Agricultural Geography, New Delhi.










14. Sinha, B. N., Industrial geography of India. 15. Sant, M., Industrial Movement and Regional Development.



Syllabus 2016-2017




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10



geography with other sciences, meaning, component and types of environmental

geography, approaches to the study of man-environment relationships.




Degradation, causes of Environmental Degradation, sources and types of

Pollution, Air Pollution, adverse affect of air pollution on weather and climate,

ozone depletion, green house effects, effects on human health, water pollution;

surface and ground water, adverse effects on human health.




RECOMMENDED BOOKS




4. Morris, D., Freeland, J., Hinchliff, S., Smith, S. (ed.), 2003, Changing Environments, Pd. John

Wiley and Sons Ltd., The Open University, U.K.

5. Park, C.C., 1980, Ecology and Environmental Management, Butterworths, London. 6. Radha, S., and Sankhyan, A.S., (ed.), 2004, Environmental Challenges of the 21st Century, Deep

Publications, New Delhi.




10. Strahler, A.N., and Strahler, A.M., 1997, Geography and Man’s Environment, John Wiley and

Sons, New York.

11. Taj, B., Murphy, P. and Rana, P.S., 2007, Environmental Impact Assessment, An Indo – Australian


12. Verma, S. B. and Shiva, K.S.,(ed.), 2005, Environmental Protection and Development, Deep


Syllabus 2016-2017




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

















Critical Assessment of Heartland and Rim Land Model and their Relevance to

World’ Geo politics











BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1. Alexander, L.M. World Political Patterns, London,1964

2. De Blij, H.J. Systematic Political Geography, New York, 1967

3. Dikshit, R.D. Political Geography, New Delhi, 2004 4. Dikshit, R.D. Political Geography, a Century of Progress, New Delhi, 1999.

5. Dikshit, S.K. Electoral Geography of India, Varanasi, 1993

6. Dwivedi, R.L. Fundamentals of Political Geography, Alhabad, 2010

7. Jackson, W.A.D. Politics & Geographic Relationships, PrHall '71 8. Kasperson / Minghi, Structure of Political Geography, London '70

9. Pounds, N. Political Geography, London, 1963

10. Taylor,P. Political Geography, London, 1985.

Syllabus 2016-2017




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

UNIT I : Nature, scope and significance of geography of resources. Definition and

concept of natural resources. Classification of resources.




underground water supplies, problems of water supplies. Marine resources,

major fishing grounds of the world, fish distribution and exploitation. India’s

natural resource: water resource, conservation and management and its

utilization



BOOKS RECOMMENDED:








7. Zimmerman, E.W., Introduction to World Resources (edited by H.L. Honker, The

Ohio State University, New York, 1964.


Syllabus 2016-2017




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100



development.




Unit III: Rural infrastructure facilities and amenities, New Agricultural technology:

Rural transportation, rural education, rural industries and rural marketing.





BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


2. Maheshwari, R.S., Rural Development in India. 3. Clout, S.D., Rural Geography.

4. Husain, Majid., Agricultural Geography, New Delhi.







11. Prasad, R. & Sarkar S., Rural India – Socio-political development, Vol. I &II, Global Vision Pub.

House, New Delhi.


Syllabus 2016-2017




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100






Unit II




Unit III


Theories explaining the internal structure of cities- The concentric ring theory, The

multiple nuclei theory Functional classification of urban centres – Harris and Nelson

Unit IV




Settlement planning. BOOKS RECOMMENDED:




Land in 1933.




Allahabad, 1967. 6. Mitra, Ashok, Mukherjee, S and Bose R., Indian Cities, Abhinav Pub., New Delhi.

7. Ramacharandran, R., Urbanization and Urban Systems in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi,

1992.



Syllabus 2016-2017




Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

The students of MA./M. Sc. (Final) III Semester are required to study and

submit their tour reports for evaluation and viva voce examination. The duration of the

main fieldwork will be upto two weeks. The fieldwork will cover the following region/

regions of India assigned by the department during the academic year. The class room

teaching would include preliminaries of socio-economic and environmental surveys to

equip the students for the field work and tour report.










BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 1.Singh, R.L., (Ed) India – A Regional Study .

2 Spate, O.H.K., India – A Regional Geography

3 Wadia, D.N., Geology of India

4 4.. S. Krishna, Geology of India

5 Ray and Chaudhary, Soils of India

6 Ahmad, E., Coastal Geomorphology

7 Ahmad, E., Some Aspects of Indian Geography

Syllabus 2016-2017




Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

Fundamentals of GIS

Introduction to GIS: Definition, Information technology in geography, history and

development in GIS, components of GIS, advantages of GIS over traditional techniques.

Application of GIS in geographical studies.





Lab Work






















BOOKS RECOMMENDED:






Jersey, 1982.

5. Peuquet, D.J. and Markle, D.F “Introductory Reading in Geographical Information System”

, Taylor and Francis Publication, Washington, 1990.


Syllabus 2016-2017


Urban Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100


Geography; urban morphology and land use patterns, classical models of

urban growth and evolution of functional zones - Burgess’s Concentric Zone

Theory ; Hoyt’s Sectoral Model; Harris and Ullman’s Multiple Nuclei

Model – formulation, salient features and critical evaluation of these models;

CBD – meaning, internal structure, characteristic features and method of its

delineation.



spheres of influence (Umland) – methods of its determination; rural – urban

fringe – conceptual explanation, internal structure, characteristic features.



Initial formulation of the model and later developments; Salient features

of the model and its applicability; Losch’s Theory of settlement –

generalization and development of Central Place Model by August Losch;

Rank-Size Rule and Law of Primate City.

Unit IV Urbanization: Urbanization as a process of transformation-demographic

process, economic process and socio-cultural process. Spatial pattern and

trends of urbanization in India, patterns of urban growth in India - decadal,

regional, different size classes of towns (I – VI).

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


2. Barry, B.J.L and Horton, F.F., Geographic perspectives on Urban Systems, Prentice

Hall, Englewood Cliff, New Jersy, 1970.






Syllabus 2016-2017


Social Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100





social sciences.




women literacy and health, social change with special reference to caste and

tribal groups, rural-urban divide, rural-urban interaction and social change.



conditions.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1 Aijazuddin Ahmad., Social Geography.

2 Garden, J.F., Geography as a Social Science.

3 Gosal, G.S. & Mukherjee, A.B., Religious Groups in India.

4 Gregory, D.& Urry, J., Social Relations.

5 Hammelt, Chris. (Ed), Social Geography; A Reader. 6 Harvey, D., Social Justice and the City.

7 John, E.(ed.) Social Geography in International Perspective.

8 Jones, E.& Eyles, J., An Introduction to Social Geography.

9 Jones, E.(ed.) Readings in Social Geography.

10 Kulkarni, K.M., Geographical Patterns of Social Well-being.

11 Pacliona, M.(ed.) Social Geography, Progress and Prospects.

12 Paul Knox, Social Well-being, A Spatial Perspective.

13 Rao. M.S.A., Urbanization and Social Change.

14 Smith, David., Social Problem and the City.

15 Smith, David., The Geography of Social Well-being.

16 Sriniwas, M.N., Social Change in Modern India.

17 Wagner, P.L. & Mikesell, H.W.(eds.) Readings in Cultural Geography.

Syllabus 2016-2017




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100






patterns of international and internal migration, brief introduction of

models and theories of migration (Ravenstein and Zelinsky).






population resource region, population problems in India, Population

policy of India, Human development index (HDI) and its components.

Books Recommended:

1. Bhende, A.A. & Kanitkar, (2014), Principles of Population Studies, Himalayan Pub. H., Mumbai, 2. Bogue, D. J., Principles of Demography, New York, 1969.


2014.

4. Clarke, J.I. Population Geography, Oxford, 1981.




8. Mandal, R.B. Uyanga J and Prasad H., Introductory Methods in Population geography, Concept Pub.

Co. New Delhi-2007.



11. Palmore, J.A. and Gardner R.W. Measuring, Mortality, Fertility and Migration: A Self Teaching Guide to Elementary Measures. The East-West Centre, Honolulu, 1987.

12. Poston, Jr D.L. and Bouvier L.F., Population and society: An Introduction to Demography,

Cambridge Uni. Press, New York, 2010.

13. Premi M.K. and Das D.N., Population of India 2011, B.R. Pub. Delhi, 2012.



Syllabus 2016-2017




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit-I



Unit -II

Scientific explanations in geography, types of explanations; cognitive descriptions; cause and


Unit-III

Empirical-scientific model of geography; laws, theories and models in geography; general


Unit-IV

Changing pattern of geography; radical concept; welfare approach; concept of gender in


Recommended Books:













New Delhi.

Syllabus 2016-2017




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100


Systematic Geography; Solar System; Motions of Earth – Rotation and

Revolution; Concept of Latitude and Longitude; International Date Line;

Calculation of Time.



Climate; Wind Circulation; Hydrological Cycle; Ecosystem, Food Chain and

Food Web.

Unit –III Regional Geography: Concept of Region; Components of Natural Regions;

Natural Regions of the World; Man and Environment Relationship in Equatorial

Region, Temperate Region and Polar Region.


Hazards and Disasters, Social and Economic Disaster; Global Warming and

Climate Change.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Hussain Majid, Fundamentals of Physical Geography, Rawat Pub, New Delhi.

2 Singh Savindra – Environmental Geography, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad

3 Blij H.E. Dc Geography, Regions and Concept, John Wiley and Sons.

4 Lal D.S. Climatology, Sharda Pustak Bhawan , Allahabad.

5 Gohchenglenong, Certificate Physical and Human Geography, latest addition.

6 Singh Savindra & Singh J, Disaster Management- P. Pub., Allahbad

7 Campbell J.B., Introduction to Remote Sensing, G. Ford press.

Syllabus 2016-2017

M. A. / M. Sc. (Final) IV Semester Field Studies (Socio-economic Survey)


Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100



Conducting socio-economic survey of the Urban household/village with the help

of a questionnaire, mapping of data, landuse and cropping pattern.






perceptions.


landuse, settlement and other prominent features. Conduct a socio-economic

survey of the Village. Supplement the information by personal observations and

perceptions.

UNIT IV: Based on the results of socio-economic and landuse enquiry, prepare a Field

Survey Report both for Urban and Village survey. Maps, diagrams, photographs

and sketches should support the report.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1 Archeer, J.E. and Dalton, T.H. Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968.

2 Jones, P.A., Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968

3 Glodard, R.H., Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Dubuque, 1982. 4 Wheeleso, K.S. and Harding, M., Geographical Fieldwork, London, 1965.

5 Mohammad, A.C., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publication, Delhi,

1977.

Syllabus 2016-2017

M. A./M. Sc. (Final) IV Semester

PRACTICAL - ADVANCED SURVEYING (Paper Code – GGM 4072)

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100







- Bearing



- Tacheometry



- Theodolite


BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



Syllabus 2016-2017


DV – Project


Credit : 4

Course & Syllabus



AND




ALIGARH

Syllabus 2017-2018



Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

1. Maps and Scale:

Nature and Scope of Cartography, classification and significance of maps. Scales –

Concept and application; Graphical Construction of Plain, Comparative and Diagonal

Scales.

2. Interpretation of Topographical Map:

Study and interpretation of Plain and Mountainous areas. Cross section and

longitudinal profile of different relief features.

3. Basic Principles of Surveying:

Plain Table survey: general principles, radiation and intersection methods.


projection, interpretation of topographic sheet.

Reading List

1. Anson R. and Ormelling F. J., 1994: International Cartographic Association: BasicCartographic Vol. Pregmen Press.










Delhi




Syllabus 2017-2018



Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Nature and scope of Geomorphology: constitution of earth interior on the

basis of evidence from seismology, temperature, density, pressure and

chemical composition. Isostasy: concept of Airy and Pratt.

Unit II Earth Movements: Orogenetic and epirogenetic movement and their

resultant structure- folds and faults, Earthquakes and Volcanoes- their

distribution, causes, consequences and preparedness. Plate Tectonics Theory.

Unit III Geomorphic Processes: Weathering, Mass Wasting, A critical analysis of the

concept of Cycle of Erosion given by Davis and Penck.

Unit IV Geomorphic agents and process: the work of running water, erosional and

depositional landforms of the Fluvial, Aeolian, Coastal, Glacial and Karst

topography.

Reading List

1. Bloom A. L., 2003: Geomorphology: A Systematic Analysis of Late Cenozoic Landforms, Prentice-

Hall of India, New Delhi.

2. Bridges E. M., 1990: World Geomorphology, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 3. Christopherson, Robert W., (2011), Geosystems: An Introduction to Physical Geography, 8 Ed.,

Macmillan Publishing Company

4. Kale V. S. and Gupta A., 2001: Introduction to Geomorphology, Orient Longman, Hyderabad. 5. Knighton A. D., 1984: Fluvial Forms and Processes, Edward Arnold Publishers, London.

6. Richards K. S., 1982: Rivers: Form and Processes in Alluvial Channels, Methuen, London.

7. Selby, M.J., (2005), Earth’s Changing Surface, Indian Edition, OUP 8. Skinner, Brian J. and Stephen C. Porter (2000), The Dynamic Earth: An Introduction to physical

Geology, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons

9. Thornbury W. D., 1968: Principles of Geomorphology, Wiley.

10. Gautam, A (2010): Bhautik Bhugol, Rastogi Punlications, Meerut 11. Tikkaa, R N (1989): Bhautik Bhugol ka Swaroop, Kedarnath Ram Nath, Meerut


Syllabus 2017-2018

(CBCS)


Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Introduction: Meaning and Scope of Human Geography; Major Themes;

Environmental Determinism, Possibilism, Neo-determinism, their contemporary

relevance.



Unit III Population-Resource Relationship; Optimum, Over Population, Under Population,

their problem and prospects, Population Growth and Distribution; Population

Composition; Demographic Transition Theory.



Reading List




London.








Syllabus 2017-2018

(CBCS)



Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100



3. Thematic Mapping Techniques – Properties, Uses and Limitations; Areal Data --

Choropleth, Dot, Point Data – Isopleths.



Practical Record: A Thematic Atlas should be prepared on a specific theme with five plates

of any state in India.


Books

2. Dent B. D., Torguson J. S., and Holder T. W., 2008: Cartography: Thematic Map Design (6th

Edition), Mcgraw-Hill Higher Education 3. Gupta K. K. and Tyagi V. C., 1992: Working with Maps, Survey of India, DST, New Delhi.


6. Mishra R. P. and Ramesh A., 1989: Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept, New Delhi.


8. Singh R. L. and Singh R. P. B., 1999: Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publishers. 9. Slocum T. A., Mcmaster R. B. and Kessler F. C., 2008: Thematic Cartography and Geovisualization

(3rd Edition), Prentice Hall.

10. Tyner J. A., 2010: Principles of Map Design, The Guilford Press. 11. Sarkar, A. (2015) Practical geography: A systematic approach. Orient Black Swan Private Ltd.,

New Delhi

12. Singh, L R & Singh R (1977): Manchitra or Pryaogatamek Bhugol , Central Book, Depot, Allahabad.


Syllabus 2017-2018




End Term :60

Total :100



Interval, Ratio).


Tabulation, Central Tendency (Mean, Median and Mode, Centro-graphic

Techniques, Dispersion (Standard Deviation, Variance and Coefficient of

Variation).



1. Construct a data matrix of about (10 x 10) with each row representing an areal unit (districts

or villages or towns) and about 10 columns of relevant attributes of the areal units.



3. Histograms and frequency curve would be prepared on the entire data set and attempt to

fit a normal curve and interpreted for one or two variables.



methods used.

Reading List 1. Berry B. J. L. and Marble D. F. (eds.): Spatial Analysis – A Reader in Geography.





Ltd., New Delhi.



8. Yeates M., 1974: An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Human Geography, McGraw Hill, New York.

Syllabus 2017-2018



Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Weather and climate, elements of climate; Composition and Structure of

atmosphere; Insolation; Heating and cooling of the atmosphere. Heat Budget and

latitudinal haet balance. Adiabatic processes, stability and instability.

2. Atmospheric Temperature. Factors controlling the temperature; horizontal and

vertical distribution of temperature.. Inversion of temperature. Atmospheric

pressure: Vertical and horizontal distribution of pressure. Atmospheric moisture:

forms of precipitation and types of rainfall.

3. Winds: Planetary, periodic and local winds (Loo, Mistral, Fohn, and Chinook),

factors affecting the winds; General circulation of winds. Origin of the Monsoon

and its relation with Jet streams.

4. Air Masses and Fronts: concepts, classification and properties. Tropical and

Temperate cyclones (Polar front theory); Anti-cyclone. Basis of Koppen’s

classification; Types and characteristics.

Reading List




4. Lutgens F. K., Tarbuck E. J. and Tasa D., 2009: The Atmosphere: An Introduction to Meteorology,

Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.

5. Oliver J. E. and Hidore J. J., 2002: Climatology: An Atmospheric Science, Pearson Education, New Delhi.


7. Gupta L S(2000): Jalvayu Vigyan, Hindi Madhyam Karyanvay Nidishalya, Delhi Vishwa Vidhyalaya, Delhi




Syllabus 2017-2018



Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Physiography and Drainage: Physiographic Divisions-The Great Himalyas,

Indo-Gangetic Plain and the Peninsular Plateau. Nature and characteristics of

Himalayan Drainage and Peninsular Drainage; Differences between Himalayan

Drainage and Peninsular Drainage.

Unit II Climate, Soils and Natural Vegetation: characteristics of climate; origin of

monsoon- Halley’s and Flohn’s concepts, classification of climate given by

Koppen: Soils-factors of soil formation; types and characteristic of soils.

Natural Vegetation-factors for the growth and distribution of Natural

Vegetation; types and characteristics of Natural Vegetation.

Unit III Population and Social Geography; Population distribution, growth, and

structure, distribution of race, caste, religion, language, tribes and their

correlates.

Unit IV Economic Geography: Distribution and utilization of iron ore, coal, petroleum;

Agricultural production and distribution of rice and wheat, problems and

prospects of cotton textile industry; Trends and Development of Iron and Steel

Industry.




Indian Perspective.





Gorakhpur.

8. Spate O. H. K. and Learmonth A. T. A., 1967: India and Pakistan: A General and Regional

Geography, Methuen.

Syllabus 2017-2018



Credit :2


End Term :60

Total :100



* Wheel diagram


method.


BOOKS RECOMMENTED:-






Delhi, 1986.




Syllabus 2017-2018 B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) IV Semester

GGB591: Basics of Geography

Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Meaning and scope of Geography, Solar System, Rotation and Revolution of

Earth, International Date Line (IDL), Latitude and Longitude, Calculation of

Time.

Unit II Lithosphere- Structure of Earth, Types of rocks-Igneous rock, Metamorphic

rock and sedimentary rock and their importance.

Unit III Structure and Composition of Atmosphere, Wind System, Cyclone and

Anticyclone, Jet Stream, Monsoon, El-Nino, La-Nina, Global Warming.

Unit IV Hydrosphere – Hydrological Cycle, Ocean Current, Tide, Waves, Tsunami.

Unit V Biosphere- Biosphere as an Ecosystem, Biogeochemical Cycle, Bio-diversity

and its importance, Forest conservation and Management, National Forest

Policy.

Recommended Books:

1. Majid Hussain, Fundamentals of Physical Geography, Rawat Publication,

New Delhi.

2. Gohchengleong, Certificate of Physical and Human Geography.

3. D.R. Khullar, India- A Comprehensive Geography.

4. D.R. Khullar, Practical Geography.

Syllabus 2017-2018

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) V Semester (CBCS)

GGB5P1: Aerial Photo interpretation and Remote Sensing (Practical)

Credit :04


End Term :60

Total :100









Importance, development and application of remote sensing in





BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-









Syllabus 2017-2018 B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) V Semester

GGB5P3: Astronomy and Map Projection (Practical)

Credit :04


End Term :60

Total :100

Astronomy

General explanation of the objects of field of astronomy. History and development of

Astronomy, latitudes, longitudes, altitudes, declination, azimuth, celestial horizon,

great circles and small circles, zenith, nadir, hour angle, right ascensions.


Map Projection

General principles, classification, Construction, properties, limitations and uses

of the following projections:

a. Cylindrical : Equal Area and Mercator’s.

b. Conical Projections: One standard conical, two standard, Conical,

Bonne's.

c. Zenithal Projections: Gnomonic, Stereographic, Orthographic.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-







Syllabus 2017-2018


GGB5P2:Advanced Spatial Statistical Techniques (Practical)

Credit :04


End Term :60

Total :100

Unit 1 Statistics and Statistical Data: Spatial and non-spatial; indices of inequality

(Range, Lorenz curve, Coefficient of variation).

Unit II Chi-square test, Normal distribution and characteristics of normal curve.

Unit III Correlation Analysis: Definition ad concept of correlation: Rank order

correlation and product moment correlation.

Unit IV Regression Analysis: Definition and concept of regression: linear regression,

residual from regression.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-

1. Mahmood, Aslam., Statistical Methods in Geographical studies.






7. Mathematics for Physical Geographers.


GGB555: Agricultural Geography

Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit I Definition, Nature and Scope of Agricultural Geography, Origin and Development of

Agricultural Geography.

Unit II Determinants of Agriculture: Soil, Mechanization, High Yielding Variety of Seeds,

NPK fertilizers, Irrigation and Pests control, size of land holding and Kisan Credit

Card.

Unit III Agricultural Regions: Agro-climatic Regions and Agricultural Productivity Regions.

Unit IV Agricultural Systems of the World: Whittlesey’s classification and Von Thuenen

model and its relevance.

Unit V Agricultural Revolutions in India: Green Revolution with special reference to wheat,

paddy and maize. History and Development of dairy farming and fisheries.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:









Edition).




Delhi- 1998

Syllabus 2017-2018


GGB554: Urban Geography

Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Urban geography: Introduction, nature and scope; history of urbanisation

2. Patterns of Urbanisation in developed and developing countries

3. Functional classification of cities: Quantitative and Qualitative Methods

4. Urban Issues: problems of housing, slums and transport.

5. Case studies of Delhi, Mumbai and Kolkata with reference to Urban Issues.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-



3. Dickinson, R.E., City region and regionalism, Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co. Lond ,

1947


Chicago.






Approaches.


11. Sayeed, A. Khan, Hierarchy of service center in Trans – Ghaghara plain.


GGB553: Resource Geography

Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Natural Resource: Concept, Classification and Role of Technology in Resource

Development.

2. Natural Resource: Forest Resources- Classification, Deforestation, Economic and

Ecological Significance of Forests: Soil Resources- Classification and Distribution

of World Soils, Soil Erosion and its Causes: Water Resources-Utilization of Fresh

Water and Marine Water Resources.

3. Human Resources: Concept of Human Resources, Factors Affecting the Human

Resource Development.

4. Conservation of Natural Resources: (Soil Conservation, Water Conservation, Forest

Conservation and Energy Conservation).

5. Sustainable Resource Development

Reading List 1. Cutter S. N., Renwich H. L. and Renwick W., 1991: Exploitation, Conservation ,Preservation: A

Geographical Perspective on Natural Resources Use, John Wiley and Sons, New York.

2. Gadgil M. and Guha R., 2005: The Use and Abuse of Nature: Incorporating This Fissured Land:

An Ecological History of India and Ecology and Equity, Oxford University Press. USA.

3. Holechek J. L. C., Richard A., Fisher J. T. and Valdez R., 2003: Natural Resources: Ecology, Economics and Policy, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

4. Jones G. and Hollier G., 1997: Resources, Society and Environmental Management, Paul Chapman,

London.

5. Klee G., 1991: Conservation of Natural Resources, Prentice Hall, Englewood.

6. Mather A. S. and Chapman K., 1995: Environmental Resources, John Wiley and Sons, New York.

7. Mitchell B., 1997: Resource and Environmental Management, Longman Harlow, England.

8. Owen S. and Owen P. L., 1991: Environment, Resources and Conservation, Cambridge University

Press, New York.

9. Rees J., 1990: Natural Resources: Allocation, Economics and Policy, Routledge.London.

Syllabus 2017-2018


GGB552: Population Geography

Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Defining the Field – Nature and Scope; Sources of Data with special reference to

India (Census, Vital Statistics and NSS).

2. Population Size, Distribution and Growth – Determinants and Patterns; Theories of

Growth – Malthusian Theory and Demographic Transition Theory.

3. Population Dynamics: Fertility, Mortality and Migration – Measures, Determinants

and Implications.

4. Population Composition and Characteristics – Age-Sex Composition; Rural and

Urban Composition; Literacy.

5. Contemporary Issues – Ageing of Population; Declining Sex Ratio; HIV/AIDS.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



New York.

3. Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, New Delhi

2010.


New York, 1972.

5. Chandna, R.C., A Geography of Population: Concepts, Determinants and patterns,

Kalyani publishers, New Delhi, 1986.





Syllabus 2017-2018


GGB551: Regional Planning and Development

Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Concept, Need and Types of regional Planning

2. Characteristics of an Ideal Planning Region; Delineation of Planning Region;

3. Regionalization of India for Planning (Agro Ecological Zones)

4. Models for Regional Planning: Growth Pole Model of Perroux; Growth Foci Model

in Indian Context; Village Cluster

5. Backward Regions and Regional Plans- Special Area Development Plans in India;

DVC The Success Story and the Failures.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Bhat, L.S., 1973, Regional Planning in India, Statistical Publishing Society, Calcutta.

2. Chandana, R.C., 2000, Regional Planning, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana. 3. Chand, M., Puri, & V.K., 1983, Regional Planning in India, Allied Publishers, ND.

4. Friedman, J., & Alonso, W., 1967, Reg. Dev. and Planning – A Reader, MIT Press, Cam,

Hars. 5. Glasson, 1980, Regional Planning, Hutchinson, London

6. Glikson, A., 1955, Regional Planning and Development, Netherlands, Universities Foundation

of International Co - operation, London.

7. Mishra, R.P., 1969, Regional Planning, Concepts, Techniques and Policies, University of Mysore, Mysore.

8. Mishra, R.P., et. al., 1974, Regional Development and Planning in India, Institute of

Development Studies, Mysore. 9. Mitra, A., 1965, Levels of Regional Development, Census of India, Vol. 1, Part I (A) and (B).

10. Ray Chaudhary, J., 2001, An Introduction to Development and Regional Planning, Orient Longman,

Hyderabad.

Syllabus 2017-2018

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) V Semester(Old)

EVOLUTION OF GEOGRAPHICAL THOUGHT (GGB – 501)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

1. Paradigms in Geography

2. Pre-Modern – Early Origins of Geographical Thinking with reference to the

Classical and Medieval Philosophies.

3. Modern – Evolution of Geographical Thinking and Disciplinary Trends in Germany,

France, Britain, United States of America.

4. Debates – Environmental Determinism and Possibilism, Systematic and Regional,

Ideographic and Nomeothetic.

5. Trends – Quantitative Revolution and its Impact, Behaviouralism, Systems

Approach, Radicalism, Feminism; Towards Post Modernism – Changing Concept

of Space in Geography, Future of Geography.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:




Aligarh.






Syllabus 2017-2018


Environmental Geography (GGB – 502)

Credit:

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Environmental Geography – Concept and Scope

2. Human-Environment Relationships – Historical Progression, Adaptation

3. Ecosystem – Concept, Structure and Functions

4. Environmental Problems in Tropical, Temperate and Polar Ecosystems

5. Environmental Programmes and Policies – Global, National and Local levels.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS


2. Gaur, S., and Chandrashekhar, T., 2006, Global Environmental Crisis, Book Enclave,

Jaipur.

3. Gupta, P.D., 2003, Environmental Issues for the 21st Century, Mittal Publications,

New Delhi.

4. Morris, D., Freeland, J., Hinchliff, S., Smith, S. (ed.), 2003, Changing Environments,

Pd. John Wiley and Sons Ltd., The Open University, U.K.


6. Radha, S., and Sankhyan, A.S., (ed.), 2004, Environmental Challenges of the 21st

Century, Deep Publications, New Delhi.

7. Rasure, K.A., 2007, Environment and Sustainable Development, Serials Publications,

New Delhi.



10. Strahler, A.N., and Strahler, A.M., 1997, Geography and Man’s Environment, John

Wiley and Sons, New York.

11. Taj, B., Murphy, P. and Rana, P.S., 2007, Environmental Impact Assessment, An Indo

– Australian Perspective, Bookwell New Delhi.

12. Verma, S. B. and Shiva, K.S.,(ed.), 2005, Environmental Protection and Development,

Deep Publications, New Delhi.

Syllabus 2017-2018


Agricultural Geography (GGB – 503)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

1. Defining the Field: Introduction, nature and scope, Land use/ land cover

classification and definition. .

2. Determinants of Agriculture: Physical, Technological and Institutional

3. Agricultural Regions: Agro-climatic, Agro-ecological & Crop Combination Regions.

4. Agricultural Systems of the World (Whittlesey’s classification) and Agricultural

Land use model (Von Thuenen, modification and relevance).

5. Agricultural Revolutions in India: Green, White, Blue.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:









Edition).




Delhi- 1998

Syllabus 2017-2018

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) V Semester (Old)

Urban Geography (Elective) (GGB – 504)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100




4. Urban Issues: problems of housing, slums, civic amenities (water and transport)

5. Case studies of Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata and Chennai with reference to Urban Issues.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-



3. Dickinson, R.E., City region and regionalism, Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co. Lond ,

1947


Chicago.






Approaches.



Syllabus 2017-2018


Industrial Geography (Elective) (GGB – 505)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Nature, Scope and Subject Matter of Industrial Geography

2. Types, Geographical Characteristics and Location of Industries: Small and Medium

Enterprises, Coal and Iron, Tertiary Industries, Rural based Industries.

3. Mega Industrial Complexes: National Capital Region, Mumbai-Pune Industrial

Region, Bengaluru-Tamil Nadu Industrial Region and Chota Nagpur Industrial

Region

4. Impact of Industrialisation in India: Environmental; Social and Economic

5. Industrial Policy of India.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-

1 Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1988.

2 Alexanderson, C., Geography of Manufacturing, Prentice Hall Bombay, 1967.

3 Hoover, E.M., The Location and Space Economy, McGraw Hill, New York, 1948

4 Isard, W, Methods of Regional Analysis, The Technology Press of MIT & John

Wiley & Sons, New York 1956.

5 Miller E., A Geography of Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1962.

6 S. Siddartha, Economic Geography, Theories, process and pattern, Kisolaya Pub.

Pvt. Ltd. Pantan, 2000.

7 Weber, Alferd, Theory of Location of Industries, Chcago University Press,

Chicago, 1957.

Syllabus 2017-2018


Rural Development (Elective) (GGB – 506)

Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Defining Development: Inter-Dependence of Urban and Rural Sectors of the

Economy; Need for Rural Development, Gandhian Concept of Rural Development.

2. Rural Economic Base: Agriculture and Allied Sectors, Seasonality and Need for

Expanding Non-Farm Activities

3. Area Based Approach to Rural Development: Drought Prone Area Programmes,

PMGSY.

5. Target Group Approach to Rural Development: SJSY (Integrated Rural

Development Programme).

6. Provision of Services – Physical and Socio-Economic Access to Elementary

Education and Primary Health Care and Micro credit.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



3. Clout, S.D., Rural Geography.

4. Bell, G.(Ed.), Strategies for Human Settlements: Habitat and Envirnment.


6. Mitra, A., Report on House Types and Village Settlement Patterns in India.




10. Misra, H.N.(Ed.) Rural Geography.

Syllabus 2017-2018


Geographical Information System (Practical)

(GGB – 5P1) Credit: 2

Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Geographical Information System (GIS): Definition and Components; Global

Positioning System (GPS) – Principles and Uses; GIS Data Structures: Types

(spatial and Nonspatial), Raster and Vector Data Structure.

2. GIS Data Analysis: Input; Geo-Referencing; Editing and Output; Overlays.

3. Application of GIS: Land Use Mapping; Urban Sprawl Analysis; Forests

Monitoring

Practical Record: A project file consisting of 5 exercises on using any GIS Software

on above mentioned themes.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-









Syllabus 2017-2018


Statistical Methods in Geography (Practical)


Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Use of Data in Geography: Geographical Data Matrix, Significance of Statistical Methods

in Geography; Sources of Data, Scales of Measurement (Nominal, Ordinal, Interval,

Ratio).

2. Tabulation and Descriptive Statistics: Frequencies (Deciles, Quartiles), Cross Tabulation,

Central Tendency (Mean, Median and Mode, Centro-graphic Techniques, Dispersion

(Standard Deviation, Variance and Coefficient of Variation).


4. Theoretical Distribution: Probability and Normal Distribution.

5. Association and Correlation: Rank Correlation, Product Moment Correlation, and Simple

Regression, Residuals from regression.




2. Based on the above table, a frequency table, measures of central tendency and dispersion would be

computed and interpreted for any two attributes.

3. Histograms and frequency curve would be prepared on the entire data set and attempt to fit a normal

curve and interpreted for one or two variables.

4. From the data matrix a sample set (20 Percent) would be drawn using, random - systematic and

stratified methods of sampling and locate the samples on a map with a short note on methods used.

5. Based on of the sample set and using two relevant attributes, a scatter and regression line would be

plotted and residual from regression would be mapped with a short interpretation.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-







Syllabus 2017-2018


Research Methods (Practical)


Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Geographic Enquiry: Definition and Ethics; Framing Research Questions,

Objectives and Hypothesis; Literature Review; Preparing Sample Questionnaire

2. Data Collection: Type and Sources of Data; Methods of Collection**; Input and

Editing

3. Data Analysis: Qualitative Data Analysis; Quantitative Data Analysis; Data

Representation Techniques

4 Structure of a Research Report: The Preliminaries; The Text; References and

Citations

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-








Syllabus 2017-2018

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) VI Semester (CBCS)

GGB651: EVOLUTION OF GEOGRAPHICAL THOUGHT Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Paradigms in Geography

2. Pre-Modern – Early Origins of Geographical Thinking with reference to the

Classical and Medieval Philosophies.

3. Modern – Evolution of Geographical Thinking and Disciplinary Trends in Germany,

France, Britain, United States of America.

4. Debates – Environmental Determinism and Possibilism, Systematic and Regional,

Ideographic and Nomeothetic.

5. Trends – Quantitative Revolution and its Impact, Behaviouralism, Systems

Approach, Radicalism, Feminism; Towards Post Modernism – Changing Concept

of Space in Geography, Future of Geography.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:




Aligarh.






Syllabus 2017-2018


GGB652: GEOGRAPHY OF HEALTH AND WELLBEING Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Perspectives on Health: Definition; linkages with environment, development and health;

driving forces in health and environmental trends - population dynamics, urbanization,

poverty and inequality.

2. Pressure on Environmental Quality and Health: Human activities and environmental

pressure land use and agricultural development; industralisation; transport and energy.

3. Exposure and Health Risks: Air pollution; household wastes; water; housing; workplace.

4. Health and Disease Pattern in Environmental Context with special reference to India, Types

of Diseases and their regional pattern (Communicable and Lifestyle related diseases).

5. Climate Change and Human Health: Changes in climate system – heat and cold;

Biological disease agents; food production and nutrition.

Reading List:

1. Akhtar Rais (Ed.), 1990 : Environment and Health Themes in Medical Geography, Ashish

Publishing House, New Delhi.

2. Avon Joan L. and Jonathan A Patzed.2001 : Ecosystem Changes and Public Health,Baltimin, John Hopling Unit Press(ed).

3. Bradley,D.,1977: Water, Wastes and Health in Hot Climates, John Wiley Chichesten.

4. Christaler George and Hristopoles Dionissios, 1998: Spatio Temporal Environment Health Modelling , Boston Kluwer Academic Press.

5. Cliff, A.D. and Peter,H., 1988 : Atlas of Disease Distributions, Blackwell Publishers, Oxford.

6. Gatrell, A.,and Loytonen, 1998 : GIS and Health, Taylor and Francis Ltd, London. 7. Hardham T. and Tannav M.,(eds): Urban Health in Developing Countries; Progress, Projects,

Earthgoan, London.

8. Murray C. and A. Lopez, 1996 : The Global Burden of Disease, Harvard University Press.

9. Moeller Dade wed., 1993: Environmental Health, Cambridge, Harward Univ. Press. 10. Phillips, D.and Verhasselt, Y., 1994: Health and Development, Routledge, London.

11. Tromp, S., 1980: Biometeorology: The Impact of Weather and Climate on Humans and their

Environment, Heydon and Son.

Syllabus 2017-2018


GGB653: POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Introduction: Concepts, Nature and Scope.

2. State, Nation and Nation State – Concept of Nation and State, Attributes of State –

Frontiers, Boundaries, Shape, Size, Territory and Sovereignty, Concept of Nation

State; Geopolitics; Theories (Heartland and Rimland).

3. Electoral Geography – Geography of Voting, Geographic Influences on Voting

pattern, Geography of Representation, Gerrymandering.

4. Political Geography of Resource Conflicts – Water Sharing Disputes, Disputes and

Conflicts Related to Forest Rights and Minerals.

5. Politics of Displacement: Issues of relief, compensation and rehabilitation: with

reference to Dams and Special Economic Zones.

Reading List

1. Agnew J., 2002: Making Political Geography, Arnold.

2. Agnew J., Mitchell K. and Toal G., 2003: A Companion to Political Geography, Blackwell. 3. Cox K. R., Low M. and Robinson J., 2008: The Sage Handbook of Political Geography, Sage

Publications.

4. Cox K., 2002: Political Geography: Territory, State and Society, Wiley-Blackwell 5. Gallaher C., et al, 2009: Key Concepts in Political Geography, Sage Publications.

6. Glassner M., 1993: Political Geography, Wiley.

7. Jones M., 2004: An Introduction to Political Geography: Space, Place and Politics, Routledg . 8. Mathur H M and M M Cernea (eds.) Development, Displacement and Resettlement – Focus on

Asian Experience, Vikas, Delhi

9. Painter J. and Jeffrey A., 2009: Political Geography, Sage Publications.

10. Taylor P. and Flint C., 2000: Political Geography, Pearson Education. 11. Verma M K (2004): Development, Displacement and Resettlement, Rawat Publications, Delhi

12. Hodder Dick, Sarah J Llyod and Keith S McLachlan (1998), Land Locked States of Africa and Asia

(vo.2), Frank Cass

Syllabus 2017-2018


GGB654: HYDROLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY

Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Hydrological Cycle: Systems approach in hydrology, human impact on the hydrological

cycle; Precipitation, interception, evaporation, evapo-transpiration, infiltration, ground-

water, run off and over land flow; Hydrological input and output.

2. River Basin and Problems of Regional Hydrology: Characteristics of river basins, basin

surface run-off, measurement of river discharge; floods and droughts.

3. Ocean Floor Topography and Oceanic Movements – Waves, Currents and Tides.

4. Ocean Salinity and Temperature – Distribution and Determinants.

5. Coral Reefs and Marine Deposits and Ocean Resources: Types and Theories of Origin;

Biotic, Mineral.

Reading List 1. Andrew. D. ward and Stanley, Trimble (2004): Environmental Hydrology, 2nd edition, Lewis

Publishers, CRC Press. 2. Karanth, K.R., 1988 : Ground Water: Exploration, Assessment and Development, Tata-

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

3. Ramaswamy, C. (1985): Review of floods in India during the past 75 years: A Perspective. Indian National Science Academy, New Delhi.

4. Rao, K.L., 1982 : India's Water Wealth 2nd edition, Orient Longman, Delhi,.

5. Singh, Vijay P. (1995): Environmental Hydrology. Kluwar Academic Publications, The Netherlands.

6. Anikouchine W. A. and Sternberg R. W., 1973: The World Oceans: An Introduction to Oceanography,

Prentice-Hall.

7. Garrison T., 1998: Oceanography, Wordsworth Company, Belmont.

8. Kershaw S., 2000: Oceanography: An Earth Science Perspective, Stanley Thornes, UK.

9. Pinet P. R., 2008: Invitation to Oceanography (Fifth Edition), Jones and Barlett Publishers, USA, UK

and Canada.

10. Sharma R. C. and Vatal M., 1980: Oceanography for Geographers, Chaitanya Publishing House,

Allahabad.

11. Sverdrup K. A. and Armbrust, E. V., 2008: An Introduction to the World Ocean, McGraw Hill, Boston.

12. Singh, M., Singh, R.B. and Hassan, M.I. (Eds.) (2014) Landscape ecology and water management. Proceedings of IGU Rohtak Conference, Volume 2. Advances in Geographical and Environmental

Studies, Springer.

Syllabus 2017-2018


GGB655: SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY

Credit :4

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

1. Social Geography: Concept, Origin, Nature and Scope.

2. Peopling Process of India: Technology and Occupational Change; Migration.

3. Social Categories: Caste, Class, Religion, Race and Gender and their Spatial

distribution

4. Geographies of Welfare and Well being: Concept and Components – Healthcare,

Housing and Education.

5. Social Geographies of Inclusion and Exclusion, Slums, Gated Communities,

Communal Conflicts and Crime.

Reading List 1. Ahmed A., 1999: Social Geography, Rawat Publications.

2. Casino V. J. D., Jr., 2009) Social Geography: A Critical Introduction, Wiley Blackwell.

3. Cater J. and Jones T., 2000: Social Geography: An Introduction to Contemporary Issues, Hodder

Arnold.

4. Holt L., 2011: Geographies of Children, Youth and Families: An International Perspective, Taylor &

Francis.

5. Panelli R., 2004: Social Geographies: From Difference to Action, Sage.

6. Rachel P., Burke M., Fuller D., Gough J., Macfarlane R. and Mowl G., 2001: Introducing Social Geographies, Oxford University Press.

7. Smith D. M., 1977: Human geography: A Welfare Approach, Edward Arnold, London.

8. Smith D. M., 1994: Geography and Social Justice, Blackwell, Oxford.

9. Smith S. J., Pain R., Marston S. A., Jones J. P., 2009: The SAGE Handbook of Social Geographies, Sage

Publications.

10. Sopher, David (1980): An Exploration of India, Cornell University Press, Ithasa

11. Valentine G., 2001: Social Geographies: Space and Society, Prentice Hall.

Syllabus 2017-2018


GGB6P1: Disaster Management based Project Work (Practical)

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

The Project Report based on any two field based case studies among following

disasters and one disaster preparedness plan of respective college or locality:

1. Flood

2. Drought

3. Cyclone and Hailstorms

4. Earthquake

5. Landslides

6. Human Induced Disasters: Fire Hazards, Chemical, Industrial accidents

Reading List 1. Government of India. (1997) Vulnerability Atlas of India. New Delhi, Building Materials &


2. Kapur, A. (2010) Vulnerable India: A Geographical Study of Disasters, Sage Publication, New Delhi.


Macmillan, Delhi.

4. Singh, R.B. (2005) Risk Assessment and Vulnerability Analysis, IGNOU, New Delhi. Chapter 1, 2

and 3.




New Delhi.



8. Singh Jagbir (2007) “Disaster Management Future Challenges and Oppurtunities”, 2007. Publisher-

I.K. International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi, India

(www.ikbooks.com).

Syllabus 2017-2018


GGB6P2: SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY AND REPORT WRITING

(Practical)

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100



Conducting socio-economic survey of the Urban household/village with the

help of a questionnaire, mapping of data, landuse and cropping pattern.






perceptions.




perceptions.




RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Archeer, J.E. and Dalton, T.H. Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968. 2 Glodard, R.H., Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Dubuque, 1982.



1977. 5 Wheeleso, K.S. and Harding, M., Geographical Fieldwork, London, 1965.

Syllabus 2017-2018


GGB6P3: SEMINAR PRESENTATION

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

Topics

1. Regional imbalances in India: Its causes and Consequences. . J

2. Problems of Urbanization in India.

3. Poverty and Inequality in India.

4. Population Explosion - Causes and Consequences.

5. Rural Development: Its Programmes and Policies.

6. Disaster Management with reference to Earthquake/Drought/Flood.

7. Air Pollution and Human Health.

8. Water Pollution and Human Health.

9. Climate Change and its Impact.

10. Impact of Green Revolution on Indian Agriculture.

Note:

1. The topic will be assigned by the teacher for report Writing & presentation. The

report should not exceed 25 pages (A4 size, Times New Roman size 12 font, 1

inch all sides margin).

2. Report should cover the following points

i. Introduction & Significance

ii. Conceptual Framework

iii. Analysis/Discussion

iv. Conclusion & Suggestions

*******

Syllabus 2017-2018

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) VI Semester (Old)

Geography of India (GGB – 601)

Credit: 4

Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100

1. Physical Setting – Location, Structure and Relief, Drainage, Climate.

2. Population and Settlements – Population (Population Size and Growth since 1871,

Population Distribution, Literacy, Sex Ratio, Work-Force, Occupational Structure),

and Settlement System (Rural House Types, Urbanisation Pattern).

3. Resource Base–Livestock (cattle and fisheries), Power (coal, and hydroelectricity),

Minerals (iron, mica and aluminium).

4. Economy –Agriculture (Rice, Wheat, Sugarcane, Groundnut, Cotton), Industries

(Cotton Textile, Iron-Steel, Automobile), Transportation Modes (Road and Rail).

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Spate, O.H.K., & Learrmonth, A.T.A., India and Pakistan Land, people and Economy,

London.




5. The Gazetter of India Vol.1

6. Ray Chaudhary, S.P., Land and soil, New Delhi

7. Puri, G.S., Indian forest Ecology, New

Syllabus 2017-2018

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) VI Semester(Old)

Regional Planning and Development


Paper: 80

Sessional: 20

Total: 100




4. Models for Regional Planning: Growth Pole Model of Perroux; Growth Foci Model

in Indian Context; Village Cluster



RECOMMENDED BOOKS


2. Chandana, R.C., 2000, Regional Planning, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana. 3. Chand, M., Puri, & V.K., 1983, Regional Planning in India, Allied Publishers, ND.

4. Friedman, J., & Alonso, W., 1967, Reg. Dev. and Planning – A Reader, MIT Press, Cam,

Hars. 5. Glasson, 1980, Regional Planning, Hutchinson, London

6. Glikson, A., 1955, Regional Planning and Development, Netherlands, Universities

Foundation of International Co - operation, London.

7. Mishra, R.P., 1969, Regional Planning, Concepts, Techniques and Policies, University of Mysore, Mysore.

8. Mishra, R.P., et. al., 1974, Regional Development and Planning in India, Institute of

Development Studies, Mysore. 9. Mitra, A., 1965, Levels of Regional Development, Census of India, Vol. 1, Part I (A) and

(B).

10. Ray Chaudhary, J., 2001, An Introduction to Development and Regional Planning, Orient

Longman, Hyderabad.

Syllabus 2017-2018




Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Defining the Field – Nature and Scope; Sources of Data with special reference to





and Implications.

4. Population Composition and Characteristics – Age-Sex Composition; Rural and

Urban Composition; Literacy.


BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



New York.

3. Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, New Delhi

2010.


New York, 1972.

5. Chandna, R.C., A Geography of Population: Concepts, Determinants and patterns,

Kalyani publishers, New Delhi, 1986.





Syllabus 2017-2018


Hydrology and Oceanography


Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Hydrological Cycle: Systems approach in hydrology, human impact on the

hydrological cycle; Precipitation, interception, evaporation, evapo-transpiration,

infiltration, ground-water, run off and over land flow; Hydrological input and

output.

2. River Basin and Problems of Regional Hydrology: Characteristics of river basins,

basin surface run-off, measurement of river discharge; floods and droughts.

3. Water Resource Problems and Management: water demand and supply, water

quality, interstate water dispute, water Rights, institutional and financial constraints,

eco-hydrological consequences of environmental degradation.



6. Coral Reefs and Marine Deposits and Ocean Resources: Types and Theories of

Origin; Biotic, Mineral.

BOOKS RECOMMENTED:

1 Davis, R.J.A. 1986, Oceanography – An Introduction of the Marine Environment,

Win C. Brown, Iowa.

2 King, C.A., Oceanography for Geographers, Edward Arnold Pub.

3 Murray, S.J., 1913, Ocean, A General account of the Science of the sea, Thorton

Butter Worth, London.

4 Siddhartha, K. 1999, Oceanography, A Brief Introduction, Kisalaya Pub. Pvt. Ltd.,

New Delhi..

5 Stahler, A. N. Stahler A.M., 1997, Geography and man’s Environment, John Wiley

and Sons, New York.

6 Thurnman, H.V., 1978, Introduction to oceanography, Charles E. Merrill Pub.

Co., London.

7 Weyl, P.K. 1970, Oceanography an Introduction of the Marine Environment, John

Wiley and Sons Ltd., London.

Syllabus 2017-2018


Disaster Management


Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Disasters: Definition and Concepts: Hazards, Disasters; Risk and Vulnerability;

Classification

2. Disaster in India: (a) Flood: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping; Landslide:

Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping; Drought: Causes, Impact, Distribution and

Mapping

3. Disaster in India: (b) Earthquake and Tsunami: Causes, Impact, Distribution and

Mapping; Cyclone: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping; Manmade disasters:

Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping

4. Response and Mitigation to Disasters: Mitigation and Preparedness, NDMA and NIDM;

Indigenous Knowledge and Community-Based Disaster Management; Do’s and Don’ts

During Disasters.

Syllabus 2017-2018


Geography of Tourism


Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Scope and Nature: Concepts and Issues, Tourism, Recreation and Leisure Inter-

Relations; Geographical Parameters of Tourism by Robinson; Type of Tourism:

Nature Tourism, Cultural Tourism, Medical Tourism, Pilgrimage

2. Recent Trends of Tourism: International and Regional; Domestic (India); Eco-

Tourism, Sustainable Tourism, Meetings Incentives Conventions and Exhibitions

(MICE)

3. Impact of Tourism: Economy; Environment; Society

4. Tourism in India: Tourism Infrastructure; Case Studies of Himalaya, Desert and

Coastal Areas; National Tourism Policy.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1 Bhatia, A.K., Tourism Development: Principles and Practices, Sterling Publishers, N D.,

1996. 2 Bhataia, A.K., International Tourism – Fundamentals and Practices Sterling Publishers,

New Delhi, 1991.

3 Biju, M.R., Sustainable Dimensions of Tourism Management, Mittal Publications, N.D,

2006. 4 Chandra, R.H., Hill Tourism, Planning and Development, Kanishka Publications, N,

D.1998.

5 Hunter C. and Green, H., Tourism and the Environment A Sustainable Relationship, Rout Ledge, London, 1995.

6 Hugel, B.C., Kashmir and Punjab, Light and Life Publishers, Jammu, 1972.

7 Kaur, R.K., Dynamics of Tourism and Recreation, Inter – India, New Delhi, 1985.

8 Nigam, D., Tourism, Environment and Development of Garhwal Himalayas, Mittal Publications, 2002.

9 Robinson, H., A Geography of Tourism, Macdonald and Evans, London, 1996.

10 Sharma, J.K. (ed.), Tourism Planning and Development – A new Perspective, Kansihka Publisher, New Delhi, 2000.

11 Sinha, P.C. (ed.)., Tourism Impact Assessment, Anmol Publishers, New Delhi, 1988.

12 Singh, I., Manipur, A Tourist Paradise, B.R. Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.

Syllabus 2017-2018


Disaster Management based Project Work (Practical)


Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

The Project work Report based on any two field based case studies among following


1. Flood

2. Drought

3. Cyclone

4. Earthquake

5. Landslides


Syllabus 2017-2018


Comprehensive Viva


Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

A comprehensive viva-voce will be held from all the courses of the undergraduate

level.

Syllabus 2017-2018


Advanced Spatial Statistical Techniques (Practical)


Paper: 30

Sessional: 20

Total: 50

1. Statistics and Statistical Data: Spatial and non-spatial; indices of inequality and

disparity.

2. Probability theory, probability density functions with respect to Normal, Binomial

and Poisson distributions and their geographical applications.

3. Sampling: Sampling plans for spatial and non-spatial data, sampling distributions;

sampling estimates for large and small samples tests involving means and

proportions.

4. Correlation and Regression Analysis: Rank order correlation and product moment

correlation; linear regression, residuals from regression, and simple curvilinear

regression; Introduction to multi-variate analysis.

5. Time Series Analysis: Time Series processes; Smoothing time series; Time series

components.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-








Syllabus 2017-2018



Credit :04

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

















Oil exploitation



Drainage density

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 Alam Clowes & Comfort., Processes and Landforms.

2 Bloom, A.L., Geomorphology-A systematic Analysis of late Cennozoic landforms.

3 Cotton, Geomorphology.

4 Dowie., Isostasy.

5 Jolly., Surface History of the Earth.

6 Ollier, C.D., Weathering.

7 Sparks, B.W., Geomorphology.

8 Steers, J.A., Unstable Earth.

9 Strahler, A.H. & Strahler, A.H., Elements of Physical Geography.

10 Thornbury, W.D., Principles of Geomorphology.

11 Von Engeln., Geomorphology.

12 Wooldridge, S.W., & Morgan, R.S., An Outline of Geomorphology.

Syllabus 2017-2018



Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100




effect.


evapo-transpiration. Distribution of atmospheric pressure and winds: Jet

streams - their origin, types and distribution, monsoon winds.





classification, Climates of the World: Tropical, Temperate, Desert.

Interpretation and generation of climatic information, soils, agricultural

activities.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 Barry & Perry., Synophic Climatology.

2 Blair, T.A., Climatology-General and Regional.

3 Chorley, R.J. & Barry, R.G., Atmospheric Weather and climate.

4 Donn, W.L., Meteorology.

5 Jackson, I.J., Climate, Water and Agriculture in the Tropics, 1977.

6 Kendrew, W.G., Climates of the Continents.

7 Lal, D.S., Climatology.

8 Mather, J.R., Climatology: Fundamental and Applications, 1974.

9 Patterson., Introduction to Meteorology.

10 Rama sastery, A.A., Weather & Weather fore casting.

11 Rummey, G., Climatology and the world's climate.

12 Stringer., Foundation of Climatology.

13 Stringer., Techniques in Climatology.

14 Trewartha, G.T., An Introduction to Climate.

Syllabus 2017-2018



Credit :02

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100



Indian Ocean.






deposits, coral reefs –formation, condition of growth, type and theories

of origin.

BOOKS RECOMMENTED:

1 Davis, R.J.A. 1986, Oceanography – An Introduction of the Marine Environment, Win

C. Brown, Iowa.


3 Murray, S.J., 1913, Ocean, A General account of the Science of the sea, Thorton

Butter Worth, London.

4 Siddhartha, K. 1999, Oceanography, A Brief Introduction, Kisalaya Pub. Pvt. Ltd.,

New Delhi..

5 Singh, S. 2002, Physical Geography, Prayag Pub., Allahabad.

6 Stahler, A. N. Stahler A.M., 1997, Geography and man’s Environment, John Wiley

and Sons, New York.

7 Thurnman, H.V., 1978, Introduction to oceanography, Charles E. Merrill Pub. Co.,

London.

8 Weyl, P.K. 1970, Oceanography an Introduction of the Marine Environment, John

Wiley and Sons Ltd., London.

Syllabus 2017-2018



Credit :04

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100



Geological Structure, Relief and the Evidences Regarding its Present

Day Evolution; Peninsula: Structure and Relief; Indo-Gangetic Plain:

Evolution, Structure and Relief; Coasts: Western Coast and Eastern

Coast.



Peninsular Drainage. The Godavari River System; differences between

the Himalayan and Peninsular Drainage.

Unit III: Climate: Origin and Mechanisms of Indian Monsoon - A Critical Review

of Classical and Modern Views Regarding its Origin: Effects of El-Nino

on Indian Monsoon. Koppen’s and Thornthwaite classification of

Climate

Unit IV: Soils and Forests: Problems of Soil - Soil Erosion and Conservation;

Saline and Alkaline Soils -their measures of reclamation; Problems of

Indian Forestry; Forest Development Programs.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:








Syllabus 2017-2018



Credit :02

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100


Geography in the Classical Greek Period. Contributions of Thales,

Anaximander, Hecataeus, Herodotus, Eratosthenes, Strabo and Ptolemy.

UNIT 11: Development of geographical thought during Dark Age; General characteristic

of Contribution of Arabs in scientific geography; Al Khwarizmi, AI Masudi,

AI Biruni and lbn Khaldun.


determinism and their present relevance in geography. Development of

Dualism in geography: Physical verses Human Geography and Regional verses

Systematic Geography.



Contribution of British School–Meckinder the relevance of ‘Heartland theory’

in present day-Geo-political order.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 Ali, S.M., Arab Geography, AMU., Press, Aligarh.

2 Anuchin, V., Directions in Geography.

3 Bunge, W., Theoretical Geography.

4 Claval, P., Epistomology and History of Geographical Thought, in progress in Human

Geography, Vol.4.

5 Dickinson, R.E., The Makers of Modern Geog., London, 1969.

6 Dickinson, R.E., The Making of Modern Geography.

7 Davis, V.K., Conceptual Revolution in Geography.

8 Freeman, T.A., A Hundred Years of Geography: Introduction to Behavioral

Geography.

9 Amedes, Douglas, An Introduction to Scientific Reasoning in Geog., John Wiley,

1971.

10 Hartshorne, R., Perspectives on Nature of Geography, Rand MacNally, 1959.

11 Johnston, R.J., The Future of Geography, Methuen, London, 1988.

Syllabus 2017-2018



Credit :02

Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

UNIT I: Remote Sensing: Meaning, Definition, significance and utility of remote

sensing in Geography. History and Development of Remote Sensing.

Advantages and Limitations of Remote Sensing. Stages of remote sensing.

Ideal and Real remote sensing.

UNIT II: Principles of Remote Sensing. EMR: its properties, Electromagnetic spectrum

and characteristics of different wavelength regions. EMR: interaction

mechanisms. Atmospheric interaction and their types; Surface interaction and

their types; Spectral signature. Spatial, Spectral, Radiometric and Temporal

Resolutions.






Satellites. Landsat and IRS Series.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Sabins, Floyd F, 1986, Remote Sensing: Principles & Interpretation, Freeman, New York. 2. Lillesand, T.M. & Klefer, R.W. 1987, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley

& Sons, New York.

3. Curran, Paul J; 1985, Principles of Remote Sensing, Longman, London.

4. Estes, J.E. and LW Senger, 1974, Remote sensing Techniques for environmental Analysis, Hamilton, Santa Barbara, California.

5. Lillesand, Thomas M. and RW Klefer,1987, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John

Wiley & Sons, New York. 6. Slater, PN, 1980, Remote Sensing: Optics and Optical System, Addison-Wesley, Reading.

7. Jamles, B. Camp bell, Introduction to Remote Sensing-2nd Edi. Taylor & Francis, London.

8. Fazal, S. (2009), Remote Sensing Basics, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi. 9. Reddy, A. (2001), Textbook of Remote Sensing And Geographical Information Systems, BS


Syllabus 2017-2018



Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100














BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


Pub. Co., Wisconsin, 1960. 2. Avery, T.E., Interpretation of Aerial Photographs, Minnipolis, 1962.

3. Barett, E.C. & Curtis, L.F., Introduc. Of Environ. Remote Sensing, 1976.

4. Dury, G.M., Map Interpretation, Issac Pitsman, London, 1952. 5. Cunan, R.J., Principles of remote sensing, London, 1985.

6. Hord, R.M., Remote sensing: Methods and Applications, N.Y., 1986.


8. Luder, D., Aerial Photography Interpretation: Principles and applications, McGraw Hill, N.Y., 1959.

9. Lilles & Klefer, Remote sensing & Image Interpretation.

10. Reeves, R.G.(Ed.) Mannual of Remote sensing(Vol.2) Virginia, 1975. 11. Sabins, F.F., Remote sensing: Principles & Interpretation, 1982.




1974.




Syllabus 2017-2018



Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100









Dispersion Diagram.



BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


Jersey, 1984.

2. Cuff, D.J., & Mattson, M.T., Thematic Maps, their Design and Production,

Mathuen, New York., 1982.

3. Robinson, A.H. & others., Elements of Cartography, John Willey and Sons, New

York (New edition).


5. National Atlas and Thematic Maps Organization (NATMO): National Atlas of

India, Calcutta.


Syllabus 2017-2018

M. A./M. Sc. (Previous) I Semester GGM1073 :TRV - FIELD TRAINING & TOUR

Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100











prepared.


B. Tour







BOOKS RECOMMENDED:





1982.


6. Mahmood. A,, Statistical Methods in Geographical Studied, Rajesh Publication,

Delhi, 1977.



9. Berry, B.J.L., & Marble, F., Spatial Analysis: A Reader in Statistical Geography,

New Jersey, 1968.




Credit : 02

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100

Unit I Nature, scope and significance of human geography; approaches to the study

of human geography. Man-environment relationship: Environmental

determinism and possiblism.

Unit II Patterns of population: Distribution and growth of population in developed

and developing countries and their socio-economic implications. Human

migration: causes and consequences.

Unit III Human settlement: origin and evolution of rural settlements; types and

patterns of rural settlements. Origin and growth of urban settlements:

processes and patterns of urbanization, classification of cities on the basis of

site, size and functions.



BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 Perpillou, A.V., 1977, Human Geography, London.

2 Ambrose, P., 1969, Analytical Human Geography, London.

3 Spencer, J.E. & Thomas, W.L., 1978, Introduction to Cultural Geography, a. New York.

4 De Blijj, H.J., 1977, Human Geography, New York.

5 Rubenstein. J.M. & Bacon R.S., 1983, The Introduction to Human Geography, a. New York.

6. Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, New D. 2010.

6 Smith, D.M., 1977, Human Geography: A Welfare Approach, London.

7 Taylor. G., Geography in Twentieth Century. 8 Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, N. D. 2010.

9 Dicken, S.N., Introduction to Human Geography.

10 Jones, E., Human Geography. 11 Garnier, J.B., Geography of Population.

12 Trewartha, G., Geography of Population.

13 Enayat, A., Social and Geographical Aspects of Human Settlements.

14 Briggs, K., 1983, Human Geography: Concepts and applications, London. 15 Husain, M., 2000, Human Geography, New Delhi.

16 Leong, G.C. & Morgan, Human and Economic Geography.

Syllabus 2017-2018




Credit : 02

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100

UNIT I. Meaning, scope and its relevance in environmental studies, Concept of

ecosystem; Environmental factors - atmospheric, edaphic and biotic, affecting

distribution of flora and fauna.









BOOKS RECOMMENDED:















Credit : 02

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100


geography-Historical approach (Industrial Revolution, Colonization, Modern

World Economic System Multinational), Functional approach (economic

functions), Regional approach (spatial variation).Indicators of economic geography

and economics for socio-economic development.





activities.








location of economic activities: Von-Thunen model of agricultural location,

Weber’s model of industrial location.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:












16. Zimmerman, E.W., World Resources and Industries.

17. Hartshon, T.A., Economic Geography. 18. Majid Husain, Economic Geography




Credit : 04

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100




mitigation.

Unit II Disaster – classification of disasters; Natural disaster – earthquake, floods, drought

and global warming: causes, consequences and mitigation. Natural disaster –

Examples from India.



from India.

Unit IV Disaster management – relief and response; reconstruction and rehabilitation.

Disaster – strategies for survival, types of strategies. Importance of information in

disaster management, significance of remote sensing and GIS. Planning in the context

of disaster management.

Reading List





Macmillan, Delhi.




6. Sinha, A. (2001). Disaster Management: Lessons Drawn and Strategies for Future, New United

Press, New Delhi.




I.K. International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi, India.




Credit : 04

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100








- Iron and steel

- Cotton Textiles













Suggested Readings 1 Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1988.



4 Isard, W, Methods of Regional Analysis, The Technology Press of MIT & John Wiley & Sons,

New York 1956. 5 Miller E., A Geography of Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1962.

6 S. Siddartha, Economic Geography, Theories, process and pattern, Kisolaya Pub. Pvt. Ltd. Pantan,

2000.

7 Weber, Alferd, Theory of Location of Industries, Chcago University Press, Chicago, 1957.




Credit : 04

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100








* Environmental Factors – urbanization, congestion, waste disposal and

pollution.









1. Ashraf, S.W.A., Agriculture, Environment and Health, Concept Pub., New Delhi. 2. Banerjee, b and Hazra J., Geo-Ecology of Cholera in West Bengal, Unv of Culcutta, 1980.

3. Chatterjee Mera, Implementing Health Policy, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi, 1988.


5. Hazra, J., (eds.), Health Care Planning in Developing Centres, Unv of Culcutta, 1997. 6. Learmonth, A.T.A., Patterns of Diseases and Hunger – A Study in Medical Geography, David

& Charles, Victoria, 1978.

7. May, J.M., Ecology and Human Diseases, M.D. Pub. New York, 1959. 8. May, J.M., Studies in Disease Ecology, Hafner Pub. New York, 1961.

9. Mc. Glashan. N.D., Medical Geography, Methuen , London, 1972.



****




Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100





Unit-II Markets



Theoretical Framework for Study of Market Centres: Christaller and Losch

Model of Market Locations;

B.J. Berry’s Model and Reilly’s Models of interaction and trade area

delimitation.

Unit-III Trade


Historical Development of Trade, Factors of Development of Trades.

International Trade, World Trade Organization, World Trading Zone: SAFTA (South Asian Free








Suggested Readings

1. Acharya, S.S & Agarwal, N.L (1987) Agricultural Marketing in India, Oxford & IHB

Publishing Co, New Delhi.

2. Berry, B.J.L. (1967) Geography of Market centers and Retail Distribution. Prentice Hall, Englewood cliffs, N.J


4. Dixit, R.S. (1984) Marketing Centers and their spatial development in the Umland of Kanpur,

Allahabad 5. Garnier, B, J and Delobez. A (1977) Geography of Marketing, Longman, London.

6. Khan.N (1991) Agriculture development and Marketing, H.K. Publisher, New Delhi

7. Losch, A (1 954) Economics of Location. Yale University press, New Heaven. 8. N.C.A.E.R (1983) Market towns and Spatial Development in India, NCAER, N.D.


10. Saxena, P. Marketing and Sustainable Development. Rawat Publication, New Delhi.

11. Singh, G.N. (1987) Agricultural Marketing in India. Hugh Publication, Allahbad. 12. Rajgopal (2001) Rural Marketing. Rawat Publication, New Delhi




Credit : 04

Mid-term : 30

Sessional : 10

End -term : 60

Total :100


products Definition of Tourism; Factors influencing tourism, historical, natural,

socio – cultural and economic; motivating factors for pilgrimages; leisure,

recreation; Elements of tourism, Tourism as an industry.




UNIT III: Infrastructure and Support System: - Accommodation, Transport; other facilities

and amenities; Impact of tourism: physical, economic and social and perceptional

positive and negative impacts.




RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1 Bhatia, A.K., Tourism Development: Principles and Practices, Sterling Publishers, N D.,

1996.

2 Bhataia, A.K., International Tourism – Fundamentals and Practices Sterling Publishers,

New Delhi, 1991. 3 Biju, M.R., Sustainable Dimensions of Tourism Management, Mittal Publications, N.D,

2006.

4 Chandra, R.H., Hill Tourism, Planning and Development, Kanishka Publications, N,

D.1998. 5 Hunter C. and Green, H., Tourism and the Environment A Sustainable Relationship, Rout

Ledge, London, 1995.

6 Hanifa Bano, Geography of Dal Lake, unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Department of Geography, A.M.U., 1984.


8 Kaur, J., Himalayan Pilgrims and New Tourism, Himalayan books, New Delhi, 1985. 9 Kaur, R.K., Dynamics of Tourism and Recreation, Inter – India, New Delhi, 1985.

10 Lea, J., Tourism and Development in the third world, Rout Ledge, London, 1988.

11 Nigam, D., Tourism, Environment and Development of Garhwal Himalayas, Mittal

Publications, 2002. 12 Robinson, H., A Geography of Tourism, Macdonald and Evans, London, 1996.

13 Sharma, J.K. (ed.), Tourism Planning and Development – A new Perspective, Kansihka

Publisher, New Delhi, 2000. 14 Sinha, P.C. (ed.)., Tourism Impact Assessment, Anmol Publishers, New Delhi, 1988.

15 Siddiqui, S., Eco - friendly tourism in U.P. Himalayas, B.R. Publishers, New Delhi, 2000.





Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

- Image interpretation, basic principle, Images and their interpretability,

factors governing quality of images, factors governing interpretability,

elements of image interpretation.


images, comparisons of seasonal images, winter and summer images.

- Thermal infrared images; thermal processes and properties, heat,

temperature and radiant flux, IR region of the electromagnetic spectrum, IR

detection and imaging technology, characteristics of IR images, advantages

of thermal imagery.

- Introduction of image processing, farms of mages, different image

processing techniques, computer image processing, digital image

processing, image restoration image enhancement, edge enhancement, ratio

images.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 American Society of Photogrammetry: Mannual of Photographic Interpretation , Banta

2 Pub. Co., Wisconsin, 1960.

3 Avery, T.E., Interpretation of Aerial Photographs, Minnipolis, 1962.

4 Barett, E.C. & Curtis, L.F., Introduction of Environ. Remote Sensing, 1976. 5 Dury, G.M., Map Interpretation, Issac Pitsman, London, 1952.

6 Cunan, R.J., Principles of Remote Sensing, London, 1985.

7 Hord, R.M., Remote Sensing: Methods and Applications, N.Y., 1986. 8 Lender, D.R., Aerial Photographic, Mc Graw Hill, N.Y., 1960.

9 Luder, D., Aerial Photography Interpretation: Princ. and Appl., McGraw Hill, NewYork., 1959.

10 Lilles & Kiefer, Remote Sensing & Image Interpretation. 11 Reeves, R.G.(Ed.) Mannual of Remote Sensing (Vol.2), Virginia, 1975.

12 Sabins, F.F., Remote Sensing: Principles & Interpretation, 1982.

13 Smith, H.T.V., Aerial Photographs & their Applications, New York, 1943.

14 Spurs S.H., Photogrammetry & Photo Interpretation, New .Delhi., 1960. 15 Stershew, A.I., Aerial Photography.

16 Tomar, M.A. & Maslakar, A.R., Aerial Photographs in Landuse & Forest Survey, Dehra- Dun,

17 Thomas, E.A., Interpretation of Aerial Photographs, Minnesota. 18 Usill, G.W. (Revised by Hearn, G.S.G) Pract. Surveying, London, 1960.

19 White, L.P., Aerial Photography & Remote Sensing for Soil Survey.

20 Campbell, James, B., Introduction to Remote Sensing- 2nd Edi. Taylor & Francis, London

Syllabus 2017-2018



Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100




- Simple linear regression and multiple regression analysis; regression lines and

residuals; Methods of constructing regression lines, properties of least square

estimates, co-efficient of determination.



settlement.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:










Syllabus 2017-2018


COMPUTER MAPPING


Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100



Representation of geographic data through computer aided techniques: Diagrammatically

illustrations and Mapping.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Maquire, D.J., Good Child, M.F. and Rhind, D.W., Geographical Information Systems:



U.K., 1991.




Syllabus 2017-2018




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100


Regional Planning: viz. complex, inter-disciplinary and future-oriented nature. 3.

Types of Regional Planning: basic types, viz., short and long term, single and


features.





of regionalization.







economic disparities. 3. Regional Development in Post-Reform India: an overview.

Recommended Books: 1. Bhat, L.S., 1973, Regional ~lanning in India, Statistical Publishing Society, Calcutta.

2. Chandana, R.C., 2000, Regional Planning, Kalyani Publishers Ludhiana.

3. Chand, M., Puri, & V.K., 1983, Regional Planning in India, allied Publishers, New Delhi. 4. Friedman.,J.,&Alonso,W,1967 Regional Development and Planning-A Reader,MIT Press,

Cambridge Hars.


6. Glikson, A., 1955, Regional and Development, Netherlands, Universities Foundation of International Corp, London.

7. Mishra, R.P, 1969, Regional Planning Concepts, Techniques and Policies, University of

Mysore,Mysore. 8. Mishra R.P, et.a\., 1974, Regional Development and Planning in India, Institute of Development

Studies, Mysore.



Syllabus 2017-2018




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100




functional regions.







Unit IV Regionalization - Agro-climatic regionalization; industrial regionalization-

macro and meso regions; Regional imbalances in India with reference to

agriculture and industry.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



3. Clonlay, R.J. & Haggat, P., Models in Geography.

4. Md.Noor., Perspectives in Agricultural Geography, New Delhi. 5. Ali Mohammad., Food Production and Food Problem in India, N. Delhi









14. Sinha, B. N., Industrial geography of India.

15. Sant, M., Industrial Movement and Regional Development. 16. Bijli, S.M., Industrialization in the Third World.


Syllabus 2017-2018




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10



geography with other sciences, meaning, component and types of environment,

approaches to the study of man-environment relationships.



Bio-Geo-Chemical Cycles-Nitrogen cycle, Carbon cycle and Hydrological cycle.



Air Pollution, adverse affect of air pollution on weather and climate, ozone depletion,

green house effects, effects on human health, water pollution; surface and ground

water, adverse effects on human health.




Environmental impact Assessment.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Chandna, R.C., 1998, Environmental Awareness, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.

2 Gaur, S., and Chandrashekhar, T., 2006, Global Environmental Crisis, Book Enclave, Jaipur.

3 Gupta, P.D., 2003, Environmental Issues for the 21st Century, Mittal Publications, New Delhi.

4 Morris, D., Freeland, J., Hinchliff, S., Smith, S. (ed.), 2003, Changing Environments, Pd. John Wiley

and Sons Ltd., The Open University, U.K.

5 Park, C.C., 1980, Ecology and Environmental Management, Butterworths, London.

6 Radha, S., and Sankhyan, A.S., (ed.), 2004, Environmental Challenges of the 21st Century, Deep Publications, New Delhi.

7 Rasure, K.A., 2007, Environment and Sustainable Development, Serials Publications, New Delhi.

8 Saxena, H.M., 2006, Environmental Studies, Rawat Publications, Jaipur.

9 Singh, S., 1991, Environmental Geography, Prayag Publication, Allahabad.

10 Strahler, A.N., and Strahler, A.M., 1997, Geography and Man’s Environment, John Wiley and Sons,

New York.

11 Taj, B., Murphy, P. and Rana, P.S., 2007, Environmental Impact Assessment, An Indo – Australian


12 Verma, S. B. and Shiva, K.S.,(ed.), 2005, Environmental Protection and Development, Deep


Syllabus 2017-2018




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

















Critical Assessment of Heartland and Rim Land Model and their Relevance to World’

Geo politics











BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1 Alexander, L.M. World Political Patterns, London,1964

2 De Blij, H.J. Systematic Political Geography, New York, 1967

3 Dikshit, R.D. Political Geography, New Delhi, 2004

4 Dikshit, R.D. Political Geography, a Century of Progress, New Delhi, 1999. 5 Dikshit, S.K. Electoral Geography of India, Varanasi, 1993

6 Dwivedi, R.L. Fundamentals of Political Geography, Alhabad, 2010

7 Jackson, W.A.D. Politics & Geographic Relationships, PrHall '71 8 Kasperson / Minghi, Structure of Political Geography, London '70

9 Pounds, N. Political Geography, London, 1963

10 Taylor,P. Political Geography, London, 1985.

Syllabus 2017-2018




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

UNIT I : Nature, scope and significance of geography of resources. Definition and concept

of natural resources. Classification of resources.




underground water supplies, problems of water supplies. Marine resources, major

fishing grounds of the world, fish distribution and exploitation. India’s natural

resource: water resource, conservation and management and its utilization



BOOKS RECOMMENDED:











Syllabus 2017-2018




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100



development.










BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



3. Clout, S.D., Rural Geography. 4. Husain, Majid., Agricultural Geography, New Delhi.








New Delhi.


Syllabus 2017-2018




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100






Unit II




Unit III


Theories explaining the internal structure of cities- The concentric ring theory, The multiple nuclei theory


Unit IV





BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


2. Baskin, C., (Translator), Central Places in Southern Germany, Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1966. Originally written by C.W. Christaller in German with title Die Zentralen Orte Suddeutsch

Land in 1933.




Allahabad, 1967.

6. Mitra, Ashok, Mukherjee, S and Bose R., Indian Cities, Abhinav Pub., New Delhi.

7. Ramacharandran, R., Urbanization and Urban Systems in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1992.



Syllabus 2017-2018




Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100



fieldwork will be upto two weeks. The fieldwork will cover the following region/ regions

of India assigned by the department during the academic year. The class room teaching

would include preliminaries of socio-economic and environmental surveys to equip the

students for the field work and tour report.

1 The Deccan Region

2 The Konkan / Malabar Coast

3 The Sunder Ban Delta

4 The Mahanadi Delta

5 The Krishna Delta

6 The Cauvery Delta

7 The North Eastern States

8 The North / North Western States

9 The Central India.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 Singh, R.L., (Ed) India – A Regional Study .



4 M.S. Krishna, Geology of India




Syllabus 2017-2018




Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

Fundamentals of GIS


in GIS, components of GIS, advantages of GIS over traditional techniques. Application of GIS in






Lab Work






















BOOKS RECOMMENDED:






Jersey, 1982.




Syllabus 2017-2018

M. A. / M. Sc. (Final) IV Semester, (CBCS)

Agriculture Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit-I Aims, objectives and scope of Agricultural Geography; Basic concepts, Historical

Perspective and recent trends. Approaches to the study of agricultural geography -

Regional and Systematic approach, Ecological and Commodity approach.

Unit II Influence of major factors on the performance of agriculture. Whittlessey’s classification

of agricultural systems of the world - problems and prospects of agriculture and its

economic impact in regions of the world.

Unit III Concept of Land use, Agricultural land use- land capability classification and land use

planning for agricultural development. Agricultural Regionalization. Land Use

Location Theory - Von Thunen and its applicability; Modern Theories of Agricultural

Location: Optimum Physical and Economic Conditions and Limits. Unit IV Green Revolution in India, impact of green revolution in India, Green Revolution and

regional imbalances. Problems of Indian Agriculture, Measures for Agricultural

Development. Concept of second green revolution in India.

Books Recommended: 1. Duckhan, A.N. and Masfield, G.B., Farming Systems of the World, London, 1970.

2. Griggs, D.G., An Introduction to Agricultural Geography, 1964.

3. Husain, Majid., Agricultural Geography, New Delhi. 4. John, R, Tarrant., Agricultural Geography.

5. Mohammad, A., Food Production and Food Problem in India, New Delhi.

6. Mohammad, N., Perspectives in Agricultural Geography, New Delhi. 7. Morgan, W.B. and Munton, P.J.C. Agricultural Geography, London, 1971.

8. Shafi, M., Agricultural Geography of South Asia, Macmillon, New Delhi 2000.

9. Shafi, M., Agricultural Geography, Dorling Kindersley, New Delhi, 2006

10. Singh, J. and Dhillon, S.S., Agricultural Geography, 1970. 11. Symons, L., Agricultural Geography, London, 1967.

12. Wrigley, G., Tropical Agriculture, 1979.

Syllabus 2017-2018


Urban Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100



growth and evolution of functional zones - Burgess’s Concentric Zone Theory ;

Hoyt’s Sectoral Model; Harris and Ullman’s Multiple Nuclei Model –





spheres of influence (Umland) – methods of its determination; rural – urban fringe

– conceptual explanation, internal structure, characteristic features.





and development of Central Place Model by August Losch; Rank-Size Rule and

Law of Primate City.


economic process and socio-cultural process. Spatial pattern and trends of

urbanization in India, patterns of urban growth in India - decadal, regional,

different size classes of towns (I – VI).

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


2. Barry, B.J.L and Horton, F.F., Geographic perspectives on Urban Systems, Prentice Hall,

Englewood Cliff, New Jersy, 1970.






Syllabus 2017-2018


Social Geography


Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100





social sciences.




women literacy and health, social change with special reference to caste and tribal

groups, rural-urban divide, rural-urban interaction and social change.



conditions.





5. Hammelt, Chris. (Ed), Social Geography; A Reader.

6. Harvey, D., Social Justice and the City.


8. Jones, E.& Eyles, J., An Introduction to Social Geography.

9. Jones, E.(ed.) Readings in Social Geography.



12. Paul Knox, Social Well-being, A Spatial Perspective. 13. Rao. M.S.A., Urbanization and Social Change.





Syllabus 2017-2018




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100






patterns of international and internal migration, brief introduction of models

and theories of migration (Ravenstein and Zelinsky).






population resource region, population problems in India, Population policy

of India, Human development index (HDI) and its components.

Books Recommended:




2014. 4. Clarke, J.I. Population Geography, Oxford, 1981.




8. Mandal, R.B. Uyanga J and Prasad H., Introductory Methods in Population geography, Concept Pub. Co.

New Delhi-2007.



11. Palmore, J.A. and Gardner R.W. Measuring, Mortality, Fertility and Migration: A Self Teaching Guide

to Elementary Measures. The East-West Centre, Honolulu, 1987.

12. Poston, Jr D.L. and Bouvier L.F., Population and society: An Introduction to Demography, Cambridge

Uni. Press, New York, 2010. 13. Premi M.K. and Das D.N., Population of India 2011, B.R. Pub. Delhi, 2012.



Syllabus 2017-2018




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100

Unit-I



Unit -II

Scientific explanations in geography, types of explanations; cognitive descriptions; cause and


Unit-III

Empirical-scientific model of geography; laws, theories and models in geography; general


Unit-IV

Changing pattern of geography; radical concept; welfare approach; concept of gender in


Recommended Books:













New Delhi.

Syllabus 2017-2018




Mid Term :30

Sessional :10

End Term :60

Total :100


Systematic Geography; Solar System; Motions of Earth – Rotation and Revolution;

Concept of Latitude and Longitude; International Date Line; Calculation of Time.



Climate; Wind Circulation; Hydrological Cycle; Ecosystem, Food Chain and Food

Web.






Change.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS








Syllabus 2017-2018


Field Studies (Socio-economic Survey)


Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100



Conducting socio-economic survey of the Urban household/village with the help of

a questionnaire, mapping of data, landuse and cropping pattern.






perceptions.




perceptions.




RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1 Archeer, J.E. and Dalton, T.H. Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968. 2 Jones, P.A., Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968

3 Glodard, R.H., Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Dubuque, 1982.

4 Wheeleso, K.S. and Harding, M., Geographical Fieldwork, London, 1965. 5 Mohammad, A.C., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publication, Delhi,

1977.

Syllabus 2017-2018


PRACTICAL - ADVANCED SURVEYING


Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

- Plane Table Survey

Radiation Method with Telescopic Alidade

- Prismatic Compass Survey



Elimination of Error- Bowditch Method

- Dumpy Level Survey

Rise and Fall System

Plotting of Longitudinal Sections.

- Theodolite


BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



Syllabus 2017-2018




Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100







- Bearing



- Tacheometry



- Theodolite


BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



Syllabus 2017-2018


DV – Project


Credit : 4

Course & Syllabus



AND




ALIGARH

Syllabus 2018-2019



Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

Unit I Nature and scope of Geomorphology: constitution of earth interior on the basis

of evidence from seismology, temperature, density, pressure and chemical

composition. Isostasy: concept of Airy and Pratt.

Unit II Earth Movements: Orogenetic and epirogenetic movement and their resultant

structure- folds and faults, Earthquakes and Volcanoes- their distribution,

causes, consequences and preparedness. Plate Tectonics Theory.

Unit III Geomorphic Processes: Weathering, Mass Wasting, A critical analysis of the

concept of Cycle of Erosion given by Davis and Penck.

Unit IV Geomorphic agents and process: the work of running water, erosional and


topography.

Reading List

1. Bloom A. L., 2003: Geomorphology: A Systematic Analysis of Late Cenozoic Landforms, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi.


3. Christopherson, Robert W., (2011), Geosystems: An Introduction to Physical Geography, 8 Ed., Macmillan Publishing Company

4. Kale V. S. and Gupta A., 2001: Introduction to Geomorphology, Orient Longman, Hyderabad.




Geology, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons 9. Thornbury W. D., 1968: Principles of Geomorphology, Wiley.




Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100

1. Maps and Scale:

Nature and Scope of Cartography, classification and significance of maps. Scales –

Concept and application; Graphical Construction of Plain, Comparative and Diagonal

Scales.


Study and interpretation of Plain and Mountainous areas. Cross section and longitudinal

profile of different relief features.




projection, interpretation of topographic sheet.

Reading List

1. Anson R. and Ormelling F. J., 1994: International Cartographic Association: BasicCartographic Vol. Pregmen Press.













Syllabus 2018-2019

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) II Semester (CBCS) GGB251 :HUMAN GEOGRAPHY

Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

Unit I Introduction: Meaning and Scope of Human Geography; Major Themes; Environmental

Determinism, Possibilism, Neo-determinism, their contemporary relevance.



Unit III Population-Resource Relationship; Optimum, Over Population, Under Population, their

problem and prospects, Population Growth and Distribution; Population Composition;

Demographic Transition Theory.



Reading List




London.








Syllabus 2018-2019

(CBCS)



Credit :02


End Term :60

Total :100




Dot, Point Data – Isopleths.




any state in India.


Books


Edition), Mcgraw-Hill Higher Education 3. Gupta K. K. and Tyagi V. C., 1992: Working with Maps, Survey of India, DST, New Delhi.




8. Singh R. L. and Singh R. P. B., 1999: Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publishers. 9. Slocum T. A., Mcmaster R. B. and Kessler F. C., 2008: Thematic Cartography and Geovisualization

(3rd Edition), Prentice Hall.

10. Tyner J. A., 2010: Principles of Map Design, The Guilford Press. 11. Sarkar, A. (2015) Practical geography: A systematic approach. Orient Black Swan Private Ltd., New

Delhi

12. Singh, L R & Singh R (1977): Manchitra or Pryaogatamek Bhugol , Central Book, Depot, Allahabad. 13. Bhopal Singh R L and Duttta P K (2012) Prayogatama Bhugol, Central Book Depot, Allahabad

Syllabus 2018-2019



Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Weather and climate, elements of climate; Composition and Structure of atmosphere;

Insolation; Heating and cooling of the atmosphere. Heat Budget and latitudinal haet

balance. Adiabatic processes, stability and instability.

2. Atmospheric Temperature. Factors controlling the temperature; horizontal and vertical

distribution of temperature.. Inversion of temperature. Atmospheric pressure: Vertical

and horizontal distribution of pressure. Atmospheric moisture: forms of precipitation

and types of rainfall.

3. Winds: Planetary, periodic and local winds (Loo, Mistral, Fohn, and Chinook), factors

affecting the winds; General circulation of winds. Origin of the Monsoon and its

relation with Jet streams.

4. Air Masses and Fronts: concepts, classification and properties. Tropical and Temperate

cyclones (Polar front theory); Anti-cyclone. Basis of Koppen’s classification; Types

and characteristics.

Reading List




4. Lutgens F. K., Tarbuck E. J. and Tasa D., 2009: The Atmosphere: An Introduction to Meteorology, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.

5. Oliver J. E. and Hidore J. J., 2002: Climatology: An Atmospheric Science, Pearson Education, New

Delhi.


7. Gupta L S(2000): Jalvayu Vigyan, Hindi Madhyam Karyanvay Nidishalya, Delhi Vishwa Vidhyalaya,

Delhi




Syllabus 2018-2019




End Term :60

Total :100



Interval, Ratio).


Tabulation, Central Tendency (Mean, Median and Mode, Centro-graphic Techniques,

Dispersion (Standard Deviation, Variance and Coefficient of Variation).







3. Histograms and frequency curve would be prepared on the entire data set and attempt to fit a

normal curve and interpreted for one or two variables.



methods used.






Ltd., New Delhi.



8. Yeates M., 1974: An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Human Geography, McGraw Hill, New York.

Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

Unit I Physiography and Drainage: Physiographic Divisions-The Great Himalyas, Indo-

Gangetic Plain and the Peninsular Plateau. Nature and characteristics of

Himalayan Drainage and Peninsular Drainage; Differences between Himalayan

Drainage and Peninsular Drainage.

Unit II Climate, Soils and Natural Vegetation: characteristics of climate; origin of

monsoon- Halley’s and Flohn’s concepts, classification of climate given by

Koppen: Soils-factors of soil formation; types and characteristic of soils. Natural

Vegetation-factors for the growth and distribution of Natural Vegetation; types

and characteristics of Natural Vegetation.

Unit III Population and Social Geography; Population distribution, growth, and structure,

distribution of race, caste, religion, language, tribes and their correlates.

Unit IV Economic Geography: Distribution and utilization of iron ore, coal, petroleum;

Agricultural production and distribution of rice and wheat, problems and prospects

of cotton textile industry; Trends and Development of Iron and Steel Industry.




Indian Perspective.





Gorakhpur.

8. Spate O. H. K. and Learmonth A. T. A., 1967: India and Pakistan: A General and Regional Geography, Methuen.

Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :2


End Term :60

Total :100



* Wheel diagram


method.


BOOKS RECOMMENTED:-






Delhi, 1986.




Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100



Time.

Unit II Lithosphere-Structure of Earth, Types of rocks-Igneous rock, Metamorphic rock

and sedimentary rock and their importance.




Unit V Biosphere- Biosphere as an Ecosystem, Biogeochemical Cycle, Bio-diversity and

its importance, Forest conservation and Management, National Forest Policy.

Recommended Books:


New Delhi.




Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB551: Regional Planning and Development

Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100




4. Models for Regional Planning: Growth Pole Model of Perroux; Growth Foci Model in

Indian Context; Village Cluster



RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Bhat, L.S., 1973, Regional Planning in India, Statistical Publishing Society, Calcutta.

2 Chandana, R.C., 2000, Regional Planning, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.

3 Chand, M., Puri, & V.K., 1983, Regional Planning in India, Allied Publishers, ND.

4 Friedman, J., & Alonso, W., 1967, Reg. Dev. and Planning – A Reader, MIT Press, Cam, Hars.

5 Glasson, 1980, Regional Planning, Hutchinson, London

6 Glikson, A., 1955, Regional Planning and Development, Netherlands, Universities Foundation of International Co - operation, London.

7 Mishra, R.P., 1969, Regional Planning, Concepts, Techniques and Policies, University of

Mysore, Mysore.

8 Mishra, R.P., et. al., 1974, Regional Development and Planning in India, Institute of Development Studies, Mysore.

9 Mitra, A., 1965, Levels of Regional Development, Census of India, Vol. 1, Part I (A) and (B).

10 Ray Chaudhary, J., 2001, An Introduction to Development and Regional Planning, Orient Longman,

Hyderabad.

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB552: Population Geography

Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Defining the Field – Nature and Scope; Sources of Data with special reference to India

(Census, Vital Statistics and NSS).




and Implications.

4. Population Composition and Characteristics – Age-Sex Composition; Rural and Urban

Composition; Literacy.


BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



New York.



New York, 1972.







Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB553: Resource Geography

Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Natural Resource: Concept, Classification and Role of Technology in Resource

Development.

2. Natural Resource: Forest Resources- Classification, Deforestation, Economic and

Ecological Significance of Forests: Soil Resources- Classification and Distribution of

World Soils, Soil Erosion and its Causes: Water Resources-Utilization of Fresh Water

and Marine Water Resources.


Resource Development.

4. Conservation of Natural Resources: (Soil Conservation, Water Conservation, Forest

Conservation and Energy Conservation).

5. Sustainable Resource Development

Reading List 1. Cutter S. N., Renwich H. L. and Renwick W., 1991: Exploitation, Conservation ,Preservation: A

Geographical Perspective on Natural Resources Use, John Wiley and Sons, New York.

2. Gadgil M. and Guha R., 2005: The Use and Abuse of Nature: Incorporating This Fissured Land: An Ecological History of India and Ecology and Equity, Oxford University Press. USA.

3. Holechek J. L. C., Richard A., Fisher J. T. and Valdez R., 2003: Natural Resources: Ecology,

Economics and Policy, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

4. Jones G. and Hollier G., 1997: Resources, Society and Environmental Management, Paul Chapman, London.

5. Klee G., 1991: Conservation of Natural Resources, Prentice Hall, Englewood.

6. Mather A. S. and Chapman K., 1995: Environmental Resources, John Wiley and Sons, New York.


8. Owen S. and Owen P. L., 1991: Environment, Resources and Conservation, Cambridge University

Press, New York.


Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB554: Urban Geography

Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100




4. Urban Issues: problems of housing, slums and transport.

5. Case studies of Delhi, Mumbai and Kolkata with reference to Urban Issues.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-





Chicago.






Approaches.



Syllabus 2018-2019

B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) V Semester (CBCS) GGB555: Agricultural Geography

Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

Unit I Definition, Nature and Scope of Agricultural Geography, Origin and Development of

Agricultural Geography.

Unit II Determinants of Agriculture: Soil, Mechanization, High Yielding Variety of Seeds,

NPK fertilizers, Irrigation and Pests control, size of land holding and Kisan Credit

Card.

Unit III Agricultural Regions: Agro-climatic Regions and Agricultural Productivity Regions.

Unit IV Agricultural Systems of the World: Whittlesey’s classification and Von Thuenen model

and its relevance.

Unit V Agricultural Revolutions in India: Green Revolution with special reference to wheat,

paddy and maize. History and Development of dairy farming and fisheries.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:









Edition).




Delhi- 1998

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB-558: Climate Change: Vulnerability and Adaptation

Credit :2

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Science of Climate Change: Understanding Climate Change; Green House Gases and

Global Warming; Global Climatic Assessment- IPCC.

2. Climate Change and Vulnerability: Physical Vulnerability; Economic Vulnerability;

Social Vulnerability.

3. Impact of Climate Change: Agriculture and Water; Flora and Fauna; Human Health.

4. Adaptation and Mitigation: Global Initiatives Problem and prospects.

5. National Action Plan on Climate Change; Local Institutions to mitigate and

Adaptations towards resilience path.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. IPCC. (2007) Climate Change 2007: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Contribution of Working

Group II to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. 2. IPCC (2014) Climate Change 2014: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Part A: Global and

Sectoral Aspects. Contribution of Working Group II to the Fifth Assessment Report of the

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA.

3. IPCC (2014) Climate Change 2014: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Part B: Regional Aspects.

Contribution of Working Group II to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on

Climate Change Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA. 4. Palutikof, J. P., van der Linden, P. J. and Hanson, C. E. (eds.), Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,

UK.

5. OECD. (2008) Climate Change Mitigation: What Do we Do? Organisation and Economic Cooperation and Development.

6. UNEP. (2007) Global Environment Outlook: GEO4: Environment for Development, United Nations

Environment Programme.

7. Singh, M., Singh, R.B. and Hassan, M.I. (Eds.) (2014) Climate change and biodiversity: Proceedings of IGU Rohtak Conference, Volume 1. Advances in Geographical and Environmental Studies, Springer

8. Sen Roy, S. and Singh, R.B. (2002) Climate Variability, Extreme Events and Agricultural Productivity

in Mountain Regions, Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi. **********

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB-557: Ecology and Environment

Credit :2

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Principles of Ecology and Environment:

- Meaning and concept of Ecology and Environment.

- Biosphere, Ecosystems, habitat and man environmental relationship.

- Human Ecology and Adaptations.

2. Biomes of the World (Equatorial and Tundra), Biodiversity and its significance

with reference to India, Hot Spot in India. Case Study of Western Ghat,

conservation measures.

3. Environmental Degradation; Pollution (water and air), causes and consequences of

Environmental Imbalances, Environment and development.

4. Environmental Legislation and Policies, concept of sustainable Development.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Charles, J. krebs; Ecology, 2016.

2. Eugene P., Odum : Ecology: A Bridge between Science and Society, 2018.

3. S.V.S. Rana: Essentials of Ecology and Environmental Science, Prentice Hall of India,

New Delhi, 2003.

4. Sexena, S.M. : Environmental Geography, Rawat Pub., 2004.

5. 5. Savinder Singh, Environmental Geography, Prawartika Pub. 2006.


7. Odum, Eugene P., Fundamentals of Ecology, Philadelphia, 2004.

********

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB-556:Disaster Management

Credit :2

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100


Classification.

2. Disasters in India: (a) Flood: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping; Landslide:

Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping; Drought: Causes, Impact, Distribution and

Mapping.

3. Disasters in India: (b) Earthquake and Tsunami: Causes, Impact, Distribution and

Mapping; Cyclone: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping.

4. Manmade disasters: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping.

5. Response and Mitigation to Disasters: Mitigation and Preparedness, NDMA and

NIDM; Indigenous Knowledge and Community-Based Disaster Management; Do’s

and Don’ts During and Post Disasters.




3. Modh, S. (2010) Managing Natural Disaster: Hydrological, Marine and Geological

Disasters, Macmillan, Delhi.


Chapter 1, 2 and 3.


Rawat Publications, New Delhi. 6. Sinha, A. (2001). Disaster Management: Lessons Drawn and Strategies for Future, New United Press,

New Delhi.

7. Stoltman, J.P. et al. (2004) International Perspectives on Natural Disasters, Kluwer

Academic Publications. Dordrecht. 8. Singh Jagbir (2007) “Disaster Management Future Challenges and Oppurtunities”, 2007. Publisher- I.K. International Pvt. Ltd.

S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi, India (www.ikbooks.com).

******

Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100



Time.

Unit II Lithosphere-Structure of Earth, Types of rocks-Igneous rock, Metamorphic rock

and sedimentary rock and their importance.




Unit V Biosphere- Biosphere as an Ecosystem, Biogeochemical Cycle, Bio-diversity and

its importance, Forest conservation and Management, National Forest Policy.

Recommended Books:


New Delhi.




Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB5P1: Aerial Photo interpretation and Remote Sensing (Practical)

Credit :04


End Term :60

Total :100










studies.




BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-









Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB5P2:Advanced Spatial Statistical Techniques (Practical)

Credit :04


End Term :60

Total :100

Unit 1 Statistics and Statistical Data: Spatial and non-spatial; indices of inequality

(Range, Lorenz curve, Coefficient of variation).

Unit II Chi-square test, Normal distribution and characteristics of normal curve.

Unit III Correlation Analysis: Definition ad concept of correlation: Rank order

correlation and product moment correlation.

Unit IV Regression Analysis: Definition and concept of regression: linear regression,

residual from regression.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-








Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB5P3: Astronomy and Map Projection (Practical)

Credit :04


End Term :60

Total :100

Astronomy

General explanation of the objects of field of astronomy. History and development of

Astronomy, latitudes, longitudes, altitudes, declination, azimuth, celestial horizon, great

circles and small circles, zenith, nadir, hour angle, right ascensions.


Map Projection

General principles, classification, Construction, properties, limitations and uses of

the following projections:



Bonne's.


BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-







Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB651: EVOLUTION OF GEOGRAPHICAL THOUGHT Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

Unit I General characteristics of geography in ancient period. Contribution of

Herodotus, Strabo, Eratosthenes and Ptolemy in the development of

geographical thought.

Unit II General characteristics of geographical thought during Arab period. Dark- age.


Khaldun.

Unit III Founders of modem geographical thought. Contribution of Humboldt and

Ritter; Contribution of French and British schools of geography with special

reference to Vidal-De-Ia- Blache and Mackinder.

Unit IV Concepts in geography: Environmental determinism, possiblism, and stop and go


critical study of Quantitative revolution, Radical Geography and behavioral

geography. BOOKS RECOMMENDED:




Aligarh.

4. Dickinson, R.E. The Makers / Modem Geography, London.

5. Dixit, R.D. Geographical Thought' A Contextual History / Ideas, Delhi.




**********

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB652: GEOGRAPHY OF HEALTH AND WELLBEING Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Perspectives on Health: Definition; linkages with environment, development and health;

driving forces in health and environmental trends - population dynamics, urbanization,

poverty and inequality.

2. Pressure on Environmental Quality and Health: Human activities and environmental pressure

land use and agricultural development; industralisation; transport and energy.

3. Exposure and Health Risks: Air pollution; household wastes; water; housing; workplace.

4. Health and Disease Pattern in Environmental Context with special reference to India, Types of

Diseases and their regional pattern (Communicable and Lifestyle related diseases).

5. Climate Change and Human Health: Changes in climate system – heat and cold; Biological

disease agents; food production and nutrition.

Reading List:

1. Akhtar Rais (Ed.), 1990 : Environment and Health Themes in Medical Geography, Ashish Publishing

House, New Delhi.




5. Cliff, A.D. and Peter,H., 1988 : Atlas of Disease Distributions, Blackwell Publishers, Oxford.

6. Gatrell, A.,and Loytonen, 1998 : GIS and Health, Taylor and Francis Ltd, London. 7. Hardham T. and Tannav M.,(eds): Urban Health in Developing Countries; Progress, Projects,

Earthgoan, London.

8. Murray C. and A. Lopez, 1996 : The Global Burden of Disease, Harvard University Press.

9. Moeller Dade wed., 1993: Environmental Health, Cambridge, Harward Univ. Press. 10. Phillips, D.and Verhasselt, Y., 1994: Health and Development, Routledge, London.

11. Tromp, S., 1980: Biometeorology: The Impact of Weather and Climate on Humans and their

Environment, Heydon and Son.

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB653: POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Introduction: Concepts, Nature and Scope.

2. State, Nation and Nation State – Concept of Nation and State, Attributes of State –

Frontiers, Boundaries, Shape, Size, Territory and Sovereignty, Concept of Nation

State; Geopolitics; Theories (Heartland and Rimland).

3. Electoral Geography – Geography of Voting, Geographic Influences on Voting pattern,

Geography of Representation, Gerrymandering.

4. Political Geography of Resource Conflicts – Water Sharing Disputes, Disputes and

Conflicts Related to Forest Rights and Minerals.

5. Politics of Displacement: Issues of relief, compensation and rehabilitation: with

reference to Dams and Special Economic Zones.

Reading List

1. Agnew J., 2002: Making Political Geography, Arnold.

2. Agnew J., Mitchell K. and Toal G., 2003: A Companion to Political Geography, Blackwell. 3. Cox K. R., Low M. and Robinson J., 2008: The Sage Handbook of Political Geography, Sage

Publications.

4. Cox K., 2002: Political Geography: Territory, State and Society, Wiley-Blackwell 5. Gallaher C., et al, 2009: Key Concepts in Political Geography, Sage Publications.


7. Jones M., 2004: An Introduction to Political Geography: Space, Place and Politics, Routledg . 8. Mathur H M and M M Cernea (eds.) Development, Displacement and Resettlement – Focus on Asian

Experience, Vikas, Delhi



12. Hodder Dick, Sarah J Llyod and Keith S McLachlan (1998), Land Locked States of Africa and Asia

(vo.2), Frank Cass

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB654: HYDROLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY

Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Hydrological Cycle: Systems approach in hydrology, human impact on the hydrological cycle;

Precipitation, interception, evaporation, evapo-transpiration, infiltration, ground-water, run

off and over land flow; Hydrological input and output.

2. River Basin and Problems of Regional Hydrology: Characteristics of river basins, basin

surface run-off, measurement of river discharge; floods and droughts.



5. Coral Reefs and Marine Deposits and Ocean Resources: Types and Theories of Origin; Biotic,

Mineral.

Reading List 1. Andrew. D. ward and Stanley, Trimble (2004): Environmental Hydrology, 2nd edition, Lewis

Publishers, CRC Press.

2. Karanth, K.R., 1988 : Ground Water: Exploration, Assessment and Development, Tata- McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

3. Ramaswamy, C. (1985): Review of floods in India during the past 75 years: A Perspective. Indian

National Science Academy, New Delhi. 4. Rao, K.L., 1982 : India's Water Wealth 2nd edition, Orient Longman, Delhi,.


6. Anikouchine W. A. and Sternberg R. W., 1973: The World Oceans: An Introduction to Oceanography,

Prentice-Hall.



9. Pinet P. R., 2008: Invitation to Oceanography (Fifth Edition), Jones and Barlett Publishers, USA, UK and

Canada.

10. Sharma R. C. and Vatal M., 1980: Oceanography for Geographers, Chaitanya Publishing House,

Allahabad.


12. Singh, M., Singh, R.B. and Hassan, M.I. (Eds.) (2014) Landscape ecology and water management.

Proceedings of IGU Rohtak Conference, Volume 2. Advances in Geographical and Environmental Studies, Springer.

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB655: SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY

Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Social Geography: Concept, Origin, Nature and Scope.

2. Peopling Process of India: Technology and Occupational Change; Migration.

3. Social Categories: Caste, Class, Religion, Race and Gender and their Spatial

distribution

4. Geographies of Welfare and Well being: Concept and Components – Healthcare,

Housing and Education.

5. Social Geographies of Inclusion and Exclusion, Slums, Gated Communities,

Communal Conflicts and Crime.

Reading List

1. Ahmed A., 1999: Social Geography, Rawat Publications.



Arnold.

4. Holt L., 2011: Geographies of Children, Youth and Families: An International Perspective, Taylor &

Francis.






Publications.



Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB656: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Sustainable Development: Definition, Components, Limitations and Historical Background.

2. The Millennium Development Goals: National Strategies and International Experiences.

3. Sustainable Regional Development: Need and examples from different Ecosystems.

4. Inclusive Development: Education, Health; Climate Change: The role of higher education in

sustainable development; The human right to health; Poverty and disease; The Challenges of

Universal Health Coverage; Policies and Global Cooperation for Climate Change.

5. Sustainable Development Policies and Programmes: The proposal for SDGs at Rio+20;

Illustrative SDGs; Goal-Based Development; Financing for Sustainable Development;

Principles of Good Governance; National Environmental Policy, CDM.

Reading List 1. Agyeman, Julian, Robert D. Bullard and Bob Evans (Eds.) (2003) Just Sustainabilities: Development in an

Unequal World. London: Earthscan. (Introduction and conclusion.).

2. Ayers, Jessica and David Dodman (2010) “Climate change adaptation and development I: the state of the

debate”. Progress in Development Studies 10 (2): 161-168.

3. Baker, Susan (2006) Sustainable Development. Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon; New York, N.Y.: Routledge.

(Chapter 2, “The concept of sustainable development”)..

4. Brosius, Peter (1997) “Endangered forest, endangered people: Environmentalist representations of

indigenous knowledge”, Human Ecology 25: 47-69.

5. Lohman, Larry (2003) “Re-imagining the population debate”. Corner House Briefing 28.

6. Martínez-Alier, Joan et al (2010) “Sustainable de-growth: Mapping the context, criticisms and future

prospects of an emergent paradigm” Ecological Economics 69: 1741-1747.

7. Merchant, Carolyn (Ed.) (1994) Ecology. Atlantic Highlands, N.J: Humanities Press. (Introduction, pp 1-

25.).

8. Osorio, Leonardo et al (2005) “Debates on sustainable development: towards a holistic view of

reality”.Environment, Development and Sustainability 7: 501-518.

9. Robbins, Paul (2004) Political Ecology: A Critical Introduction. Blackwell Publishing.

10. Singh, R.B. (Eds.) (2001) Urban Sustainability in the Context of Global Change, Science Pub.,

Inc.,Enfield (NH), USA and Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi.

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB657: RURAL DEVELOPMENT

Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Defining Development: Inter-Dependence of Urban and Rural Sectors of the Economy; Need

for Rural Development, Gandhian Approach of Rural Development.

2. Rural Economic Base: Panchayatiraj System, Agriculture and Allied Sectors, Seasonality and

Need for Expanding Non-Farm Activities, Co-operatives, PURA.

3. Area Based Approach to Rural Development: Drought Prone Area Programmes, PMGSY.

4. Target Group Approach to Rural Development: SJSY, MNREGA, Jan Dhan Yojana and Rural

Connectivity.

5. Provision of Services – Physical and Socio-Economic Access to Elementary Education and

Primary Health Care and Micro credit

Reading List

1. Gilg A. W., 1985: An Introduction to Rural Geography, Edwin Arnold, London.

2. Krishnamurthy, J. 2000: Rural Development - Problems and Prospects, Rawat Publs., Jaipur

3. Lee D. A. and Chaudhri D. P. (eds.), 1983: Rural Development and State, Methuen, London.

4. Misra R. P. and Sundaram, K. V. (eds.), 1979: Rural Area Development: Perspectives and Approaches,

Sterling, New Delhi.

5. Misra, R. P. (ed.), 1985: Rural Development: Capitalist and Socialist Paths, Vol. 1, Concept, New Delhi.

6. Palione M., 1984: Rural Geography, Harper and Row, London.

7. Ramachandran H. and Guimaraes J.P.C., 1991: Integrated Rural Development in Asia – Leaning from Recent Experience, Concept Publishing, New Delhi.

8. Robb P. (ed.), 1983: Rural South Asia: Linkages, Change and Development, Curzon Press.

9. UNAPDI 1986:Local Level Planning and Rural Development: Alternative Strategies. (United Nations Asian & Pacific Development Institute, Bangkok), Concept Publs. Co., New Delhi.

10. Wanmali S., 1992: Rural Infrastructure Settlement Systems and Development of the Regional

Economy in South India, International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington, D.C.

11. Yugandhar, B. N. and Mukherjee, Neela (eds.) 1991: Studies in Village India: Issues in Rural Development, Concept Publs. Co., New Delhi.

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB658: ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY

Credit :4

Sessional :30

End Term :70

Total :100

1. Introduction: Concept and classification of economic activity.

2. Factors Affecting location of Economic Activity with special reference to Agriculture (Von

Thunen theory), Industry (Weber’s theory).

3. Primary Activities: Subsistence and Commercial agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining.

4. Secondary Activities: Manufacturing (Cotton Textile, Iron and Steel), Concept of

Manufacturing Regions, Special Economic Zones and Technology Parks.

5. Tertiary Activities: Transport, Trade and Services.

Reading List

1. Alexander J. W., 1963: Economic Geography, Prentice-Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.

2. Coe N. M., Kelly P. F. and Yeung H. W., 2007: Economic Geography: A Contemporary Introduction,

Wiley-Blackwell.

3. Hodder B. W. and Lee Roger, 1974: Economic Geography, Taylor and Francis.

4. Combes P., Mayer T. and Thisse J. F., 2008: Economic Geography: The Integration of Regions and

Nations, Princeton University Press.

5. Wheeler J. O., 1998: Economic Geography, Wiley..

6. Durand L., 1961: Economic Geography, Crowell.

7. Bagchi-Sen S. and Smith H. L., 2006: Economic Geography: Past, Present and Future, Taylor and

Francis.

8. Willington D. E., 2008: Economic Geography, Husband Press.

9. Clark, Gordon L.; Feldman, M.P. and Gertler, M.S., eds. 2000: The Oxford

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB6P1: Disaster Management based Project Work (Practical)

Credit :04


End Term :60

Total :100

The Project Report based on any two field based case studies among following disasters

and one disaster preparedness plan of respective college or locality:

1. Flood

2. Drought


4. Earthquake

5. Landslides






Macmillan, Delhi.


and 3.



6. Sinha, A. (2001). Disaster Management: Lessons Drawn and Strategies for Future, New United Press, New

Delhi.





(www.ikbooks.com).

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB6P2: SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY AND REPORT WRITING

(Practical)

Credit :04


End Term :60

Total :100










perceptions.




perceptions.




RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Archeer, J.E. and Dalton, T.H. Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968. 2 Glodard, R.H., Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Dubuque, 1982.



1977. 5 Wheeleso, K.S. and Harding, M., Geographical Fieldwork, London, 1965.

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGB6S1: SEMINAR PRESENTATION

Credit :04


End Term :60

Total :100

Topics

2. Regional imbalances in India: Its causes and Consequences. . J

10. Problems of Urbanization in India.

11. Poverty and Inequality in India.

12. Population Explosion - Causes and Consequences.

13. Rural Development: Its Programmes and Policies.

14. Disaster Management with reference to Earthquake/Drought/Flood.

15. Air Pollution and Human Health.

16. Water Pollution and Human Health.

17. Climate Change and its Impact.

10. Impact of Green Revolution on Indian Agriculture.

Note:

1. The topic will be assigned by the teacher for report Writing & presentation. The

report should not exceed 25 pages (A4 size, Times New Roman size 12 font, 1

inch all sides margin).


i. Introduction & Significance

ii. Conceptual Framework

iii. Analysis/Discussion

iv. Conclusion & Suggestions.

Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100

















Oil exploitation



Drainage density

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 Alam Clowes & Comfort., Processes and Landforms.

2 Bloom, A.L., Geomorphology-A systematic Analysis of late Cennozoic landforms.

3 Cotton, Geomorphology.

4 Dowie., Isostasy.

5 Jolly., Surface History of the Earth.

6 Ollier, C.D., Weathering.

7 Sparks, B.W., Geomorphology.

8 Steers, J.A., Unstable Earth.

9 Strahler, A.H. & Strahler, A.H., Elements of Physical Geography.

10 Thornbury, W.D., Principles of Geomorphology.

11 Von Engeln., Geomorphology.

12 Wooldridge, S.W., & Morgan, R.S., An Outline of Geomorphology.

Syllabus 2018-2019


GGM1002 :CLIMATOLOGY

Credit :04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100




effect.










BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 Barry & Perry., Synophic Climatology.

2 Blair, T.A., Climatology-General and Regional.

3 Chorley, R.J. & Barry, R.G., Atmospheric Weather and climate.

4 Donn, W.L., Meteorology.

5 Jackson, I.J., Climate, Water and Agriculture in the Tropics, 1977.

6 Kendrew, W.G., Climates of the Continents.

7 Lal, D.S., Climatology.

8 Mather, J.R., Climatology: Fundamental and Applications, 1974.

9 Patterson., Introduction to Meteorology.

10 Rama sastery, A.A., Weather & Weather fore casting.

11 Rummey, G., Climatology and the world's climate.

12 Stringer., Foundation of Climatology.

13 Stringer., Techniques in Climatology.

14 Trewartha, G.T., An Introduction to Climate.

Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :02

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100



Indian Ocean.







origin.

BOOKS RECOMMENTED:

1 Davis, R.J.A. 1986, Oceanography – An Introduction of the Marine Environment, Win C.

Brown, Iowa.


3 Murray, S.J., 1913, Ocean, A General account of the Science of the sea, Thorton Butter

Worth, London.

4 Siddhartha, K. 1999, Oceanography, A Brief Introduction, Kisalaya Pub. Pvt. Ltd., New

Delhi..

5 Singh, S. 2002, Physical Geography, Prayag Pub., Allahabad.

6 Stahler, A. N. Stahler A.M., 1997, Geography and man’s Environment, John Wiley and

Sons, New York.

7 Thurnman, H.V., 1978, Introduction to oceanography, Charles E. Merrill Pub. Co.,

London.

8 Weyl, P.K. 1970, Oceanography an Introduction of the Marine Environment, John Wiley


Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100



Geological Structure, Relief and the Evidences Regarding its Present Day

Evolution; Peninsula: Structure and Relief; Indo-Gangetic Plain: Evolution,

Structure and Relief; Coasts: Western Coast and Eastern Coast.



Peninsular Drainage. The Godavari River System; differences between the


Unit III: Climate: Origin and Mechanisms of Indian Monsoon - A Critical Review of


Indian Monsoon. Koppen’s and Thornthwaite classification of Climate

Unit IV: Soils and Forests: Problems of Soil - Soil Erosion and Conservation; Saline

and Alkaline Soils -their measures of reclamation; Problems of Indian

Forestry; Forest Development Programs.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:








Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :02

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100










Geography.





BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 Ali, S.M., Arab Geography, AMU., Press, Aligarh.

2 Anuchin, V., Directions in Geography.

3 Bunge, W., Theoretical Geography.

4 Claval, P., Epistomology and History of Geographical Thought, in progress in Human

Geography, Vol.4.

5 Dickinson, R.E., The Makers of Modern Geog., London, 1969.

6 Dickinson, R.E., The Making of Modern Geography.

7 Davis, V.K., Conceptual Revolution in Geography.

8 Freeman, T.A., A Hundred Years of Geography: Introduction to Behavioral Geography.

9 Amedes, Douglas, An Introduction to Scientific Reasoning in Geog., John Wiley, 1971.

10 Hartshorne, R., Perspectives on Nature of Geography, Rand MacNally, 1959.

11 Johnston, R.J., The Future of Geography, Methuen, London, 1988.

Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :02

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100

UNIT I: Remote Sensing: Meaning, Definition, significance and utility of remote sensing

in Geography. History and Development of Remote Sensing. Advantages and

Limitations of Remote Sensing. Stages of remote sensing. Ideal and Real remote

sensing.

UNIT II: Principles of Remote Sensing. EMR: its properties, Electromagnetic spectrum and

characteristics of different wavelength regions. EMR: interaction mechanisms.

Atmospheric interaction and their types; Surface interaction and their types;

Spectral signature. Spatial, Spectral, Radiometric and Temporal Resolutions.






Satellites. Digital Image Processing: Pre-Processing-Radiometric, Geometric and

atmospheric Corrections; Enhancements; Image Classification-Supervised and

Unsupervised.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


2. Lillesand, T.M. & Klefer, R.W. 1987, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley &

Sons, New York. 3. Curran, Paul J; 1985, Principles of Remote Sensing, Longman, London.

4. Estes, J.E. and LW Senger, 1974, Remote sensing Techniques for environmental Analysis,

Hamilton, Santa Barbara, California. 5. Lillesand, Thomas M. and RW Klefer,1987, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John

Wiley & Sons, New York.

6. Slater, PN, 1980, Remote Sensing: Optics and Optical System, Addison-Wesley, Reading.

7. Jamles, B. Camp bell, Introduction to Remote Sensing-2nd Edi. Taylor & Francis, London. 8. Fazal, S. (2009), Remote Sensing Basics, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.

9. Reddy, A. (2001), Textbook of Remote Sensing And Geographical Information Systems, BS


Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :02

Continues Evaluation :40

End Term Exam :60

Total :100














BOOKS RECOMMENDED:













1974.




Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :02


End Term Exam :60

Total :100









Dispersion Diagram.



BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


Jersey, 1984.


New York., 1982.


(New edition).



Calcutta.


Syllabus 2018-2019

M. A./M. Sc. (Previous) I Semester GGM1073 :TRV - FIELD TRAINING & TOUR

Credit :02


End Term Exam :60

Total :100











prepared.


B. Tour







BOOKS RECOMMENDED:





1982.



1977.




Jersey, 1968.

***********

Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit : 02 Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100



and possiblism.







functions.



BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 Perpillou, A.V., 1977, Human Geography, London.

2 Ambrose, P., 1969, Analytical Human Geography, London. 3 Spencer, J.E. & Thomas, W.L., 1978, Introduction to Cultural Geography,

a. New York.

4 De Blijj, H.J., 1977, Human Geography, New York.

5 Rubenstein. J.M. & Bacon R.S., 1983, The Introduction to Human Geography, a. New York.

6 Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, New D. 2010.

7 Smith, D.M., 1977, Human Geography: A Welfare Approach, London. 8 Taylor. G., Geography in Twentieth Century.

9 Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, N. D. 2010.

10 Dicken, S.N., Introduction to Human Geography. 11 Jones, E., Human Geography.

12 Garnier, J.B., Geography of Population.

13 Trewartha, G., Geography of Population.

14 Enayat, A., Social and Geographical Aspects of Human Settlements. 15 Briggs, K., 1983, Human Geography: Concepts and applications, London.

16 Husain, M., 2000, Human Geography, New Delhi.

17 Leong, G.C. & Morgan, Human and Economic Geography.

Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit : 02

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100

UNIT I. Meaning and scope of Biogeography, Biogeography and related sciences,

Approaches to the study of Biogeography, relevance and significance of

Biogeography, environmental factors affecting distribution of flora and faunas.

UNIT II. Soils as an ecological factor, Soil forming factors, Soil components, Soil

properties, Soil profile and horizon, Soil erosion and conservation, concept and

types of ecosystem,

UNIT III. Biomes with special reference to Tropical rain forests, Tropical Monsoon

deciduous forest, Tropical and Temperate grass lands biomes, zoogeographical

regions.

UNIT IV. Evolution, dispersal and distribution of plants, forest conservation in India, wild

life conservation in India, Biodiversity, concept types and importance.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:












Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit : 02

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100

Unit I Meaning and scope of Economic Geography. Approach to the study of economic

geography, recent trends, changing relationship between Economics and Economic

Geography, Economic Development, Indicators of Socio-Economic Development,

Rostow’s model of stages of growth and development.

Unit II Economic Activities; Characteristics an importance of Primary, Secondary and

Tertiary economic activities. Classification of Agricultural system -Whittlessey’s

Classification and Von-Thunen model of Agricultural Location.

Unit III Manufacturing Activities: Significance and types, Factors of Industrial Location, Iron

and Steel Industry, Cotton Textile Industry. Theories of Industrial Location; Weber’s

and Smith models.

Unit IV Energy Resources: Convectional Energy resources-Coal, Petroleum, Non-

conventional energy resources-Solar Energy, World Energy Crises. International

Trade: Problems and Prospects, World trade Organization (WTO), Central Place

Theories of Christallar and Losch.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


2. Boesch, H., A Geography of world Economy. 3. Brian, J.L., Berry et al., The Geography of Economic Systems.

4. Barlow, M.H. & R.G. Newton., Patterns and Processes in Man's Economic Environment.

5. Chisholm, M., Geography and Economics.

6. Jones, C.F., Economic Geography. 7. Grigg, D.B., Agricultural Systems of the World: An Evolutionary.


10. Thoman, R.S. & E.C. Conkling., The Geography of Economic Activity.

11. Thoman, R., " Econ.Geog." in International Encyclopaedia of S.Science.

12. Miller, E. & E. Willard., A Geography of Manufacturing. 13. Mc. Carty, H. & J.B.Lindberg., A preface to Economic Geography.

14. Von Royen, W., Fundamentals of Economic Geography.

15. William Von Royen, et. al., Fundamentals of Economic Geography. 16. Zimmerman, E.W., World Resources and Industries.

17. Hartshon, T.A., Economic Geography.

18. Majid Husain, Economic Geography

Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit : 04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100




mitigation.



India.



from India.




management.

Reading List





Macmillan, Delhi.


5. Singh, R. B. (ed.), (2006) Natural Hazards and Disaster Management: Vulnerability and Mitigation, Rawat Publications, New Delhi.


New Delhi.



8. Singh Jagbir (2007) “Disaster Management Future Challenges and Oppurtunities”, 2007. Publisher- I.K.

International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi, India.

Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit : 04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100








- Iron and steel

- Cotton Textiles













Suggested Readings 1 Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1988.



4 Isard, W, Methods of Regional Analysis, The Technology Press of MIT & John Wiley & Sons, New

York 1956.

5 Miller E., A Geography of Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1962.

6 S. Siddartha, Economic Geography, Theories, process and pattern, Kisolaya Pub. Pvt. Ltd. Pantan,

2000.

7 Weber, Alferd, Theory of Location of Industries, Chcago University Press, Chicago, 1957.

Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit : 04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100


















2. Banerjee, b and Hazra J., Geo-Ecology of Cholera in West Bengal, Unv of Culcutta, 1980.

3. Chatterjee Mera, Implementing Health Policy, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi, 1988. 4. Cliff, A. & Stewart, L., (eds.), Atlas of Diseases distribution , Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 1989.


6. Learmonth, A.T.A., Patterns of Diseases and Hunger – A Study in Medical Geography, David &

Charles, Victoria, 1978. 7. May, J.M., Ecology and Human Diseases, M.D. Pub. New York, 1959.

8. May, J.M., Studies in Disease Ecology, Hafner Pub. New York, 1961.

9. Mc. Glashan. N.D., Medical Geography, Methuen , London, 1972. 10. Misra, R.P., Medical Geography of India, National Book. Inst, India, New Delhi.

11. Rais, A and Learmonth, A.T.A., Geomorphic aspect of health and diseases in India.

12. Stamp, L.D., The Geography of Life and Death, Cornell Univ. Ithaca, 1964.

****

Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit : 04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100





Unit-II Markets






Unit-III Trade


Historical Development of Trade, Factors of Development of Trades.

International Trade, World Trade Organization, World Trading Zone: SAFTA (South Asian Free








Suggested Readings

1. Acharya, S.S & Agarwal, N.L (1987) Agricultural Marketing in India, Oxford & IHB Publishing Co, New Delhi.

2. Berry, B.J.L. (1967) Geography of Market centers and Retail Distribution. Prentice Hall,


3. Davis, R.L. (1976) Marketing Geography, .Methuen, London, 4. Dixit, R.S. (1984) Marketing Centers and their spatial development in the Umland of Kanpur,

Allahabad

5. Garnier, B, J and Delobez. A (1977) Geography of Marketing, Longman, London. 6. Khan.N (1991) Agriculture development and Marketing, H.K. Publisher, New Delhi

7. Losch, A (1 954) Economics of Location. Yale University press, New Heaven.


9. Saxena, H.M (1984) Geography of Marketing. Concepts and Methods, New Delhi. 10. Saxena, P. Marketing and Sustainable Development. Rawat Publication, New Delhi.

11. Singh, G.N. (1987) Agricultural Marketing in India. Hugh Publication, Allahbad.


Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit : 04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100














ECOMMENDED BOOKS 1 Bhatia, A.K., Tourism Development: Principles and Practices, Sterling Publishers, N D.,

1996.

2 Bhataia, A.K., International Tourism – Fundamentals and Practices Sterling Publishers, New Delhi, 1991.

3 Biju, M.R., Sustainable Dimensions of Tourism Management, Mittal Publications, N.D,

2006.

4 Chandra, R.H., Hill Tourism, Planning and Development, Kanishka Publications, N, D.1998. 5 Hunter C. and Green, H., Tourism and the Environment A Sustainable Relationship, Rout

Ledge, London, 1995.

6 Hanifa Bano, Geography of Dal Lake, unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Department of Geography, A.M.U., 1984.


8 Kaur, J., Himalayan Pilgrims and New Tourism, Himalayan books, New Delhi, 1985. 9 Kaur, R.K., Dynamics of Tourism and Recreation, Inter – India, New Delhi, 1985.

10 Lea, J., Tourism and Development in the third world, Rout Ledge, London, 1988.

11 Nigam, D., Tourism, Environment and Development of Garhwal Himalayas, Mittal

Publications, 2002. 12 Robinson, H., A Geography of Tourism, Macdonald and Evans, London, 1996.

13 Sharma, J.K. (ed.), Tourism Planning and Development – A new Perspective, Kansihka

Publisher, New Delhi, 2000. 14 Sinha, P.C. (ed.)., Tourism Impact Assessment, Anmol Publishers, New Delhi, 1988.

15 Siddiqui, S., Eco - friendly tourism in U.P. Himalayas, B.R. Publishers, New Delhi, 2000.


Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit :02


End Term Exam :60

Total :100

- Image interpretation, basic principle, Images and their interpretability, factors

governing quality of images, factors governing interpretability, elements of image

interpretation.

- Use of multiple image in image interpretation, seasonal differences on images,

comparisons of seasonal images, winter and summer images.

- Thermal infrared images; thermal processes and properties, heat, temperature and

radiant flux, IR region of the electromagnetic spectrum, IR detection and imaging

technology, characteristics of IR images, advantages of thermal imagery.

- Introduction of image processing, farms of mages, different image processing

techniques, computer image processing, digital image processing, image

restoration image enhancement, edge enhancement, ratio images.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 American Society of Photogrammetry: Mannual of Photographic Interpretation , Banta

2 Pub. Co., Wisconsin, 1960.

3 Avery, T.E., Interpretation of Aerial Photographs, Minnipolis, 1962. 4 Barett, E.C. & Curtis, L.F., Introduction of Environ. Remote Sensing, 1976.

5 Dury, G.M., Map Interpretation, Issac Pitsman, London, 1952.

6 Cunan, R.J., Principles of Remote Sensing, London, 1985.

7 Hord, R.M., Remote Sensing: Methods and Applications, N.Y., 1986. 8 Lender, D.R., Aerial Photographic, Mc Graw Hill, N.Y., 1960.

9 Luder, D., Aerial Photography Interpretation: Princ. and Appl., McGraw Hill, NewYork., 1959.

10 Lilles & Kiefer, Remote Sensing & Image Interpretation. 11 Reeves, R.G.(Ed.) Mannual of Remote Sensing (Vol.2), Virginia, 1975.

12 Sabins, F.F., Remote Sensing: Principles & Interpretation, 1982.

13 Smith, H.T.V., Aerial Photographs & their Applications, New York, 1943.

14 Spurs S.H., Photogrammetry & Photo Interpretation, New .Delhi., 1960. 15 Stershew, A.I., Aerial Photography.

16 Tomar, M.A. & Maslakar, A.R., Aerial Photographs in Landuse & Forest Survey, Dehra- Dun,

17 Thomas, E.A., Interpretation of Aerial Photographs, Minnesota. 18 Usill, G.W. (Revised by Hearn, G.S.G) Pract. Surveying, London, 1960.

19 White, L.P., Aerial Photography & Remote Sensing for Soil Survey.

20 Campbell, James, B., Introduction to Remote Sensing- 2nd Edi. Taylor & Francis, London

Syllabus 2018-2019



Credit :02


End Term Exam :60

Total :100




- Simple linear regression and multiple regression analysis; regression lines

and residuals; Methods of constructing regression lines, properties of least

square estimates, co-efficient of determination.



settlement.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:










Syllabus 2018-2019

M.A./M. Sc. (Previous) – II Semester COMPUTER MAPPING



End Term Exam :60

Total :100





Types of cartographic symbols and their uses: Point, line and area.

Statistical diagrams: Types, line graphs and dimensional diagrams.

Maps: Significance, types, distribution maps. Books Recommended: 1. Cromley, R.G., Digital Cartography, Prentice Hall, N. Jersey, 1992.

2. Fraser Taylor, D .R., Geographical Information System, Pergmon Press, U.K., 1991.

3. Haddad, A., Microsoft Power Point 2000, G.C. Jain for Techmedia, New Delhi, 1999.

4. Khan, J. H., Hassan, T. and Shamshad, Scales, Academic Publication, Delhi, 2014.

5. Khullar, D.R., Essentials of Practical Geography, New Academic Publishing Co.

Jalandhar,2005.

6. Maquire, DJ., Good Child, M.F. and Rhind, D.W., Geographical Information Systems:


7. Misra, R.P., & Ramesh, A. Fundamental of Cartography, Concept Publishing Company,

New Delhi, 1989.

8. Monkhouse, FJ. and Wilkinson, H.R, Maps and Diagrams, Mathuen and Co, Ltd.

London, 1952.

9. Pery, G., Microsoft Office 2000, G.C. Jain for Techmedia, New Delhi, 2002.



11. Singh L.R. and Singh, R., Map work and Practical Geography, Central Book Depot.,

Allahabad, 1973.

12. Singh, RL. and Singh, RP.B., Elements of practical geography, Kalyani Publishers,

New Delhi, 1991.

******

Syllabus 2018-2019

M. A. / M. Sc. (Final) III Semester Paper – Regional Development & Planning


Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100


Regional Planning: viz. complex, inter-disciplinary and future-oriented nature.

3. Types of Regional Planning: basic types, viz., short and long term, single and


features.





of regionalization.







economic disparities. 3. Regional Development in Post-Reform India: an

overview.

Recommended Books: 1. Bhat, L.S., 1973, Regional ~lanning in India, Statistical Publishing Society, Calcutta. 2. Chandana, R.C., 2000, Regional Planning, Kalyani Publishers Ludhiana.




6. Glikson, A., 1955, Regional and Development, Netherlands, Universities Foundation of International

Corp, London. 7. Mishra, R.P, 1969, Regional Planning Concepts, Techniques and Policies, University of

Mysore,Mysore.




Syllabus 2018-2019




Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100




functional regions.








regionalization-macro and meso regions; Regional imbalances in India

with reference to agriculture and industry.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1. Misra, R.P., Regional Planning: Concepts, Techniques and Policies.


3. Clonlay, R.J. & Haggat, P., Models in Geography.

4. Md.Noor., Perspectives in Agricultural Geography, New Delhi. 5. Ali Mohammad., Food Production and Food Problem in India, N. Delhi










15. Sant, M., Industrial Movement and Regional Development. 16. Bijli, S.M., Industrialization in the Third World.


Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit :04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100


geography with other sciences, meaning, component and types of environment,

approaches to the study of man-environment relationships.



Bio-Geo-Chemical Cycles-Nitrogen cycle, Carbon cycle and Hydrological cycle.



Air Pollution, adverse affect of air pollution on weather and climate, ozone

depletion, green house effects, effects on human health, water pollution; surface and

ground water, adverse effects on human health.




Environmental impact Assessment.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1 Chandna, R.C., 1998, Environmental Awareness, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.

2 Gaur, S., and Chandrashekhar, T., 2006, Global Environmental Crisis, Book Enclave, Jaipur.

3 Gupta, P.D., 2003, Environmental Issues for the 21st Century, Mittal Publications, New Delhi.

4 Morris, D., Freeland, J., Hinchliff, S., Smith, S. (ed.), 2003, Changing Environments, Pd. John Wiley

and Sons Ltd., The Open University, U.K.

5 Park, C.C., 1980, Ecology and Environmental Management, Butterworths, London.

6 Radha, S., and Sankhyan, A.S., (ed.), 2004, Environmental Challenges of the 21st Century, Deep


7 Rasure, K.A., 2007, Environment and Sustainable Development, Serials Publications, New Delhi.

8 Saxena, H.M., 2006, Environmental Studies, Rawat Publications, Jaipur.

9 Singh, S., 1991, Environmental Geography, Prayag Publication, Allahabad. 10 Strahler, A.N., and Strahler, A.M., 1997, Geography and Man’s Environment, John Wiley and Sons,

New York.

11 Taj, B., Murphy, P. and Rana, P.S., 2007, Environmental Impact Assessment, An Indo – Australian


12 Verma, S. B. and Shiva, K.S.,(ed.), 2005, Environmental Protection and Development, Deep


Syllabus 2018-2019




Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100
















Critical Assessment of Heartland and Rim Land Model and their Relevance to

World’ Geo politics











BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1 Alexander, L.M. World Political Patterns, London,1964

2 De Blij, H.J. Systematic Political Geography, New York, 1967

3 Dikshit, R.D. Political Geography, New Delhi, 2004 4 Dikshit, R.D. Political Geography, a Century of Progress, New Delhi, 1999.

5 Dikshit, S.K. Electoral Geography of India, Varanasi, 1993

6 Dwivedi, R.L. Fundamentals of Political Geography, Alhabad, 2010 7 Jackson, W.A.D. Politics & Geographic Relationships, PrHall '71

8 Kasperson / Minghi, Structure of Political Geography, London '70

9 Pounds, N. Political Geography, London, 1963

10 Taylor,P. Political Geography, London, 1985

Syllabus 2018-2019




Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100

UNIT I : Nature, scope and significance of geography of resources. Definition and

concept of natural resources. Classification of resources.




underground water supplies, problems of water supplies. Marine resources,

major fishing grounds of the world, fish distribution and exploitation. India’s

natural resource: water resource, conservation and management and its

utilization



BOOKS RECOMMENDED:











Syllabus 2018-2019




Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100



development.










BOOKS RECOMMENDED:








8. Singh, K.N.(Ed.) Rural Development in India: Problems, Strategies and Approaches. 9. Wanmali, Sudhir., Service Centres in Rural India.



New Delhi.


Syllabus 2018-2019




Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100






Unit II




Unit III


Theories explaining the internal structure of cities- The concentric ring theory, The multiple

nuclei theory


Unit IV




Settlement planning. BOOKS RECOMMENDED:




Land in 1933.




Allahabad, 1967.

6. Mitra, Ashok, Mukherjee, S and Bose R., Indian Cities, Abhinav Pub., New Delhi. 7. Ramacharandran, R., Urbanization and Urban Systems in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi,

1992.



Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit :02


End Term Exam :60

Total :100



fieldwork will be upto two weeks. The fieldwork will cover the following region/

regions of India assigned by the department during the academic year. The class room

teaching would include preliminaries of socio-economic and environmental surveys to

equip the students for the field work and tour report.

1 The Deccan Region

2 The Konkan / Malabar Coast

3 The Sunder Ban Delta

4 The Mahanadi Delta

5 The Krishna Delta

6 The Cauvery Delta

7 The North Eastern States

8 The North / North Western States

9 The Central India.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1 Singh, R.L., (Ed) India – A Regional Study .



4 M.S. Krishna, Geology of India




Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit :02


End Term Exam :60

Total :100

Fundamentals of GIS


in GIS, components of GIS, advantages of GIS over traditional techniques. Application of GIS

in geographical studies.





Lab Work






















BOOKS RECOMMENDED:






Jersey, 1982.




Syllabus 2018-2019


Agriculture Geography


Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100

Unit-I Aims, objectives and scope of Agricultural Geography; Basic concepts, Historical

Perspective and recent trends. Approaches to the study of agricultural geography -

Regional and Systematic approach, Ecological and Commodity approach.

Unit II Influence of major factors on the performance of agriculture. Whittlessey’s

classification of agricultural systems of the world - problems and prospects of

agriculture and its economic impact in regions of the world.

Unit III Concept of Land use, Agricultural land use- land capability classification and land use

planning for agricultural development. Agricultural Regionalization. Land Use

Location Theory - Von Thunen and its applicability; Modern Theories of Agricultural

Location: Optimum Physical and Economic Conditions and Limits.

Unit IV Green Revolution in India, impact of green revolution in India, Green Revolution and

regional imbalances. Problems of Indian Agriculture, Measures for Agricultural

Development. Concept of second green revolution in India.

Books Recommended: 1. Duckhan, A.N. and Masfield, G.B., Farming Systems of the World, London, 1970. 2. Griggs, D.G., An Introduction to Agricultural Geography, 1964.


4. John, R, Tarrant., Agricultural Geography.

5. Mohammad, A., Food Production and Food Problem in India, New Delhi. 6. Mohammad, N., Perspectives in Agricultural Geography, New Delhi.

7. Morgan, W.B. and Munton, P.J.C. Agricultural Geography, London, 1971.

8. Shafi, M., Agricultural Geography of South Asia, Macmillon, New Delhi 2000. 9. Shafi, M., Agricultural Geography, Dorling Kindersley, New Delhi, 2006

10. Singh, J. and Dhillon, S.S., Agricultural Geography, 1970.

11. Symons, L., Agricultural Geography, London, 1967. 12. Wrigley, G., Tropical Agriculture, 1979.

Syllabus 2018-2019


Urban Geography


Credit :04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100



growth and evolution of functional zones - Burgess’s Concentric Zone Theory

; Hoyt’s Sectoral Model; Harris and Ullman’s Multiple Nuclei Model –





spheres of influence (Umland) – methods of its determination; rural – urban

fringe – conceptual explanation, internal structure, characteristic features.





and development of Central Place Model by August Losch; Rank-Size Rule

and Law of Primate City.

Unit IV Urbanization: Urbanization as a process of transformation-demographic

process, economic process and socio-cultural process. Spatial pattern and trends

of urbanization in India, patterns of urban growth in India - decadal, regional,

different size classes of towns (I – VI). s

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


2. Barry, B.J.L and Horton, F.F., Geographic perspectives on Urban Systems, Prentice

Hall, Englewood Cliff, New Jersy, 1970.






Syllabus 2018-2019


Social Geography


Credit :04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100





social sciences.




women literacy and health, social change with special reference to caste and

tribal groups, rural-urban divide, rural-urban interaction and social change.



conditions.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1 Aijazuddin Ahmad., Social Geography.

2 Garden, J.F., Geography as a Social Science.

3 Gosal, G.S. & Mukherjee, A.B., Religious Groups in India.

4 Gregory, D.& Urry, J., Social Relations.

5 Hammelt, Chris. (Ed), Social Geography; A Reader.

6 Harvey, D., Social Justice and the City.

7 John, E.(ed.) Social Geography in International Perspective.

8 Jones, E.& Eyles, J., An Introduction to Social Geography.

9 Jones, E.(ed.) Readings in Social Geography.

10 Kulkarni, K.M., Geographical Patterns of Social Well-being.

11 Pacliona, M.(ed.) Social Geography, Progress and Prospects.

12 Paul Knox, Social Well-being, A Spatial Perspective. 13 Rao. M.S.A., Urbanization and Social Change.

14 Smith, David., Social Problem and the City.

15 Smith, David., The Geography of Social Well-being.

16 Sriniwas, M.N., Social Change in Modern India.

17 Wagner, P.L. & Mikesell, H.W.(eds.) Readings in Cultural Geography.

Syllabus 2018-2019




Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100

Unit I Nature, scope, significance, approaches to study Population Geography, recent

trends, Sources of population data; The Census, Vital Registration and Other Sources,

Problems relating to comparability of data, Population distribution and density in the

World.

Unit II Population Dynamics: Growth, fertility and mortality measurement, Theories of

Growth: Malthusian theory, Social Capillary and demographic transition theory.

Migration: types, determinant and consequences, patterns of international migration,

Theories of Migration: Ravenstein and Lee’s Laws.

Unit III Population Composition/ Characteristics: Sex Composition-measures,

determinants and distribution. Declining Sex Ratio, Age composition: various systems of

age groupings, determinants and distribution; ageing of population, Occupational

structure, determinants of work force, types of workers.

Unit IV Population and resources: Over population, Under population, Optimum

population, Ackerman’s scheme of Population-Resource regions, population problems

with special reference to India: food, housing, unemployment and poverty, population

policies, National Population Policy (NPP), 2000.

Books Recommended: 1. Bhende, A.A. & Kanitkar, (2014), Principles of Population Studies, Himalayan Pub. H., Mumbai,


3. Chandna, R.C., Geography of Population: Concepts Determinants and Pattern, Kalyan Pub. Ludhiana, 2014.


5. Coontz, S.H.Population Theories and the Economic Interpretation.

6. Garnier, B.J., Geography of Population, Longman Group Limited, London, 1966.

7. Jones, H,R., A Population Geography, London, 1981.

8. Jhingan M.L. Bhatt B.K. and Desai, J.N. Demography, Vrid Pub. Delhi, 2006.

9. Khan, J.H. Socio-Economic and Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, New Delhi, 2010.

10. Khullar D.R., India: A comparative Geography, Kalyan Pub. Ludhiana, 2014. 11. Shamshad, Houseless: People on the Road, Academic Publication, 2015.

12. Siddiqui. F.A. Regional Analysis of Population Stsructure, new Delhi, 1984.

13. Smith, T., Fundamentals of Population Study, New York, 1960.

14. Trewartha, G.T., A Geography of Population: World pattern, New York, 1969.

15. United Nations, The Determinants and Consequences of Population Trends, Population Studies, 17 Un, New

York, Revised Edition.

16. White. P. and Wood. R. The Geographical Impact of Migration, Longman, Inc, New York, 1980.

17. Wood, R. Population Analysis in Geography, Longman, London, 1979.

18. Zelinsky, W. A Prolong to Population Geography, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1966.

*******

Syllabus 2018-2019




Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100

Concepts and Approaches in Geography; Ideographic, Nomothetic, Deductive, Inductive and

Environmental concept; Concept of Sustainable Development.

Unit -II

Scientific explanations in geography, types of explanations; Cognitive descriptions; Cause and

effect - Temporal, Functional and Ecological.

Unit-III

Empirical-scientific model of geography; Laws, Theories and Models in Geography; General

System Theory; Quantitative Revolution, Behaviourism.

Unit-IV

Changing Paradigm in Geography; Radical concept; Welfare approach; Concept of gender

Geography - Feminism; Modernism and Post-Modernism in Geography.

Recommended Books:












11. Soja, Edward 1989. Post-modern Geographies, Verso, London. Reprinted 1997: Rawat Pub., Jaipur and New Delhi.

Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit :04

Sessional :30

End Term Exam. :70

Total :100


Systematic Geography; Solar System; Motions of Earth – Rotation and

Revolution; Concept of Latitude and Longitude; International Date Line;

Calculation of Time.



Climate; Wind Circulation; Hydrological Cycle; Ecosystem, Food Chain and

Food Web.






Change.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS








Syllabus 2018-2019


Field Studies (Socio-economic Survey)


Credit :02


End Term Exam :60

Total :100










perceptions.




perceptions.




RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1 Archeer, J.E. and Dalton, T.H. Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968. 2 Jones, P.A., Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968

3 Glodard, R.H., Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Dubuque, 1982.

4 Wheeleso, K.S. and Harding, M., Geographical Fieldwork, London, 1965. 5 Mohammad, A.C., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publication, Delhi,

1977.

Syllabus 2018-2019




Credit :02


End Term Exam :60

Total :100










- Theodolite


BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



Syllabus 2018-2019


DV – Project


Credit : 4

Course & Syllabus



AND




ALIGARH

Department of Geography, Faculty of Science

Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh

Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) I Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher:

(06 Section)

Dr. Mohammad Taufique, Dr. Fazlur Rahman, Dr. S. Kausar Shamim, Dr. Md.

Naiyer Zaidy, Dr. Hasibur Rahaman, Dr. Naushaba Naseem Ahmad.

Course Title: GEOMORPHOLOGY

Course Number: GGB151

Credit: 04

Course Category: GGB

Content of Course:

Type of Course: Theory

Course Assessment: Sessional: 30%

End Term: 70%

Course Objective: The objectives of this course are to introduce basic concepts of lithospheric Earth.

Further, this course synthesizes meaning, identification, evaluation and

interpretation of landforms and geomorphic processes.

Course Outcomes: after end of the lesson students able to hone their scientific understanding, illustration, skill and developed themselves as self-confidant coveted learner in the

field of landforms study.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures 1. Nature and scope of Geomorphology: Constitution of earth interior on the

basis of evidence from seismology, temperature, density, pressure and chemical

composition. Isostasy: concept of Airy and Pratt. Continental Drift Theory and its

limitations.

12

2. Earth Movements: Orogenetic and epirogenetic movement and their resultant

structure- folds and faults, Earthquakes and Volcanoes- their distribution, causes,

consequences and preparedness. Plate Tectonics Theory.

12

3. Geomorphic Processes: Rocks-Types and characteristics, Weathering, Mass

Wasting, A Critical Analysis of the Concept of Cycle of Erosion by Davis and

Penck.

10

4. Geomorphic Agents and Process: The work of running water, erosional and


topography.

14

Reading List 1. Bloom A. L., 2003: Geomorphology: A Systematic Analysis of Late Cenozoic Landforms, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi.



Macmillan Publishing Company

4. Kale V. S. and Gupta A., 2001: Introduction to Geomorphology, Orient Longman, Hyderabad.


6. Richards K. S., 1982: Rivers: Form and Processes in Alluvial Channels, Methuen, London.

7. Selby, M.J., (2005), Earth’s Changing Surface, Indian Edition, OUP

8. Skinner, Brian J. and Stephen C. Porter (2000), The Dynamic Earth: An Introduction to physical Geology, 4th Edition, John

Wiley and Sons

9. Thornbury W. D., 1968: Principles of Geomorphology, Wiley.



Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) I Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher:

(06 Section)

Dr. Mohammad Taufique, Dr. Saleha Jamal, Dr. Fazlur Rahman, Dr. Mashkoor

Ahmad, Dr. S. Kausar Shamim, Dr. Shamshad, Dr. Nikhat Bano, Dr. Md.

Naiyer Zaidy, Dr. Hasibur Rahaman, Dr. Naushaba Naseem Ahmad.

Course Title: Cartographic Techniques (Practical)

Course Number: GGB-1P1

Credit: 02


Content of Course:

Type of Course: Practical

Course Assessment: Continuous Evaluation: 40 %

End Term: 60 %

Course Objective: To introduce basic concept of cartography and develop the understanding about

different type of maps, scales, relief features and surveying.

Course Outcomes: After end of this course, individuals will be able to identify, describe, create, construct and prepare different cartographic features such as maps, scales, relief

and will be adept of conduct survey.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures 1. Maps and Scale:

Nature and Scope of Cartography, classification and significance of maps. Scales

– Concept and applications; Graphical Construction of Plain, Comparative and

Diagonal Scales.

18


Study and interpretation of Plain and Mountainous areas. Cross section and

longitudinal profile of different relief features (slope-uniform, concave, convex;

waterfall, conical hill, volcanic, gorges, U-shape & V-shape valley).

10



12

Practical Record: A Project File in pencil, comprising one exercise each, on scale, map projection,

interpretation of topographic sheet.

10

Reading List

1. Anson R. and Ormelling F. J., 1994: International Cartographic Association: BasicCartographic

Vol. Pregmen Press.




6. Rhind D. W. and Taylor D. R. F., (eds.), 1989: Cartography: Past, Present and Future,

Elsevier,International Cartographic Association.


8. Sharma J. P., 2010: Prayogic Bhugol, Rastogi Publishers, Meerut. 9. Singh R. L. and Singh R. P. B., 1999: Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publishers.

10. Sarkar, A. (2015) Practical geography: A systematic approach. Orient Black Swan Private Ltd.,

New Delhi

11. Singh R L & Rana P B Singh(1991) Prayogtmak Bhugol ke Mool Tatva, Kalyani Publishers, New

Delhi





Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) II Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020

Name of the Teacher:

(06 Section)

Dr. Mohammad Taufique, Dr. Saleha Jamal, Dr. Fazlur Rahman, Dr. Shamshad,

Dr. Hasibur Rahaman, Dr. Nikhat Bano.

Course Title: HUMAN GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 04


Content of Course:


Course Assessment: Sessional: 30 %

End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To introduce and make them understand about different human dimensions related

to culture, society, settlement and resources with their types and distribution.

Course Outcomes: the expected learning outcome would be; the student will able to understand,

identify and describe social, cultural and economic dynamics of society.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Introduction: Meaning and Scope of Human Geography; Major Themes; Environmental Determinism,

Possibilism, Neo-determinism, their contemporary relevance. 12

2. Space and Society: Major Cultural Realms of the World. Distribution and Characteristics of Race,

Religion and Language. 15

3. Population-Resource Relationship; Optimum, Over Population, Under Population, their problem and prospects. Ackerman’s Population –Resource Region, Population Growth and Distribution; Population

Composition; Demographic Transition Theory.

10

4. Settlements: Types of Rural Settlements; Patterns of Rural Settlements; Classification of Urban

Settlements based on Function and Size; Trends and Patterns of World Urbanization. 12

Reading List



3. Daniel, P.A. and Hopkinson, M.F. (1989) The Geography of Settlement, Oliver & Boyd, London.










Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) II Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020


(06 Section)

Prof. S. Najmul Islam Hashmi, Prof. Nizamuddin Khan,Dr. Rashid Aziz Faridi,

Dr. Mumtaj Ahmad, Dr. Fazlur Rahman, Dr. S. Kausar Shamim, Dr. Shamshad,

Dr. Nikhat Bano, Dr. Md. Firoz Ahmed, Dr. Hasibur Rahaman, Dr. Naushaba

Naseem Ahmad,

Course Title: Thematic Cartography (Practical)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 60 %

Course Objective: To make familiar with different types of map, their uses and also educate them about spatial measurements and representation data generated through surveying.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students are expected to understand different types of

cartographic tools and techniques such as maps, graphs, charts and able to do field

survey.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Concept of Thematic Cartography: Importance of Thematic Maps. 05

2. Diagrammatic Data Presentation – Line graph- Simple, Polygraph, Combined Line Graph, Band Graph,

Climograph, Hythergraph. Erograph’.

15

3. Representation of Data: Choropleth, Isopleths, Dot & Point Data. 12

4. Prismatic Compass Survey; Open and Closed. 12

Practical Record: A Thematic Atlas should be prepared on a specific theme with five plates of any state in India.

Reading List 1. Cuff J. D. and Mattson M. T., 1982: Thematic Maps: Their Design and Production, Methuen Young Books







8. Singh R. L. and Singh R. P. B., 1999: Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publishers. 9. Slocum T. A., Mcmaster R. B. and Kessler F. C., 2008: Thematic Cartography and Geovisualization (3rd Edition), Prentice

Hall.

10. Tyner J. A., 2010: Principles of Map Design, The Guilford Press.


12. Singh, L R & Singh R (1977): Manchitra or Pryaogatamek Bhugol , Central Book, Depot, Allahabad.

13. Bhopal Singh R L and Duttta P K (2012) Prayogatama Bhugol, Central Book Depot, Allahabad.



Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) III Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020


(06 Section)

Prof. Jabir Hasan Khan, Dr. Mashkoor Ahmad, Dr. Md. Firoz Ahmed, Dr.

Shamshad, Dr. Nikhat Bano, Dr. Md. Naiyer Zaidy.

Course Title: CLIMATOLOGY


Credit: 04


Content of Course:

Type of Course: Theory:


End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: This paper aims to develop the conceptual knowledge about atmospheric

component of physical earth. To acquaint with the elements of weather and

climate and its association with human life is another aim of this course.

Course Outcomes: At end of this course, students will be able to know about daily weather and climatic phenomenon determining the atmosphere of local, regional and global

level.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Nature and Scope of Climatology: Weather and climate, Elements of Climate-

Controlling Factors: Composition and Structure of Atmosphere; Insolation;

Heating and Cooling of the Atmosphere. Heat Budget and Latitudinal Heat

Balance. Adiabatic Processes, Stability and Instability.

10

2. Atmospheric Temperature; Factors controlling the temperature; horizontal and

vertical distribution of temperature. Inversion of Temperature. Atmospheric

Pressure: Vertical and Horizontal Distribution of Pressure: Atmospheric

Moisture - forms of Precipitation and types of Rainfall.

12

3. Winds: Planetary, periodic and local winds (Loo, Mistral, Fohn, and Chinook),

factors affecting the winds; General circulation of winds. Origin of the Monsoon

and its relation with Jet streams.

12

4. Air Masses and Fronts: concepts, classification and properties. Tropical and

Temperate cyclones (Polar front theory); Anti-cyclone. Basis of Koppen’s

classification; Types and characteristics.

10

Reading List




4. Lutgens F. K., Tarbuck E. J. and Tasa D., 2009: The Atmosphere: An Introduction to Meteorology, Prentice-Hall, Englewood

Cliffs, New Jersey.

5. Oliver J. E. and Hidore J. J., 2002: Climatology: An Atmospheric Science, Pearson Education, New Delhi.


7. Gupta L S(2000): Jalvayu Vigyan, Hindi Madhyam Karyanvay Nidishalya, Delhi Vishwa Vidhyalaya, Delhi

8. Lal, D S (2006): Jalvayu Vigyan, Prayag Pustak Bhavan, Allahabad 9. Vatal, M (1986): Bhautik Bhugol, Central Book Depot, Allahabad

10. Singh, S (2009): Jalvayu Vigyan, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad.



Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) III Semester w.e.f. 2019-20


(06 Section)

Prof. S. Najmul Islam Hashmi, Dr. Tariq M. Usmani, Dr. Saleha Jamal, Dr. Fazlur

Rahman, Dr. S. Kausar Shamim, Dr. Mashkoor Ahmad, Dr. Md. Firoz

Ahmed, Nikhat Bano, Dr. Hasibur Rahaman, Dr. Naushaba Naseem Ahmad, Dr.

Md. Naiyer Zaidy.

Course Title: STATISTICAL METHODS IN GEOGRAPHY (PRACTICAL)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 60 %

Course Objective: To introduce the basic statistical techniques, theoretical context and its application in the field of geography.

Course Outcomes: After end of the lesson students able to determine basic quantitative data,

techniques and its appropriate uses in geographical studies.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Use of Data in Geography: Geographical Data Matrix, Significance of Statistical Methods in

Geography; Sources of Data, Scales of Measurement (Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, Ratio).

10

2. Tabulation and Descriptive Statistics: Frequencies - Deciles, Quartiles, Percentile, Cross Tabulation

12

3. Measurement of Central Tendencies: Mean, Median and Mode, Centro-graphic Techniques. 12

4. Measures of Dispersion: Standard Deviation, Variance and Coefficient of Variation. 10

5. Sampling: Purposive, Random, Systematic and Stratified. 10


1. Construct a data matrix of about (10 x 10) with each row representing an areal unit (districts or villages or towns)

and about 10 columns of relevant attributes of the areal units.

2. Based on the above table, a frequency table, measures of central tendency and dispersion would be computed and interpreted for any two attributes.

3. Histograms and frequency curve would be prepared on the entire data set and attempt to fit a normal curve and

interpreted for one or two variables. 4. From the data matrix a sample set (20 Percent) would be drawn using, random - systematic and stratified methods

of sampling and locate the samples on a map with a short note on methods used.





5. Sarkar, A. (2013) Quantitative geography: techniques and presentations. Orient Black Swan Private Ltd., New Delhi.



8. Yeates M., 1974: An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Human Geography, McGraw Hill,

New York.



Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) IV Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020


(05 Section)

Dr. Saleha Jamal, Dr. Fazlur Rahman, Dr. Mashkoor Ahmad, Dr. M. Naiyer

Zaidy, Dr. Naushaba Naseem Ahmed.

Course Title: GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To provide basic knowledge about physiography, demography and cultural

attributes of Indian landscapes.

Course Outcomes: The expected learning outcome would be; the conceptual clarity about physical,

demographic, social, cultural and economic spheres of Indian regions.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1.Physiography and Drainage: Physiographic Divisions-The Great Himalyas, Indo-Gangetic Plain and the

Peninsular Plateau. Nature and characteristics of Himalayan Drainage and Peninsular Drainage; Differences

between Himalayan Drainage and Peninsular Drainage.

10

2.Climate, Soils and Natural Vegetation: characteristics of climate; origin of Monsoon- Halley’s and

Flohn’s concepts, classification of climate given by Koppen: Soils-factors of soil formation; types and

characteristic of soils: Natural Vegetation-factors for the growth and distribution of Natural Vegetation; types

and characteristics of Natural Vegetation.

12

3.Population and Social Geography; Population distribution, growth, and structure, distribution of race,

caste, religion, language, tribes and their correlates.

14

4.Economic Geography: Distribution and utilization of iron ore, coal, petroleum; Agricultural production

and distribution of rice and wheat, problems and prospects of cotton textile industry; Trends and

Development of Iron and Steel Industry.

12

Reading List

1. Deshpande C. D., 1992: India: A Regional Interpretation, ICSSR, New Delhi.


3. Mandal R. B. (ed.), 1990: Patterns of Regional Geography – An Intenational Perspective. Vol. 3 –Indian

Perspective.




7. Singh, Jagdish 2003: India - A Comprehensive & Systematic Geography, Gyanodaya Prakashan, Gorakhpur.

8. Spate O. H. K. and Learmonth A. T. A., 1967: India and Pakistan: A General and Regional Geography, Methuen.





(02 Section)

Dr. Mohammad Taufique, Dr. S. Kausar Shamim.

Course Title: BASICS OF GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To make them understand about basic concepts of physical geography.

Course Outcomes: The expected learning outcome would be; understanding, identification and

description of physical aspects of basic geographical phenomenon.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Meaning and Scope of Geography, Solar System, Rotation and Revolution of Earth,

International Date Line (IDL), Latitude and Longitude, Calculation of Time.

08

2. Lithosphere-Structure of Earth, Types of rocks-Igneous rock, Metamorphic rock and

sedimentary rock and their importance.

06

3. Atmosphere- Structure and Composition of Atmosphere, Wind System, Cyclone and


10

4. Hydrosphere – Hydrological Cycle, Ocean Current, Tide, Waves, Tsunami. 08

5. Biosphere- Biosphere as an Ecosystem, Biogeochemical Cycle, Bio-diversity and its

importance, Forest conservation and Management, National Forest Policy.

08

Reading List:

2. Majid Hussain, Fundamentals of Physical Geography, Rawat Publication, New

Delhi.

6. Goh Cheng Leong, Certificate of Physical and Human Geography.







(06 Section)

Dr. Tariq M. Usmani, Dr. Rashid Aziz Faridi, Dr. Fazlur Rahman, Dr. Mashkoor

Ahmad, Dr. S. Kausar Shamim, Dr. Shamshad, Dr. Nikhat Bano, Dr. Md.

Firoz Ahmed, Dr. Hasibur Rahaman, Dr. Naushaba Naseem Ahmed, Dr.

Md. Naiyer Zaidy.

Course Title: Cartography and Surveying (Practical)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 60 %

Course Objective: To develop cartographic skills such as map works, diagram construction, graphic

representation of data and physical surveying.

Course Outcomes: At end of this course, students will be able to constructs and draw maps, graphs and diagrams based on socioeconomic data and also able to conduct specific field

survey.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Representation of socio-economic data with the help of diagram.


* Wheel diagram

10

2. Importance of dumpy level and its uses. Plotting of longitudinal sections by rise and fall method. 10

3.Study and Interpretation TWO weather maps of India. 12

4. Sextant - Use of Sextant – calculation of horizontal and vertical distance. 08

BOOKS RECOMMENTED:-



10. Mahmood, Aslam, Statistical Techniques in Geographical Studies, Rajesh publishers, New Delhi.

11. Misra, R.P. , & Ramesh, A. , Fundamentals of Cartography, Mac Millan, New Delhi, 1986.





Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) V Semester w.e.f. 2019-20 Name of the Teacher:

(03 Section)

Dr. Saleha Jamal, Dr. Fazlur Rahman, Dr. S. Kausar Shamim.

Course Title: REGIONAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To developed the analytical understanding of regional concepts, approaches and

demarcation and to make the students aware about various plans adopted for regional developments.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to critically evaluate the formal,

functional and planning regions as well as they can evolve theoretical input for

regional development.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Concept, Need and Types of Regions: Formal and Functional Regions;

Planning Regions; Need and types of Regional Planning.

14


Regionalization of India for Planning (Agro Ecological Zones and Agro

Ecological Regions).

12

3. Models for Regional Planning: Growth Pole Model of Perroux; Growth Foci

Model in Indian Context; Village Cluster.

12

4. Backward Regions and Regional Plans: Special Area Development Plans in

India- Hilly Area Development Programme; DVC: The Success Story and the

Failures.

10

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Bhat, L.S., 1973, Regional Planning in India, Statistical Publishing Society, Calcutta. 2. Chandana, R.C., 2000, Regional Planning, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.

3. Chand, M., Puri, & V.K., 1983, Regional Planning in India, Allied Publishers, ND.

4. Friedman, J., & Alonso, W., 1967, Reg. Dev. and Planning – A Reader, MIT Press, Cam, Hars. 5. Glasson, 1980, Regional Planning, Hutchinson, London

6. Glikson, A., 1955, Regional Planning and Development, Netherlands, Universities Foundation of

International Co - operation, London. 7. Mishra, R.P., 1969, Regional Planning, Concepts, Techniques and Policies, University of Mysore,

Mysore. 8. Mishra, R.P., et. al., 1974, Regional Development and Planning in India, Institute of Development

Studies, Mysore.

9. Mitra, A., 1965, Levels of Regional Development, Census of India, Vol. 1, Part I (A) and (B).

10. Ray Chaudhary, J., 2001, An Introduction to Development and Regional Planning, Orient Longman, Hyderabad.


Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) V Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020


(03 Section)

Prof. Jabir Hasan Khan, Dr. Mashkoor Ahmad, Dr. Shamshad.

Course Title: POPULATION GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To build a theoretical understanding of population dynamic and its linkage with

contemporary demographic issues.

Course Outcomes: The expected learning outcome of this course would be; understanding and application of demographic concepts with emerging contemporary population and

health challenges.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Defining the Field: Nature and Scope; Sources of Data with special reference to


10

2. Population Size, Distribution and Growth: Determinants and Patterns;

Theories of Growth – Malthusian Theory and Demographic Transition Theory.

12

3. Population Dynamics: Fertility, Mortality and Migration – Measures,

Determinants and Implications.

12

4. Population Composition and Characteristics: Age-Sex Composition; Rural

and Urban Composition; Literacy.

08

5. Contemporary Issues: Ageing of Population; Declining Sex Ratio; HIV/AIDS. 09

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


11. Trewartha, G.T., A Geography of Population, World patterns, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.


13. Trewatha, G.T., The Less Developed Realm - A Population Geography, McGraw Hill, New York, 1972. 14. Chandna, R.C., A Geography of Population: Concepts, Determinants and patterns, Kalyani publishers, New Delhi, 1986.







Name of the Teacher: Dr. Nashaba Naseem Ahmed

Course Title: RESOURCE GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The basic and prime objective is to make them aware about the values and

importance of natural and human resources and its utilization.

Course Outcomes: This course is designed to achieve; understanding, applying and evaluate different types resources and their judicious and sustainable uses.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Concept: Concept of Resource: Nature and Classification: Role of Technology

in Natural Resource Development.

08

2. Natural Resource: Forest Resources- Classification, Deforestation, Economic

and Ecological Significance of Forests: Soil Resources- Classification and

Distribution of World Soils, Soil Erosion and its Causes: Water Resources-

Utilization of Fresh Water and Marine Water Resources.

10


Resource Development; Role of Human Resources in Socio-Economic

Development.

10

4. Conservation of Natural Resources: Soil Conservation, Water Conservation,

Forest Conservation and Energy Conservation. Sustainable Resource

Development

08

Reading List

1. Cutter S. N., Renwich H. L. and Renwick W., 1991: Exploitation, Conservation ,Preservation: A Geographical

Perspective on Natural Resources Use, John Wiley and Sons, New York.

2. Gadgil M. and Guha R., 2005: The Use and Abuse of Nature: Incorporating This Fissured Land: An Ecological History of India and Ecology and Equity, Oxford University Press. USA.

3. Holechek J. L. C., Richard A., Fisher J. T. and Valdez R., 2003: Natural Resources: Ecology, Economics and

Policy, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

4. Jones G. and Hollier G., 1997: Resources, Society and Environmental Management, Paul Chapman, London.

5. Klee G., 1991: Conservation of Natural Resources, Prentice Hall, Englewood. 6. Mather A. S. and Chapman K., 1995: Environmental Resources, John Wiley and Sons, New York.


8. Owen S. and Owen P. L., 1991: Environment, Resources and Conservation, Cambridge University Press, New

York.




Name of the Teacher: Dr. Rashid Aziz Faridi

Course Title: URBAN GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To illustrate the urban systems and its associate linkages with contemporary issues

and problem.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to evaluate the urban challenges and

can perform actively in making urban as a better living space.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Nature and Scope of Urban Geography, History of Urbanization, Definition of

Urban Places; Census Town, Urban Agglomeration (UA)Urban Outgrowths

(OUGS): Bases of Urbanization, Urban Density, Evolution of Urban

Morphology.

12

2. Trends and Patterns of Level of Urbanization in Developed and Developing

Counties, Urbanization in India, An Overview of Temporal Urban Growth,

Qualitative and Quantitative Classification of Towns; Nelson’s Classification of

Towns, Classification of Towns by C.D. Harris.

10

3. Contemporary Urban Issues; Urban Poverty, Urban Congestion, Urban Sprawl,

Slums; Transportation, Housing, Inclusion of Open Spaces and Parking Space in

City Planning, Problems of Urban Pollution, Urban Crime.

10

4. Case Studies of Delhi, Mumbai and Kolkata with reference to Land use and

Urban Issues.

12

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-




15. Mayer, H.M. & Kohn, C.F., Readings in urban Geography, Chicago printing press, Chicago.

16. R.C. Putham etc, Geography of urban places. 17. Ashish, Bose, Studies in India’s urban, 1961 – 1971.



20. Sengupta, P., & Sadasyuk, G.U., Economic regionalization of India: Problems & Approaches.



Name of the Teacher: Dr. Mumtaj Ahmad

Course Title: AGRICULTURAL GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02

Course Category: GGB563

Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The objective of this course is to introduce the basic concept, theme,

classification, issues, problems and determinants involved in Agricultural

Geography with special reference to Indian Agriculture system.

Course Outcomes: After the end of the syllabus students will able to conceptualize the various agricultural regions with respect to climate. Further it is expected that they will be

able to critically examine the issues concerned of agricultural activities at global

and Indian level.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Definition, Nature and Scope of Agricultural Geography, Origin and Development of Agricultural

Geography. 12

2. Determinants of Agriculture: Soil, Mechanization, High Yielding Variety of Seeds, NPK fertilizers,

Irrigation and Pests control, size of land holding and Kisan Credit Card.

10

3. Agricultural Regions: Agro-climatic Regions and Agricultural Productivity Regions. Whittlesey’s

classification and Von Thuenen model and its relevance.

12

4. Agricultural Revolutions in India: Green Revolution with special reference to Wheat, Paddy and Maize.

History and Development of Dairy Farming and Fisheries- Causes and Consequences.

10

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:




14. Deman, N.L., Agriculture and Rural Development in India. 15. Clont, S.D., Rural Geography.



18. Alexander, T.W., Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, Englewood cliffs, N.J. (Latest Edition).

19. Gregory, Howard, F., Geography of Agriculture: Themes in Research, Prentice Hall Englewood cliffs, N.J., 1970.

20. Singh A.L. and Fazal. S., Agriculture and Rural Development, B.R. Publishers, New Delhi- 1998



Name of the Teacher: Prof. Shahab Fazal

Course Title: DISASTER MANAGEMENT


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: This course aims to develop the knowledge bout meaning, types, causes,

responses, migration, management and preparedness of natural and man made

disaster at global level as well as at India.

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, students will be able to visualize and recognize the

various vulnerable zone often affected by disaster in India. They will be also able

to examine various mechanism to address these problems.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures


Classification. 10

2. Disasters in India: (a) Flood: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping;

Landslide: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping; Drought: Causes, Impact,

Distribution and Mapping.

12

3. Disasters in India: (b) Earthquake and Tsunami: Causes, Impact, Distribution

and Mapping; Cyclone: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping, Manmade

disasters: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping.

12

4. Response and Mitigation to Disasters: Mitigation and Preparedness, NDMA and

NIDM; Indigenous Knowledge and Community-Based Disaster Management;

Do’s and Don’ts During and Post Disasters.

10

Reading List

1. Government of India. (1997) Vulnerability Atlas of India. New Delhi, Building Materials & Technology Promotion

Council, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India. 2. Kapur, A. (2010) Vulnerable India: A Geographical Study of Disasters, Sage Publication, New Delhi.

3. Modh, S. (2010) Managing Natural Disaster: Hydrological, Marine and Geological

Disasters, Macmillan, Delhi.


Chapter 1, 2 and 3.

5. Singh, R. B. (ed.), (2006) Natural Hazards and Disaster Management: Vulnerability and Mitigation, Rawat



7. Stoltman, J.P. et al. (2004) International Perspectives on Natural Disasters, Kluwer Academic Publications. Dordrecht.

8. Singh Jagbir (2007) “Disaster Management Future Challenges and Oppurtunities”, 2007. Publisher- I.K. International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green

Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi, India (www.ikbooks.com).



Name of the Teacher: Dr. Md. Firoz Ahmed

Course Title: ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To make them aware about different types of environment, ecological setting and

their issues and challenges.

Course Outcomes: The expected learning outcome of this course would be; make them understand

and take role in environmental conservation and management.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

5. Principles of Ecology and Environment:

- Meaning and concept of Ecology and Environment.

- Biosphere, Ecosystems, habitat and man environmental relationship.

- Human Ecology and Adaptations.

10

6. Biomes of the World (Equatorial and Tundra), Biodiversity and its

Significance with reference to India, Hot Spot in India. Case Study of

Western Ghat, Conservation Measures.

12

7. Environmental Degradation; Pollution (water and air), causes and

consequences of Environmental Imbalances, Environment and development.

12

8. Environmental Movement; Legislation and Policies, concept of Sustainable

Development.

08

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Charles, J. krebs; Ecology, 2016.

2. Eugene P., Odum : Ecology: A Bridge between Science and Society, 2018.

3. S.V.S. Rana: Essentials of Ecology and Environmental Science, Prentice Hall of India, New

Delhi, 2003.

4. Sexena, S.M. : Environmental Geography, Rawat Pub., 2004.

5. 5. Savinder Singh, Environmental Geography, Prawartika Pub. 2006.


7. Odum, Eugene P., Fundamentals of Ecology, Philadelphia, 2004.



Name of the Teacher: Dr. Hasibur Rahaman

Course Title: CLIMATE CHANGE: Vulnerability and Adaptation


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To make them understand about the vulnerability related to climate change and

possible future mitigation and adoption of climate change threat.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to sensitize the issues of climate

change among peer group, local people and academia with personal and possible

group effort.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Science of Climate Change: Understanding Climate Change; Green House

Gases and Global Warming; Global Climatic Assessment- IPCC.

11

2. Climate Change and Vulnerability: Physical Vulnerability; Economic

Vulnerability; Social Vulnerability.

10

3. Impact of Climate Change: Agriculture and Water; Flora and Fauna; Human

Health.

09

4. Adaptation and Mitigation: Global Initiatives Problem and prospects.

06

5. National Action Plan on Climate Change; Local Institutions to mitigate and

Adaptations towards resilience path.

10

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. IPCC. (2007) Climate Change 2007: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Contribution of Working Group II to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.

2. IPCC (2014) Climate Change 2014: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Part A: Global and Sectoral Aspects.

Contribution of Working Group II to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA.

3. IPCC (2014) Climate Change 2014: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Part B: Regional Aspects.

Contribution of Working Group II to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA.

4. Palutikof, J. P., van der Linden, P. J. and Hanson, C. E. (eds.), Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. 5. OECD. (2008) Climate Change Mitigation: What Do we Do? Organisation and Economic Cooperation and

Development.

6. UNEP. (2007) Global Environment Outlook: GEO4: Environment for Development, United Nations Environment

Programme. 7. Singh, M., Singh, R.B. and Hassan, M.I. (Eds.) (2014) Climate change and biodiversity: Proceedings of IGU

Rohtak Conference, Volume 1. Advances in Geographical and Environmental Studies, Springer

8. Sen Roy, S. and Singh, R.B. (2002) Climate Variability, Extreme Events and Agricultural Productivity in Mountain Regions, Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi.




(03 Section)

Dr. Mumtaj Ahmad, Dr. Mohammad Taufique, Dr. M. Firoz Ahmed.

Course Title: BASICS OF GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To make them understand about basic concepts of physical geography.

Course Outcomes: The expected learning outcome would be; understanding, identification and

description of physical aspects of basic geographical phenomenon.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Meaning and Scope of Geography, Solar System, Rotation and

Revolution of Earth, International Date Line (IDL), Latitude and

Longitude, Calculation of Time.

08

2. Lithosphere-Structure of Earth, Types of rocks-Igneous rock, Metamorphic rock

and sedimentary rock and their importance. 10

3. Atmosphere- Structure and Composition of Atmosphere, Wind System,

Cyclone and Anticyclone, Jet Stream, Monsoon, El-Nino, La-Nina, Global

Warming.

12

4. Hydrosphere – Hydrological Cycle, Ocean Current, Tide, Waves, Tsunami.

07

5. Biosphere- Biosphere as an Ecosystem, Biogeochemical Cycle, Bio-

diversity and its importance, Forest conservation and Management,

National Forest Policy.

03

Reading List:

1. Majid Hussain, Fundamentals of Physical Geography, Rawat Publication, New Delhi.

2. Goh Cheng Leong, Certificate of Physical and Human Geography.






(03 Section)

Dr. Mumtaj Ahmad, Dr. Mohammad Taufique, Dr. Saleha Jamal, Dr. S. Kausar

Shamim, Dr. Hasibur Rahaman.

Course Title: Aerial Photo Interpretation and Remote Sensing (Practical)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 60 %

Course Objective: To expose the students towards the basic knowledge about photogrammetry, aerial

photographs and bases of remote sensing applications.

Course Outcomes: This course expects the analysis, assessments and application of aerial photographs and satellite based data.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1.Aerial Photo Interpretation

History and development of Aerial Photogrammetry. Application of their

Techniques in Geography. Aerial Photograph and its Index Marks

08


Types and Utility of Aerial Photographs. Chief Elements of Aerial Photo

Interpretation: Size, Shape, Ton, Texture, Pattern, Location and Association.

10


Introduction to Remote Sensing, Basic Concepts in Remote Sensing, Importance,

Development and Application of Remote Sensing in Geographical Studies.

12


Remote Sensing Platform and Sensors- Active and Passive. Visual and digital

Image Interpretation.

07

5. Visual Interpretation

Visual Interpretation and Aerial Photograph/Satellite Imagery.

03

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-








(03 Section)

Dr. Tariq M. Usmani, Dr. Rashid Aziz Faridi, Dr. Fazlur Rahman, Dr. Mashkoor

Ahmad, Dr. Nikhat Bano, Dr. M. Firoz Ahmad.

Course Title: Advanced Spatial Statistical Techniques (Practical)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 60 %

Course Objective: To enhance the potential of advance statistical techniques and its application in


Course Outcomes: The expected learning outcome of this course would be; appropriate use of statistical techniques in varying avenues of geographical studies.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Statistics and Statistical Data: Spatial and non-spatial; indices of inequality

(Range, Lorenz curve, Coefficient of variation, Gini’s Coefficient).

15

2. Chi-square test, Normal distribution and characteristics of normal curve. 15

3. Correlation Analysis: Definition ad concept of correlation: Rank order

correlation and product moment correlation, Scattered Diagram.

15

4. Regression Analysis: Definition and concept of regression: linear regression. 15

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-




11. Gregory, S., Statistical Methods and the Geographer. 12. King, L.J., Statistical Analysis in Geography





Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) V Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Prof. Jabir Hasan Khan, Dr. Rashid Aziz Faridi, DR. Mumtaj Ahmad, Dr.

Shamsha, Dr. Mohd. Firoz Ahmed, Dr. Hasibur Rahaman.

Course Title: Astronomy and Map Projection (Practical)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 60 %

Course Objective: To introduce about basic concepts of astronomy, celestial bodies and to develop

the understanding on cartographic techniques and skills of map projection.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the lesson, students should be able to determine different and appropriate uses of map projection in various aspects of geographic

representation.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Astronomy History and development of Astronomy: General explanation of the objects of field of astronomy. History

and development of Astronomy, latitudes, longitudes, altitudes, declination, azimuth, celestial horizon, great

circles and small circles, zenith, nadir, hour angle, right ascensions. Time: Types, local and standard times, longitude and time, International Date Line.

Map Projection

General principles, classification, Construction, properties, limitations and

uses of the following projections:



Bonne's.


12

08

08

06

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-








Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) VI Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020


(03 Section) Prof. Ateeque Ahmad, Prof. Jabir Hasan Khan, Dr. M. Firoz Ahmed.

Course Title: EVOLUTION OF GEOGRAPHICAL THOUGHT


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To make them understand about historical development of geographical concepts,

philosophies and approaches.

Course Outcomes: The learning outcome of this course would be comprehend, correlate and connect geographical ideas and concepts with historical as well as contemporary context.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit I General characteristics of geography in ancient period. Contribution of

Herodotus, Strabo, Eratosthenes and Ptolemy in the development of

geographical thought.

10

Unit II General characteristics of geographical thought during Arab period.

Dark- age. Contribution of important philosophers - Al - Masaudi, Al -

Biruni and Ibn- Khaldun.

10

Unit III Founders of modern geographical thought. Contribution of Humboldt

and Ritter; Contribution of French and British schools of geography with

special reference to Vidal-De-Ia- Blache and Mackinder.

10

Unit IV Concepts in geography: Environmental determinism, possiblism, and stop

and go determinism. Development of geographical thought after Second

World War- A critical study of Quantitative revolution, Radical Geography

and behavioral geography.

14

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:




Aligarh.

9. Dickinson, R.E. The Makers / Modem Geography, London.

10. Dixit, R.D. Geographical Thought' A Contextual History / Ideas, Delhi.







(03 Section) Dr. S. Kausar Shamim, Dr. Nikhat Bano, Dr. Naushaba Naseem Ahmed.

Course Title: ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To educate the students about nature and types of economic activities with relation

to location, space, place and geographical resources.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the lesson, students should be able to conceptualize, demarcate and analyze the geographical determinates of various economic activities.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Concept; Nature and scope of Economic Geography; Economics and Economic Geography; Concept

and classification of economic activity. 10

2. Primary Activities: Factors Affecting location of Economic Activity with special reference to

Agriculture Subsistence and Commercial Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing and Mining; Von Thunen

theory of Agriculture Location.

12

3. Secondary Activities: Manufacturing (Cotton Textile, Iron and Steel), Concept of Manufacturing

Regions, Special Economic Zones and Technology Parks; Weber’s theory of Industrial Location. 12

4. Tertiary Activities: Transport, Trade and Services and their role in Economic Development:

Christaller and Losch’s Model.

10

Reading List

1. Alexander J. W., 1963: Economic Geography, Prentice-Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.

2. Coe N. M., Kelly P. F. and Yeung H. W., 2007: Economic Geography: A Contemporary Introduction, Wiley-

Blackwell.

3. Hodder B. W. and Lee Roger, 1974: Economic Geography, Taylor and Francis.

4. Combes P., Mayer T. and Thisse J. F., 2008: Economic Geography: The Integration of Regions and

Nations, Princeton University Press.

5. Wheeler J. O., 1998: Economic Geography, Wiley..

6. Durand L., 1961: Economic Geography, Crowell.

7. Bagchi-Sen S. and Smith H. L., 2006: Economic Geography: Past, Present and Future, Taylor and

Francis.

8. Willington D. E., 2008: Economic Geography, Husband Press.

9. Clark, Gordon L.; Feldman, M.P. and Gertler, M.S., eds. 2000: The Oxford




Course Title: GEOGRAPHY OF HEALTH AND WELLBEING


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The objective of this course is to develop the understanding of students about

concepts, perspective geographical aspects of health and wellbeing. To create

basic awareness about various disease and health risk caused due to exposure to

poor geographical environment and degraded quality of air, water and housing.

Course Outcomes: After the end of the syllabus, students will be able to analyse and conceptually

correlate with geographical environment and pattern of various communicable and non communicable diseases.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Perspectives on Health: Definition; linkages with environment, development and health; driving

forces in health and environmental trends - population dynamics, urbanization, poverty and

inequality.

10

2. Pressure on Environmental Quality and Health: Human activities and environmental pressure land use and agricultural development; industrialization; transport and energy.

12

3. Exposure and Health Risks: Air pollution; household wastes; water; housing; workplace. 10

4. Health and Disease Pattern in Environmental Context with special reference to India, Types of

Diseases and their regional pattern (Communicable and Lifestyle related diseases). 10

5. Climate Change and Human Health: Changes in climate system – heat and cold; Biological disease

agents; food production and nutrition.

08

Reading List: 1. Akhtar Rais (Ed.), 1990 : Environment and Health Themes in Medical Geography, Ashish Publishing House,

New Delhi.




5. Cliff, A.D. and Peter,H., 1988 : Atlas of Disease Distributions, Blackwell Publishers, Oxford. 6. Gatrell, A.,and Loytonen, 1998 : GIS and Health, Taylor and Francis Ltd, London.

7. Hardham T. and Tannav M.,(eds): Urban Health in Developing Countries; Progress, Projects,

Earthgoan, London.

8. Murray C. and A. Lopez, 1996 : The Global Burden of Disease, Harvard University Press. 9. Moeller Dade wed., 1993: Environmental Health, Cambridge, Harward Univ. Press.

10. Phillips, D.and Verhasselt, Y., 1994: Health and Development, Routledge, London.

11. Tromp, S., 1980: Biometeorology: The Impact of Weather and Climate on Humans and their Environment, Heydon and Son.



Name of the Teacher: Dr. M. Firoz Ahmed

Course Title: POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To develop the ideas of political concepts like states, nation, boundary and

elections with reference to geographical perspective.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course students will able to demonstrate knowledge about the

role of political processes with respect to geography.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Introduction: Concepts, Nature and Scope. 08

2. State, Nation and Nation State: Concept of Nation and State, Attributes of

State – Frontiers, Boundaries, Shape, Size, Territory and Sovereignty,

Concept of Nation State; Geopolitics; Theories (Heartland and Rimland).

12

3. Electoral Geography: Geography of Voting, Geographic Influences on

Voting pattern, Geography of Representation, Gerrymandering.

12

4. Political Geography of Resource Conflicts: Water Sharing Disputes,

Disputes and Conflicts Related to Forest Rights and Minerals.

10

5. Politics of Displacement: Issues of relief, compensation and rehabilitation:

with reference to Dams and Special Economic Zones.

12

Reading List

1. Agnew J., 2002: Making Political Geography, Arnold. 2. Agnew J., Mitchell K. and Toal G., 2003: A Companion to Political Geography, Blackwell.

3. Cox K. R., Low M. and Robinson J., 2008: The Sage Handbook of Political Geography, Sage

Publications. 4. Cox K., 2002: Political Geography: Territory, State and Society, Wiley-Blackwell

5. Gallaher C., et al, 2009: Key Concepts in Political Geography, Sage Publications.


7. Jones M., 2004: An Introduction to Political Geography: Space, Place and Politics, Routledg . 8. Mathur H M and M M Cernea (eds.) Development, Displacement and Resettlement – Focus on Asian

Experience, Vikas, Delhi



12. Hodder Dick, Sarah J Llyod and Keith S McLachlan (1998), Land Locked States of Africa and Asia (vo.2),

Frank Cass




Course Title: SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To make them understand about various social attributes and its relation with

geography.

Course Outcomes: This course expects the interpretation, analyses and evaluation of social issues

through geographical dimensions.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Social Geography: Concept, Origin, Nature and Scope, Social space, social

groups, ethnicity, religion as a social group, language as social factor, urban

social fabric.

12

2. Peopling Process of India: Technology and Occupational Change; Migration

as Factor of peopling, Migration Theories; Gravity Model of Migration, Push

Pull theory of Migration, Contemporary social issues in India.

10

3. Social Categories: Caste, Class, Religion, totenism, concept of religion- major

religions of the World and India, Minority Population and issues of

communalism, Race and Gender and their Spatial distribution, distinction

between sex and gender, concept of clan and gotra, Social and Biological

concept of race, tribes of India.

12

4. Geographies of Welfare and Well being: Concept and Components –

Healthcare, Housing and Education. Types of wellbeing, social geographies

of Inclusion and Exclusion, Slums, Gated Communities, Communal

Conflicts and Crime.

10

Reading List 1. Ahmed A., 1999: Social Geography, Rawat Publications.



Arnold.

4. Holt L., 2011: Geographies of Children, Youth and Families: An International Perspective, Taylor & Francis.






Publications.





Name of the Teacher: Dr. Mashkoor Ahmad

Course Title: HYDROLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To understand and analyze the hydrological cycle and different dimension of

oceans.

Course Outcomes: The expected learning outcome of this course would be; construct and compare

different hydrological cycles and ocean’s dynamic at spatial context.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Definition and System Approach in Hydrology; Hydrological Cycle: Processes in hydrological Cycle,

human impact on the hydrological cycle; Precipitation, interception, evaporation, evapo-

transpiration, infiltration, ground-water, run off and over land flow; Hydrological input and output,

floods and drought, causes and consequences.

16

2. Ocean Bottom Topography; Continental shelf, slope, Deep Ocean Basins and associated features;

Factors of formation of waves; currents: Origin and development; Current of Atlantic, Pacific and

Indian Ocean. Origin and types of Tides.

14

3. Ocean Salinity and Temperature – Factors and distribution of Vertical and Horizontal Salinity and

Temperature; Distribution and Determinants.

12

4. Coral Reefs- Factors for the growth of Corals; Types of Coral, Coral bleaching; Source and Types of marine Deposits.

10

Reading List

1. Andrew. D. ward and Stanley, Trimble (2004): Environmental Hydrology, 2nd edition, Lewis

Publishers, CRC Press. 2. Karanth, K.R., 1988 : Ground Water: Exploration, Assessment and Development, Tata- McGraw

Hill, New Delhi.

3. Ramaswamy, C. (1985): Review of floods in India during the past 75 years: A Perspective. Indian National

Science Academy, New Delhi. 4. Rao, K.L., 1982 : India's Water Wealth 2nd edition, Orient Longman, Delhi,.


6. Anikouchine W. A. and Sternberg R. W., 1973: The World Oceans: An Introduction to Oceanography, Prentice-

Hall.



9. Pinet P. R., 2008: Invitation to Oceanography (Fifth Edition), Jones and Barlett Publishers, USA, UK and

Canada.

10. Sharma R. C. and Vatal M., 1980: Oceanography for Geographers, Chaitanya Publishing House, Allahabad.


12. Singh, M., Singh, R.B. and Hassan, M.I. (Eds.) (2014) Landscape ecology and water management.

Proceedings of IGU Rohtak Conference, Volume 2. Advances in Geographical and Environmental Studies, Springer.


Revised Syllabus of B.A./B.Sc. (Hons) VI Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Dr. Hasibur Rahaman

Course Title: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: Tto make them aware about issues, concerns and importance of sustainable

development and also to realize the program, policies and strategies of

developmental goals.

Course Outcomes: After end of this lesson, it is expected that students will share their theoretical

experiences in social life to make this world more sustainable.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Sustainable Development: Definition, Components, Limitations and Historical Background. 06

2. The Millennium Development Goals: National Strategies and International Experiences.

05

3. Sustainable Regional Development: Need and examples from different Ecosystems.

04

4. Inclusive Development: Education, Health; Climate Change: The role of higher education in

sustainable development; The human right to health; Poverty and disease; The Challenges of Universal Health Coverage; Policies and Global Cooperation for Climate Change.

11

5. Sustainable Development Policies and Programmes: The proposal for SDGs at Rio+20; Illustrative

SDGs; Goal-Based Development; Financing for Sustainable Development; Principles of Good

Governance; National Environmental Policy, CDM.

10

Reading List 1. Agyeman, Julian, Robert D. Bullard and Bob Evans (Eds.) (2003) Just Sustainabilities: Development in an

Unequal World. London: Earthscan. (Introduction and conclusion.).

2. Ayers, Jessica and David Dodman (2010) “Climate change adaptation and development I: the state of the debate”.

Progress in Development Studies 10 (2): 161-168.

3. Baker, Susan (2006) Sustainable Development. Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon; New York, N.Y.: Routledge.

(Chapter 2, “The concept of sustainable development”)..

4. Brosius, Peter (1997) “Endangered forest, endangered people: Environmentalist representations of

indigenous knowledge”, Human Ecology 25: 47-69.

5. Lohman, Larry (2003) “Re-imagining the population debate”. Corner House Briefing 28.

6. Martínez-Alier, Joan et al (2010) “Sustainable de-growth: Mapping the context, criticisms and future prospects of

an emergent paradigm” Ecological Economics 69: 1741-1747.

7. Merchant, Carolyn (Ed.) (1994) Ecology. Atlantic Highlands, N.J: Humanities Press. (Introduction, pp 1-25.).

8. Osorio, Leonardo et al (2005) “Debates on sustainable development: towards a holistic view of

reality”.Environment, Development and Sustainability 7: 501-518.

9. Robbins, Paul (2004) Political Ecology: A Critical Introduction. Blackwell Publishing.

10. Singh, R.B. (Eds.) (2001) Urban Sustainability in the Context of Global Change, Science Pub., Inc.,Enfield

(NH), USA and Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi.



Name of the Teacher: Dr. Shamshad

Course Title: RURAL GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To comprehend the students about concepts, approaches, economy and provisions

of rural development.

Course Outcomes: Outcomes will include an understanding and visualization of rural developmental

problems, issues and challenges.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

1. Defining Development: Inter-Dependence of Urban and Rural Sectors of the Economy; Need for

Rural Development, Gandhian Approach of Rural Development. 14

2. Rural Economic Base: Panchayatiraj System, Agriculture and Allied Sectors, Seasonality and Need for

Expanding Non-Farm Activities, Co-operatives, PURA.

14

3. Area Based Approach to Rural Development: Drought Prone Area Programmes, PMGSY. 12

4. Target Group Approach to Rural Development: SJSY, MNREGA, Jan Dhan Yojana and Rural

Connectivity.

12

5. Provision of Services – Physical and Socio-Economic Access to Elementary Education and Primary

Health Care and Micro credit.

12

Reading List

1. Gilg A. W., 1985: An Introduction to Rural Geography, Edwin Arnold, London.

2. Krishnamurthy, J. 2000: Rural Development - Problems and Prospects, Rawat Publs., Jaipur

3. Lee D. A. and Chaudhri D. P. (eds.), 1983: Rural Development and State, Methuen, London.

4. Misra R. P. and Sundaram, K. V. (eds.), 1979: Rural Area Development: Perspectives and Approaches,

Sterling, New Delhi.

5. Misra, R. P. (ed.), 1985: Rural Development: Capitalist and Socialist Paths, Vol. 1, Concept, New Delhi.

6. Palione M., 1984: Rural Geography, Harper and Row, London.

7. Ramachandran H. and Guimaraes J.P.C., 1991: Integrated Rural Development in Asia – Leaning from Recent

Experience, Concept Publishing, New Delhi.

8. Robb P. (ed.), 1983: Rural South Asia: Linkages, Change and Development, Curzon Press.

9. UNAPDI 1986:Local Level Planning and Rural Development: Alternative Strategies. (United Nations Asian

& Pacific Development Institute, Bangkok), Concept Publs. Co., New Delhi.

10. Wanmali S., 1992: Rural Infrastructure Settlement Systems and Development of the Regional Economy in

South India, International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington, D.C.

11. Yugandhar, B. N. and Mukherjee, Neela (eds.) 1991: Studies in Village India: Issues in Rural Development,

Concept Publs. Co., New Delhi.





(03 Section)

Prof. S. Najmul Islam Hashmi, Prof. Shahab Fazal, Dr. Saleha Jamal, Dr. Fazlur

Rahman, Dr. M. Naiyer Zaidy.

Course Title: Disaster Management based Project Work (Practical)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 60 %

Course Objective: To develop the skill of understanding about natural calamities and disaster and,

also realize the consequences as well as preparedness.

Course Outcomes: After end of this lesson, it is expected that students will prepare project on given

topic varying from natural calamities to disaster impact region.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

The Project Report based on any two field based case studies among following


1. Flood

2. Drought


4. Earthquake

5. Landslides


45





Macmillan, Delhi.


and 3.








(www.ikbooks.com).





(03 Section)

Dr. Tariq M. Usmani, Dr. S. Kausar Shamim, Dr. Nihkat Bano, Dr. Shamshad,

Dr. Mashkoor Ahmad, Dr. M. Firoz Ahmed.

Course Title:


(Practical)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 60 %

Course Objective: To provide the students with the understanding of socioeconomic conditions of

chosen rural/urban dwellers through means of observations, surveying and

interview with the households.

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to write a report/project on living environment of rural/urban dwellers from chosen village.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Objective: The main objective of field studies is to provide the students with the understanding of

ground reality of a chosen Village/Town by observation, Conducting socio-economic survey of the

Urban household/village with the help of a questionnaire, mapping of data, landuse and cropping pattern.

10

UNIT I: Methods of Field work: Types of data, Techniques of primary data collection: Sampling,

Preparation of a questionnaire. Significance of field work in Geographical studies. 14

UNIT II: Conduct a socio-economic survey of the Urban Households with the help of a questionnaire.

Supplement the information by personal observations and perceptions. 06

UNIT III: Procure a Cadastral map of the Village for field mapping of the features of the landuse,

settlement and other prominent features. Conduct a socio-economic survey of the Village. Supplement

the information by personal observations and perceptions.

06


Report both for Urban and Village survey. Maps, diagrams, photographs and sketches should support the

report.

14




4. Mohammad, A.C., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publication, Delhi, 1977. 5. Wheeleso, K.S. and Harding, M., Geographical Fieldwork, London, 1965.





(03 Section)

Prof. Ateeque Ahmad, Prof. Nizamuddin Khan, Dr. Rashid Aziz Faridi, Dr.

Mohammad Taufique, Dr. S. Kausar Shamim, Dr. Naushaba Naseem Ahmed.

Course Title: SEMINAR PRESENTATION

Course Number: GGB-6S1

Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 60 %

Course Objective: To develop presentation and communication skill of the students on assign topics.

Course Outcomes: After end of this course, students will be confidant over their communicative as

well as presentation skills.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Topics 1.Regional imbalances in India: Its causes and Consequences. 2. Problems of

Urbanization in India. 3. Poverty and Inequality in India. 4. Population Explosion -

Causes and Consequences. 5. Rural Development: Its Programmes and Policies.

6. Disaster Management with reference to Earthquake/Drought/Flood. 7. Air

Pollution and Human Health. 8. Water Pollution and Human Health. 9. Climate Change and its Impact. 10. Impact of Green Revolution on Indian Agriculture.

Note: 1.The topic will be assigned by the teacher for report Writing & presentation. The

report should not exceed 25 pages (A4 size, Times New Roman size 12 font, 1 inch

all sides margin).


i. Introduction & Significance ii. Conceptual Framework

iii. Analysis/Discussion iv. Conclusion & Suggestions

32


Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. I Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Prof. S. Naushad Ahmad

Course Title: GEOMORPHOLOGY

Course Number: GGM1001

Credit: 04

Course Category: GGM

Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: Students will be exposed to the nature of lithosphere, landform system, Earth

movement and geomorphic processes and the application of geomorphic

knowledge at various economic, human and cultural levels.

Course Outcomes: Students will critically evaluate the interactive spaces of physical, human and

environmental components of Earth.The course enables the students to analyze the

fundamental concepts of lithosphere and established the relations with geo-physical changes of geomorphic environment. Students will provide the

geomorphic concepts for economic manifestations in everyday life.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

UNIT 1. Fundamental Concepts in Geomorphology: Geological structures and landforms



08

UNIT II. Earth Movements Isostasy – Doctrine of Isostasy; Views of Airy and Pratt




10






10


Terrain classification and its applications * Oil exploitation


Drainage network analysis – Stream orders, Sinuosity index and Drainage

density

08

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:









9. Strahler, A.H. & Strahler, A.H., Elements of Physical Geography. 10. Thornbury, W.D., Principles of Geomorphology.




Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. I Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020

Name of the Teacher: Prof. Shamsul Haque Siddiqui

Course Title: CLIMATOLOGY


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: This course is intended to develop the students’ knowledge about the physical

principles and processes governing the weather, climate and Atmospheric

circulation at global and regional scale.

To upgrade the skill of students to observe weather and climatic elements with

respect to physical and social changes influencing the earth system

Course Outcomes: Students will able to conceptualize, analyze and apply the concepts of weather and

climate and correlate it with daily weather events. Students will develop the causal relations of climate with other social, economic

and cultural activities.

Students will be able to utilize the techniques for modeling the climate, covering

both theoretical and technical aspects.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

UNIT 1. Nature and scope of climatology and its relationship with meteroralogy. The atmosphere: Structure and composition, insolation, heat-balance of the earth.

Distribution of temperature: Temporal, vertical and horizontal, Green House effect.

08

UNIT 2. Atmospheric Equilibrium: Stability and instability, potential temperature and evapo-

transpiration. Distribution of atmospheric pressure and winds: Jet streams - their

origin, types and distribution, monsoon winds.

10


Frontogenesis, types and weather associated with fronts. Cyclones, and anticyclones,

Global warming.

10


classification, Climates of the World: Tropical, Temperate, Desert. Interpretation and

generation of climatic information, soils, agricultural activities.

12

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Barry & Perry., Synophic Climatology. 2. Blair, T.A., Climatology-General and Regional.








10. Rama sastery, A.A., Weather & Weather fore casting. 11. Rummey, G., Climatology and the world's climate.





Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. I Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Prof. S. Najmul Islam Hashmi

Course Title: OCEANOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To develop the understanding about concepts associated with hydrosphere with

context to oceanic relief, surfaces and their distribution on earth.

To provide the knowledge about physical principles, characteristics, oceanic

deposits and processes governing the circulation and characteristics of water bodies on Earth.

Course Outcomes: After the end of syllabus students will be able to examine and compare the

different ocean and water bodies with their distinct oceanic bottom relief,

circulation system and marine deposit.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

UNIT 1. Oceanography – nature, scope and development, distribution of

land and water, Ocean bottom topography, bottom relief of

Pacific, Atlantic and Indian Ocean.

08

UNIT II. Characteristics of Ocean water: temperature – distribution,

salinity – composition, source and distribution, density of sea

level.

10

UNIT III. Movement of ocean water: currents - causes and character,

currents of Atlantic, Indian and Pacific Ocean, Waves, tides and

theories of origin.

12

UNIT IV. Ocean deposits and coral reefs: sources, types and distribution of

ocean deposits, coral reefs –formation, condition of growth, type

and theories of origin.

10

BOOKS RECOMMENTED:

1. Davis, R.J.A. 1986, Oceanography – An Introduction of the Marine Environment, Win C. Brown, Iowa.


3. Murray, S.J., 1913, Ocean, A General account of the Science of the sea, Thorton Butter Worth, London.

4. Siddhartha, K. 1999, Oceanography, A Brief Introduction, Kisalaya Pub. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi..


6. Stahler, A. N. Stahler A.M., 1997, Geography and man’s Environment, John Wiley and Sons, New York.

7. Thurnman, H.V., 1978, Introduction to oceanography, Charles E. Merrill Pub. Co., London.

8. Weyl, P.K. 1970, Oceanography an Introduction of the Marine Environment, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., London.


Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. I Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Prof. S. Najmul Islam Hashmi

Course Title: INDIA: PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The objective of this course is to develop the understanding about physical

features of Indian Geography.

To familiarize the students with physiography, Drainage, Climate, soil and natural

vegetation of Indian geography.

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to conceptualize the elements of physical features of Indian

geography. Students will be able to visualize and recognize the major topographical, geological, soil and natural vegetation regions of India. Students

will be able to examine the various issues, problems and challenges associated

with these physical regions.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit I: Physiography: Stratigraphy of India -A Brief Review.

Bases of Physiographic Divisions of India; Evolution of

Extra-Peninsula: Its Geological Structure, Relief and the

Evidences Regarding its Present Day Evolution;

Peninsula: Structure and Relief; Indo-Gangetic Plain:

Evolution, Structure and Relief; Coasts: Western Coast

and Eastern Coast.

12

Unit II: Drainage: Evolution of Extra-peninsular Drainage -A

Critical Study of Indo-Brahm Theory: The Gnag River

System, System and Pattern of Peninsular Drainage. The

Godavari River System; differences between the


10

Unit III: Climate: Origin and Mechanisms of Indian Monsoon - A

Critical Review of Classical and Modern Views

Regarding its Origin: Effects of El-Nino on Indian

Monsoon. Koppen’s and Thornthwaite classification of

Climate

12

Unit IV: Soils and Forests: Problems of Soil - Soil Erosion and

Conservation; Saline and Alkaline Soils -their measures

of reclamation; Problems of Indian Forestry; Forest

Development Programs.

10

Books Recommended:









Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. I Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Prof. Ateeque Ahmad

Course Title: HISTORY OF GEOGRAPHICAL THOUGHT


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The course is intended to develop the philosophical and historical aptitude among

students in the context of evolution and development of geographical ideas,

theme, approaches and knowledge. Students will be acquainted with the

philosophers of different school of thought that contributed in the development of

geography as a branch of knowledge.

Course Outcomes: After the end of course, students will be able to visualize the basic theme, ideas, dichotomies and approaches of geographic knowledge with relation to historical

juncture, varying schools and era of their emergence. Students will be able to

critically evaluate the nature of geography as spatial science with changing space

and time.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures




12


Contribution of Arabs in scientific geography; Al Khwarizmi, AI Masudi, AI Biruni

and lbn Khaldun.

10


determinism and their present relevance in geography. Development of Dualism in

geography: Physical verses Human Geography and Regional verses Systematic

Geography.

12

UNIT IV: Development of Modern Geography: Contributions of German School- Humboldt, Ritter, Ratzel. Contribution of French School-Vidal-De-Ia Blache. Contribution of

British School–Meckinder the relevance of ‘Heartland theory’ in present day-Geo-

political order.

10

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1. Ali, S.M., Arab Geography, AMU., Press, Aligarh.



4. Claval, P., Epistomology and History of Geographical Thought, in progress in Human Geography, Vol.4.


6. Dickinson, R.E., The Making of Modern Geography. 7. Davis, V.K., Conceptual Revolution in Geography.






Course Title: REMOTE SENSING: THEORETICAL CONCEPT


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: This course aims to develop the students’ knowledge about theoretical bases,

principles, types and application of Remote Sensing technique and aerial

photography in geographical studies.

Course Outcomes: After the end of course, students will efficiently assess the scientific principles

and law involved in Remote sensing technique. Students will be able to observe

the component and application of satellite based remote sensing data.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

UNIT I: Remote Sensing: Meaning, Definition, significance and utility of remote sensing in Geography.

History and Development of Remote Sensing. Advantages and Limitations of Remote Sensing.

Stages of remote sensing. Ideal and Real remote sensing.

12

UNIT II: Principles of Remote Sensing. EMR: its properties, Electromagnetic spectrum and characteristics

of different wavelength regions. EMR: interaction mechanisms. Atmospheric interaction and

their types; Surface interaction and their types; Spectral signature. Spatial, Spectral, Radiometric

and Temporal Resolutions.

10

UNIT III: Aerial Photography, its geometry, Relief Displacement and Image Formations. Classification of

Aerial Photographs and their Utility. Elements of Image Recognition and Aerial Photo

interpretation, The multi-concept.

10

UNIT IV: Types of Remote sensing: Active and Passive Remote sensing. Types and characteristic of

Remote Sensing Platforms; Geo-stationary and Polar orbiting Satellites. Digital Image

Processing: Pre-Processing-Radiometric, Geometric and atmospheric Corrections;

Enhancements; Image Classification-Supervised and Unsupervised.

12

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


11. Lillesand, T.M. & Klefer, R.W. 1987, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley & Sons, New York.

12. Curran, Paul J; 1985, Principles of Remote Sensing, Longman, London.

13. Estes, J.E. and LW Senger, 1974, Remote sensing Techniques for environmental Analysis, Hamilton,

Santa Barbara, California. 14. Lillesand, Thomas M. and RW Klefer,1987, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley &

Sons, New York. 15. Slater, PN, 1980, Remote Sensing: Optics and Optical System, Addison-Wesley, Reading.

16. Jamles, B. Camp bell, Introduction to Remote Sensing-2nd Edi. Taylor & Francis, London.

17. Fazal, S. (2009), Remote Sensing Basics, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.

18. Reddy, A. (2001), Textbook of Remote Sensing And Geographical Information Systems, BS Publication Hyderabad.


Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. I Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Prof. Shahab Fazal and Prof. Shamsul Haque Sddiqui

Course Title: P1-REMOTE SENSING (PHOTOGRAMMETRY)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



Continuous Evaluation: 60 %

Course Objective: The course is oriented to create the art of observation, examination, determination

and interpretation of various satellite and air borne spatial information. The course

will acquaint the basic principles and methods of photogrammetry to students.

Course Outcomes: After the end of syllabus students will be efficient to decipher, interoperate,

represent and mapping of various geo-spatial data with the help aerial photo graphs, remote sensing and photogrammetric technique.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures




Determination of Principal Point and Conjugate Principal Point,

Direction of Flight line and Air Base.









45

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

20. American society of Photogrammetry: Mannual of Photographic Interpretation , Banta Pub. Co., Wisconsin, 1960.


22. Barett, E.C. & Curtis, L.F., Introduc. Of Environ. Remote Sensing, 1976. 23. Dury, G.M., Map Interpretation, Issac Pitsman, London, 1952.

24. Cunan, R.J., Principles of remote sensing, London, 1985.

25. Hord, R.M., Remote sensing: Methods and Applications, N.Y., 1986. 26. Lender, D.R., Aerial Photographic, Mc Graw Hill, N.Y., 1960.

27. Luder, D., Aerial Photography Interpretation: Principles and applications, McGraw Hill, N.Y., 1959.

28. Lilles & Klefer, Remote sensing & Image Interpretation. 29. Reeves, R.G.(Ed.) Mannual of Remote sensing(Vol.2) Virginia, 1975.

30. Sabins, F.F., Remote sensing: Principles & Interpretation, 1982.



34. Tomar, M.A. & Maslakar, A.R., Aerial Photographs in Landuse & Forest Survey, Dehra- Dun, 1974.






Name of the Teacher: Prof. Nizamuddin Khan and Dr. Mumtaj Ahmad

Course Title: CARTOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:




Course Objective: Larger objective of this course is to develop the cartographic skill of students to

depict and represent the geographic information on the map. The course will

create the ability of students to adapt various methods of relief, slope and climatic

analysis as well as thematic mapping.

Course Outcomes: In addition to the ability of understanding and reading maps, students will develop

cartographic skills and will be able to create maps on their own.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

History, Development and Significance of Cartography.


# Depiction of Relief: Drawing of Profiles - Serial, superimposed,

composite and projected; Profiles and their usefulness in studying

landforms


# Methods of slope analysis: Wentworth, Smith, Hernry Raisz and

Robinson



Dispersion Diagram.



45

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Campbell, J., Introductory Cartography, Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliff, New Jersey,

1984.

2. Cuff, D.J., & Mattson, M.T., Thematic Maps, their Design and Production, Mathuen, New

York., 1982.


(New edition).



Calcutta.




Name of the Teacher: Dr. Rashid Aziz Faridi.

Course Title: TRV - FIELD TRAINING & TOUR


Credit: 02


Content of Course:




Course Objective: The course will explain the technique, methods and values of field based enquiry.

The students will conduct a field study tour of a distant area to study the socio-

cultural aspects of human life..

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to correlate their class room knowledge with practical reality

during empirical field based observation. Students are expected to submit a

comprehensive tour report on the visited area/region and subsequently, students

have to appear for viva-voce examination.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures









The data so collected with the analyzed by the candidate by preparing suitable tables, maps

and diagrams. A report on the basis of survey conducted by the candidate shall be prepared. The report duly certified by the teacher-in-charge shall be submitted.

B. Tour

Students are required to undertake a field study tour of a distant area or region to study certain

aspects of social, cultural landscape and on-spot observations under the supervision of teachers who

will accompany the students.

A comprehensive tour report on the area / region shall be submitted by the students within

two weeks on their return from the tour. The report shall be sent to the examiner for evaluation, and

subsequently the students have to appear for viva – voce examination.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:




13. Glodard, R.H., Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Dubuque 1982.


15. Mahmood. A,, Statistical Methods in Geographical Studied, Rajesh Publication, Delhi, 1977.



18. Berry, B.J.L., & Marble, F., Spatial Analysis: A Reader in Statistical Geography, New Jersey, 1968.


Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. II Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020

Name of the Teacher: Prof. S. Najmul Islam Hashmi

Course Title: HUMAN GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: This paper is designed to acquaint the students with the ideas and approaches of

human geography, growth and distribution of population, pattern of human

settlements and spatial pattern of major human races.

Course Outcomes: The expected learning outcome would be; the student will able to understand,

identify and describe social, cultural, economic and population dynamics of

society.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures


human geography. Man-environment relationship: Environmental determinism and

possiblism.

10




12

Unit III Human settlement: origin and evolution of rural settlements; types and patterns of

rural settlements. Origin and growth of urban settlements: processes and patterns of

urbanization, classification of cities on the basis of site, size and functions.

10

Unit IV Major human races in the world: distribution of races/ ethnic groups. Major world

religions and languages: their origin, diffusion and spatial distribution.

12

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



New York.

4. De Blijj, H.J., 1977, Human Geography, New York. 5. Rubenstein. J.M. & Bacon R.S., 1983, The Introduction to Human Geography,

New York.

6. Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, New D. 2010.

6. Smith, D.M., 1977, Human Geography: A Welfare Approach, London. 7. Taylor. G., Geography in Twentieth Century.

8. Khan, J.H. Scio-Economic & Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, N. D. 2010.

9. Dicken, S.N., Introduction to Human Geography. 10. Jones, E., Human Geography.

11. Garnier, J.B., Geography of Population.

12. Trewartha, G., Geography of Population.

13. Enayat, A., Social and Geographical Aspects of Human Settlements. 14. Briggs, K., 1983, Human Geography: Concepts and applications, London.

15. Husain, M., 2000, Human Geography, New Delhi.

16. Leong, G.C. & Morgan, Human and Economic Geography.



Name of the Teacher: Prof. S. Naushad Ahmad

Course Title: BIOGEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective:

Course Outcomes:

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

UNIT I. Meaning and scope of Biogeography, Biogeography and related sciences, Approaches to

the study of Biogeography, relevance and significance of Biogeography, environmental

factors affecting distribution of flora and faunas.

10

UNIT II. Soils as an ecological factor, Soil forming factors, Soil components, Soil properties, Soil

profile and horizon, Soil erosion and conservation, concept and types of ecosystem, 120

UNIT III. Biomes with special reference to Tropical rain forests, Tropical Monsoon deciduous forest,

Tropical and Temperate grass lands biomes, zoogeographical regions. 10

UNIT IV.Evolution, dispersal and distribution of plants, forest conservation in India, wild life

conservation in India, Biodiversity, concept types and importance.

12

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:





16. Cloudsley-Thompson, J.L., Terrestrial Environment, London. 17. Allee, W.C. & Schmidt, K.P., Ecological Animal Geography, New York.







Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. II Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Dr. Tariq Mahmood Usmani

Course Title: ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To educate the students about nature and types of economic activities with relation

to location, space, place and geographical resources.

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to develop the ideas

geographical aspects of economy, graph the types of economic activities, and also

conceptualize, demarcate and analyze the geographical determinates of manufacturing activities and energy resources.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit I Meaning and scope of Economic Geography. Approach to the study of economic geography,

recent trends, changing relationship between Economics and Economic Geography,

Economic Development, Indicators of Socio-Economic Development, Rostow’s model of

stages of growth and development.

10

Unit II Economic Activities; Characteristics an importance of Primary, Secondary and Tertiary

economic activities. Classification of Agricultural system -Whittlessey’s Classification and

Von-Thunen model of Agricultural Location.

12

Unit III Manufacturing Activities: Significance and types, Factors of Industrial Location, Iron and Steel

Industry, Cotton Textile Industry. Theories of Industrial Location; Weber’s and Smith

models.

10

Unit IV Energy Resources: Convectional Energy resources-Coal, Petroleum, Non- conventional energy

resources-Solar Energy, World Energy Crises. International Trade: Problems and Prospects,

World trade Organization (WTO), Central Place Theories of Christallar and Losch.

12

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

19. Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography. 20. Boesch, H., A Geography of world Economy.







30. Miller, E. & E. Willard., A Geography of Manufacturing. 31. Mc. Carty, H. & J.B.Lindberg., A preface to Economic Geography.

32. Von Royen, W., Fundamentals of Economic Geography.


34. Zimmerman, E.W., World Resources and Industries. 35. Hartshon, T.A., Economic Geography.

36. Majid Husain, Economic Geography.




Course Title: DISASTER MANAGEMENT


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To develop the skill of understanding about natural calamities and disaster and,

also realize the consequences as well as preparedness.

Course Outcomes: After end of this lesson, it is expected that students will prepare project on given

topic varying from natural calamities to disaster impact region.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit I Disaster – meaning and concept; hazards, risk and vulnerability. Disaster: its management –

plans, managing environment. Disaster its effect on different social groups; poverty and

vulnerability. Disaster management: prevention, preparedness and mitigation.

10

Unit II Disaster – classification of disasters; Natural disaster – earthquake, floods, drought and global

warming: causes, consequences and mitigation. Natural disaster – Examples from India. 12

Unit III Disaster – man made disasters, their types – technological and industrial disasters. Social

disasters: causes, consequences and mitigation. Man made disasters – Examples from India. 10


strategies for survival, types of strategies. Importance of information in disaster management,

significance of remote sensing and GIS. Planning in the context of disaster management.

12

Reading List

1. Government of India. (1997) Vulnerability Atlas of India. New Delhi, Building Materials & Technology Promotion Council, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India.


3. Modh, S. (2010) Managing Natural Disaster: Hydrological, Marine and Geological Disasters, Macmillan, Delhi.


5. Singh, R. B. (ed.), (2006) Natural Hazards and Disaster Management: Vulnerability and Mitigation, Rawat Publications, New Delhi.


7. Stoltman, J.P. et al. (2004) International Perspectives on Natural Disasters, Kluwer Academic Publications.

Dordrecht.

8. Singh Jagbir (2007) “Disaster Management Future Challenges and Oppurtunities”, 2007. Publisher- I.K. International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi, India.




Course Title: INDUSTRIAL GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The main objective of this course are the description and interpretation of the

location dynamics, theories, regional pattern and industrial degradation of

manufacturing activities on various scales, from the local to the worldwide.

Course Outcomes: After competition of this course, the student will be able to assess the role location

and place in development and distribution of industries; linkages of industrial

corridors and site specific problems facing by different industrial regions.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures






10



- Iron and steel, Cotton Textiles, Chemicals and Petro-chemicals.



12






10





10

Suggested Readings

1. Alexander, J.W., Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1988.



4. Isard, W, Methods of Regional Analysis, The Technology Press of MIT & John Wiley & Sons, New York

1956. 5. Miller E., A Geography of Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1962.

6. S. Siddartha, Economic Geography, Theories, process and pattern, Kisolaya Pub. Pvt. Ltd. Pantan, 2000.




Name of the Teacher: Dr. Saleha Jamal

Course Title: GEOGRAPHY OF HEALTH


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: Students will be familiarized with different factors such as physical, social,

economic, environmental and their impacts on diseases; to create awareness about

ecology and health care planning also.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to analyze,

interpret, and draw conclusion about role of geography in origin and spread of

major disease and also can assess the role of health care planning.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures




10

Unit II Geographical Factors Affecting Human Health and Diseases * Physical Factors – relief, climate, soil and vegetation

* Social Factors – population density, literacy, social customs and poverty. * Economic Factors – food security, nutrition, occupation & standard of living


12


(ii) Occupational and deficiency diseases (iii) Pattern of World distribution of major diseases.

09




(iv) Health Care Planning; International and national: Role of WHO, UNICEF and

Red Cross

12

Suggested Readings


14. Banerjee, b and Hazra J., Geo-Ecology of Cholera in West Bengal, Unv of Culcutta, 1980. 15. Chatterjee Mera, Implementing Health Policy, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi, 1988.



18. Learmonth, A.T.A., Patterns of Diseases and Hunger – A Study in Medical Geography, David & Charles, Victoria, 1978.

19. May, J.M., Ecology and Human Diseases, M.D. Pub. New York, 1959.

20. May, J.M., Studies in Disease Ecology, Hafner Pub. New York, 1961. 21. Mc. Glashan. N.D., Medical Geography, Methuen , London, 1972.





Name of the Teacher: Prof. Nizamuddin Khan

Course Title: MARKETING GEOGRAPHY


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The basic objectives of this course are to provide the students with a broad

introduction to marketing concepts, help you understand the factors that influence

marketing decisions, and focus attention on the vital role of marketing

organizations in today’s national and international economy.

Course Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to demonstrate strong

conceptual knowledge in the functional area of marketing, trade, trade blocks and also can evaluate and compare different marketing theories and models with

national and international experiences.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit I Marketing Geography Definition, scope and significance. Growth and development



10

Unit-II Markets

Classification, structure and hierarchy, Markets participants, Market Channel and Trade Area,

Theoretical Framework for Study of Market Centres: Christaller and Losch Model of Market

Locations; B.J. Berry’s Model and Reilly’s Models of interaction and trade area delimitation.

12

Unit-III Trade:

Classification and structure: Local, Regional, National, and International. Historical Development of

Trade, Factors of Development of Trades.

International Trade, World Trade Organization, World Trading Zone: SAFTA (South Asian Free Trade

Association), NAFTA (North Atlantic Free Trade Association).

08

Unit-IV Indian Agricultural Marketing: Definition, Types and Structure, Formal Marketing: Regulated, Government Purchase Centres.

Informal Marketing: Local, Regional, Private Traders, Processing Units. Marketing Channels,

Foodgrains and Vegetables. WTO and Agricultural Marketing: Its impact on agriculture, environment,

Food Security and Society.

12

Suggested Readings

13. Acharya, S.S & Agarwal, N.L (1987) Agricultural Marketing in India, Oxford & IHB Publishing Co, New Delhi.

14. Berry, B.J.L. (1967) Geography of Market centers and Retail Distribution. Prentice Hall, Englewood

cliffs, N.J

15. Davis, R.L. (1976) Marketing Geography, .Methuen, London, 16. Dixit, R.S. (1984) Marketing Centers and their spatial development in the Umland of Kanpur,

Allahabad

17. Garnier, B, J and Delobez. A (1977) Geography of Marketing, Longman, London. 18. Khan.N (1991) Agriculture development and Marketing, H.K. Publisher, New Delhi

19. Losch, A (1 954) Economics of Location. Yale University press, New Heaven.

20. N.C.A.E.R (1983) Market towns and Spatial Development in India, NCAER, N.D. 21. Saxena, H.M (1984) Geography of Marketing. Concepts and Methods, New Delhi.

22. Saxena, P. Marketing and Sustainable Development. Rawat Publication, New Delhi.

23. Singh, G.N. (1987) Agricultural Marketing in India. Hugh Publication, Allahbad.





Course Title: GEOGRAPHY OF TOURISM


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To equip the students with the Knowledge of tourism Geography and to lay

emphasis on the importance of geography in travel and tourism.

Course Outcomes: At end of this course, student will able to describe about the importance of

geography in tourism and tourism potential hotspot in the various tourism

generating regions of India.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

UNIT I: Basics of Tourism: meaning, definition, concept; Approach of Tourism: Tourism products

Definition of Tourism; Factors influencing tourism, historical, natural, socio – cultural

and economic; motivating factors for pilgrimages; leisure, recreation; Elements of

tourism, Tourism as an industry.

12

UNIT II: Geography of tourism: - its spatial affinity; Areal and locational dimensions comprising,

physical, cultural, historical and economic; Tourism types: natural, cultural, adventure,

national and international.

08


amenities; Impact of tourism: physical, economic and social and perceptional positive and

negative impacts.

08




08


2. Bhataia, A.K., International Tourism – Fundamentals and Practices Sterling Publishers, New Delhi, 1991.

3. Biju, M.R., Sustainable Dimensions of Tourism Management, Mittal Publications, N.D, 2006.

4. Chandra, R.H., Hill Tourism, Planning and Development, Kanishka Publications, N, D.1998. 5. Hunter C. and Green, H., Tourism and the Environment A Sustainable Relationship, Rout Ledge,

London, 1995.

6. Hanifa Bano, Geography of Dal Lake, unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Department of Geography,

A.M.U., 1984. 7. Hugel, B.C., Kashmir and Punjab, Light and Life Publishers, Jammu, 1972.

8. Kaur, J., Himalayan Pilgrims and New Tourism, Himalayan books, New Delhi, 1985. 9. Kaur, R.K., Dynamics of Tourism and Recreation, Inter – India, New Delhi, 1985.

10. Lea, J., Tourism and Development in the third world, Rout Ledge, London, 1988.

11. Nigam, D., Tourism, Environment and Development of Garhwal Himalayas, Mittal Publications,

2002. 12. Robinson, H., A Geography of Tourism, Macdonald and Evans, London, 1996.

13. Sharma, J.K. (ed.), Tourism Planning and Development – A new Perspective, Kansihka Publisher,

New Delhi, 2000. 14. Sinha, P.C. (ed.)., Tourism Impact Assessment, Anmol Publishers, New Delhi, 1988.

15. Siddiqui, S., Eco - friendly tourism in U.P. Himalayas, B.R. Publishers, New Delhi, 2000.

16. Singh, I., Manipur, A Tourist Paradise, B.R. Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.



Name of the Teacher: Prof. Shahab Fazal and Dr. Saleha Jamal

Course Title: REMOTE SENSING (IMAGE PROCESSING)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:



Continuous evaluation: 60 %

Course Objective: To expose the students towards understanding of photographic images, image

processing techniques, properties and types of photographs.

Course Outcomes: This course expects the identification, analysis and application of aerial

photographs and satellite based images.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

- Image interpretation, basic principle, Images and their interpretability, factors

governing quality of images, factors governing interpretability, elements of

image interpretation.

12


images, comparisons of seasonal images, winter and summer images. 10

- Thermal infrared images; thermal processes and properties, heat, temperature

and radiant flux, IR region of the electromagnetic spectrum, IR detection and

imaging technology, characteristics of IR images, advantages of thermal

imagery.

10

-Introduction of image processing, farms of mages, different image processing

techniques, computer image processing, digital image processing, image

restoration image enhancement, edge enhancement, ratio images.

12

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. American Society of Photogrammetry: Mannual of Photographic Interpretation , Banta



3. Barett, E.C. & Curtis, L.F., Introduction of Environ. Remote Sensing, 1976. 4. Dury, G.M., Map Interpretation, Issac Pitsman, London, 1952.

5. Cunan, R.J., Principles of Remote Sensing, London, 1985.

6. Hord, R.M., Remote Sensing: Methods and Applications, N.Y., 1986. 7. Lender, D.R., Aerial Photographic, Mc Graw Hill, N.Y., 1960.

8. Luder, D., Aerial Photography Interpretation: Princ. and Appl., McGraw Hill, NewYork., 1959.

9. Lilles & Kiefer, Remote Sensing & Image Interpretation. 10. Reeves, R.G.(Ed.) Mannual of Remote Sensing (Vol.2), Virginia, 1975.

11. Sabins, F.F., Remote Sensing: Principles & Interpretation, 1982.

12. Smith, H.T.V., Aerial Photographs & their Applications, New York, 1943. 13. Spurs S.H., Photogrammetry & Photo Interpretation, New .Delhi., 1960.

14. Stershew, A.I., Aerial Photography.



18. White, L.P., Aerial Photography & Remote Sensing for Soil Survey.




Name of the Teacher: Dr. Tariq Mahmood Usmani, Dr. Mashkoor Ahmad

Course Title: ADV. QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES


Credit: 02


Content of Course:




Course Objective: To enhance the potential of students in advance statistical techniques and its

application in geographical studies.

Course Outcomes: The expected learning outcome of this course would be; appropriate use of

statistical techniques in varying avenues of geographical studies.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Correlation analysis: Karl Pearson's Product moment, Spearman's Rank Correlation, Co-efficient and

their limits; test of significance on correlation co-efficient; scatter diagram. 12

Simple linear regression and multiple regression analysis; regression lines and residuals; Methods

of constructing regression lines, properties of least square estimates, co-efficient of determination. 10

Test of significance: Chi-square test, student 't' test, variance estimate test.

12

Test for Distributions in Space; nearest neighbour analysis; spacing of settlement. 10

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:












Name of the Teacher: Prof. Jabir Hasan Khan, Dr. Fazlur Rahman

Course Title: COMPUTER MAPPING


Credit: 02


Content of Course:




Course Objective: This course aims to develop digital cartographic skills of the student and make the

familiar with advanced cartographic tools.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, student able to draw, explain, prepare maps by use of

advance techniques in efficient computer-assisted tools.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Computer Cartography: Fundamentals of computer cartography,

Developments and advantages of computer-assisted cartography.

12



10

Types of cartographic symbols and their uses: Point, line and area.

12

Statistical diagrams: Types, line graphs and dimensional diagrams.

8

Maps: Significance, types, distribution maps.

8

Books Recommended: 13. Cromley, R.G., Digital Cartography, Prentice Hall, N. Jersey, 1992.

14. Fraser Taylor, D .R., Geographical Information System, Pergmon Press, U.K., 1991. 15. Haddad, A., Microsoft Power Point 2000, G.C. Jain for Techmedia, New Delhi, 1999.

16. Khan, J. H., Hassan, T. and Shamshad, Scales, Academic Publication, Delhi, 2014.

17. Khullar, D.R., Essentials of Practical Geography, New Academic Publishing Co.

Jalandhar,2005.

18. Maquire, DJ., Good Child, M.F. and Rhind, D.W., Geographical Information Systems: Principles and Application, Taylor and Francis Publication Washington, 1991.

19. Misra, R.P., & Ramesh, A. Fundamental of Cartography, Concept Publishing Company, New

Delhi, 1989.

20. Monkhouse, FJ. and Wilkinson, H.R, Maps and Diagrams, Mathuen and Co, Ltd.

London, 1952.

21. Pery, G., Microsoft Office 2000, G.C. Jain for Techmedia, New Delhi, 2002.

22. Monmonier, M. S., Computer Assisted Cartography: Principles and Prospects, Prentice Hall,

New Jersey, 1982. 23. Singh L.R. and Singh, R., Map work and Practical Geography, Central Book Depot.,

Allahabad, 1973.

24. Singh, RL. and Singh, RP.B., Elements of practical geography, Kalyani Publishers,

New Delhi, 1991.


Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. III Semester w.e.f. 2019-20

Name of the Teacher: Dr. Saleha Jamal

Course Title: Regional Development & Planning


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The course is designed to develop the knowledge about regional attributes,

classification and approaches and theories involved in regional planning and

development.

Course Outcomes: After the end of the syllabus, students will able to demarcate the differences

among formal, functional and planning regions. They were expected to efficiently

formulate, appreciate and apply the specific theories and plan for regional growth and development.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit I Concept and nature of Regional Planning, Types of Planning,

Principles and Objectives of Regional Planning; Approaches of

Regional Planning.

10

Unit II Concept of Regions, Attributes of Region, types of Regions, formal

and functional regions, Methods and techniques used in the

regionalization of formal and functional regions, Planning Regions in

India.

12

Unit III Theories of Regional Development (Albert O. Hirschman, Gunnar

Myrdal, John Friedman, W.W Rostow, Dependency Theory of

Underdevelopment), Planning for Sustainable Development,

Environmental issues in Regional Planning.

12

Unit IV Global Economic Block, World Regional Disparities, Regional

Imbalances/Disparities in India – Causes and consequences; Regional

Development and Social movement in India.

10

Recommended Books:


12. Chandana, R.C., 2000, Regional Planning, Kalyani Publishers Ludhiana.




16. Glikson, A., 1955, Regional and Development, Netherlands, Universities Foundation of International Co-

rp, London.

17. Mishra, R.P, 1969, Regional Planning Concepts, Techniques and Policies, University of

Mysore,Mysore.



20. Kant Surya et.al (eds).: Reinventing Regional Development, Rawat Publication, Jaipur and New Delhi.



Name of the Teacher: Prof. Ateeque Ahmad

Course Title: Regional Economic Geography of India


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The objective of this course is to conceptualize the regional approaches and to

examine regional differentiation in the study of Indian Geography. Students will

be exposed to historical, economic, cultural, social and physical characteristics of

India. Students will get an introduction to the regions of the India in terms of both their uniqueness and similarities.

Course Outcomes: The course developed the art of regionalization technique while focusing about

diversity of Indian region. Students will be able to visualize and recognized about

regional identities and socio-cultural dimension of regionalization to address the

issues and concern needed for regional planning.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures




functional regions.

10

Unit II Unit II Agriculture – Green Revolution in Indian agriculture. Regionalization

of Agriculture - methods and techniques used in the analysis of crop


120

Unit III Industry - Industrial development in pre and post independence

India; factors of location of industries-cotton textiles and iron-steel industries,


10


regionalization-macro and meso regions; Regional imbalances in India with

reference to agriculture and industry.

8

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


19. Kurdue, A.& Raza, Moonis, Indian Economy the Regional Dimension. 20. Clonlay, R.J. & Haggat, P., Models in Geography.

21. Md.Noor., Perspectives in Agricultural Geography, New Delhi.






27. C.B. Memoria, Economic and Commercial Geography of India. 28. Mahesh Chand and V.V. Puri, Regional Planning in India.




32. Sant, M., Industrial Movement and Regional Development.





Name of the Teacher: Prof. S. Naushad Ahmad

Course Title: Environmental Geography


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To create the environmental aptitude among students. To familiarize the students

with concepts, issues, approaches about physical environment. Students will be

acquainted with contemporary environmental problems and challenges.

Course Outcomes: Students will able to know the various aspects of ecological degradation and

evolved and generate the enthusiasm for protection, planning, preservation and sustainable management of environment.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

UNIT I: Meaning and scope of Environmental Geography, Relations of environmental geography

with other sciences, meaning, component and types of environment, approaches to the

study of man-environment relationships.

10


trophic levels, food chain and food webs. Ecological pyramid and flow of energy. Bio-

Geo-Chemical Cycles-Nitrogen cycle, Carbon cycle and Hydrological cycle.

12


Degradation, causes of Environmental Degradation, sources and types of Pollution, Air

Pollution, adverse affect of air pollution on weather and climate, ozone depletion, green

house effects, effects on human health, water pollution; surface and ground water, adverse

effects on human health.

10

UNIT IV: Environmental Planning and Management: Environmental management – methods and

approaches; Ecological basis of environmental management – Ecological principles;

Survey, evaluation, preservation and conservation of resources. Environmental impact

Assessment.

10

RECOMMENDED BOOKS




4. Morris, D., Freeland, J., Hinchliff, S., Smith, S. (ed.), 2003, Changing Environments, Pd. John Wiley and Sons Ltd., The Open University, U.K.


6. Radha, S., and Sankhyan, A.S., (ed.), 2004, Environmental Challenges of the 21st Century, Deep





10. Strahler, A.N., and Strahler, A.M., 1997, Geography and Man’s Environment, John Wiley and Sons, New

York.

11. Taj, B., Murphy, P. and Rana, P.S., 2007, Environmental Impact Assessment, An Indo – Australian Perspective, Bookwell New Delhi.

12. Verma, S. B. and Shiva, K.S.,(ed.), 2005, Environmental Protection and Development, Deep Publications,

New Delhi.



Name of the Teacher: Prof. Nizamuddin Khan

Course Title: Political Geography


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The course will explain the historical evolution, of discipline of Political

Geography. It will help to understand about theoretical models related to

geopolitics and geo-strategy. It will provide the knowledge about political

attributes that evolved with territorial structure and geographic influence like state, nation, boundary, elections, and frontier of world in general and India in

particular.

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to critically examine the geographical bases of political

studies. They will be able to evaluate and correlate different theories with

contemporary geopolitical and geo-strategic issues.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit : I Introduction to Political Geography: Definition and Historical Development of Political Geography. * Recent Development in Political Geography. * Distinction between Geo-

Politics and Political Geography. * Approaches to the Study of Political Geography;

Hortshorn’s Functional, Whittesey’sLandscape and Joni’s Unified Field theory.

10

Unit: II Concept of State, Nation and Boundary: Definition and Components of State.* Definition

of Nation and Nation State. * Nationalism/ Nation Building. * Geographical factors of state

: Physical, spatial and human & Economic. * Definition of Boundary and Frontier and their

Classification

12

Unit III Global Strategies Models and Colonization: Meckinder’s Geographical Pivot and

Heartland Model. Spykman’s Rim Land Model. Critical Assessment of Heartland and Rim Land Model and their Relevance to World’ Geo politics. Concept of Colonization, Factors

and Styles of Colonization. Neo Imperialism : Political ,Economic and Cultural

Mechanism.

10

Unit IV Political Geography of India and Geography of Election: India Under Colonial Rules.

India as a Federal country. India as a Unitary or Union of States. India’s Relation with

China and Pakistan. Concept and Definition of geography of Election or Electoral

Geography. Approaches to Study of Election / Electoral Geography.

12

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Alexander, L.M. World Political Patterns, London,1964 2. De Blij, H.J. Systematic Political Geography, New York, 1967

3. Dikshit, R.D. Political Geography, New Delhi, 2004

4. Dikshit, R.D. Political Geography, a Century of Progress, New Delhi, 1999.

5. Dikshit, S.K. Electoral Geography of India, Varanasi, 1993 6. Dwivedi, R.L. Fundamentals of Political Geography, Alhabad, 2010

7. Jackson, W.A.D. Politics & Geographic Relationships, PrHall '71

8. Kasperson / Minghi, Structure of Political Geography, London '70 9. Pounds, N. Political Geography, London, 1963

10. Taylor,P. Political Geography, London, 1985




Course Title: Geography of Resources


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The course will develop the awareness about nature, characteristics, availability,

distribution and management of natural resources.

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to visualize different resource rich and scarce areas in terms

of water, forest, marine, mineral and energy resources. It will create the values of

resource preservation and sustainable resource utilization among students.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

UNIT I : Nature, scope and significance of geography of resources. Definition and concept of

natural resources. Classification of resources. 08

UNIT II: Characteristics of natural resources: Resource conservation and management with

reference to land and forest resource.

10

UNIT III: Water resources-Hydrologic Cycle, fresh water resources, surface and underground

water supplies, problems of water supplies. Marine resources, major fishing grounds

of the world, fish distribution and exploitation. India’s natural resource: water

resource, conservation and management and its utilization

12



10

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


10. Ali, S.A., Resources for Future Economic Growth, New Delhi, 1979. 11. Behends, William, W., The Dynamics of Natural Resource Utilization in D.Meadow(Ed.), Masaclusetts, 1972.




15. Zimmerman, E.W., Introduction to World Resources (edited by H.L. Honker, The Ohio State University, New

York, 1964.




Name of the Teacher: DR. Tariq Mahmood Usmani

Course Title: Rural Geography


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To familiarize the students about general concepts, nature and issues of rural

Geography. To acquaint the students about nature of rural settlement,

infrastructure, morphology, infrastructure and challenges for rural development.

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to efficiently formulate the issues and challenges of rural

settlement and critically evaluate the suitability of different plan adapted for rural development in varying spatial context.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures



development.

10


settlements and their distribution with special reference to spacing, rural house type,

based on building materials, size and shape.

120



10



Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MNREGA), National Rural Health Mission (NRHM).

12

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:











23. Prasad, R. & Sarkar S., Rural India – Socio-political development, Vol. I &II, Global Vision Pub. House, New

Delhi.





Course Title: Settlement Geography


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective:

Course Outcomes:

Syllabus No. of

Lectures






Unit II




Unit III


Theories explaining the internal structure of cities- The concentric ring theory,

The multiple nuclei theory


Unit IV





BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


10. Baskin, C., (Translator), Central Places in Southern Germany, Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,

1966. Originally written by C.W. Christaller in German with title Die Zentralen Orte Suddeutsch Land in 1933.



13. Mayer, M. Harold and Clyde F. Kohn (editors), Reading in Urban Geography, Central Book Depot, Allahabad,

1967.

14. Mitra, Ashok, Mukherjee, S and Bose R., Indian Cities, Abhinav Pub., New Delhi.

15. Ramacharandran, R., Urbanization and Urban Systems in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1992. 16. Singh, R.L. and Kashi Nath Singh (editors), Readings in Rural Settlement Geography, National Geographical

Society of India, Varanasi, 1975.



Name of the Teacher: Prof. Nizamuddin Khan and Dr. Mumtaj Ahmad

Course Title: TRV - FIELD WORK (TOUR REPORT)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:




Course Objective: The course work on field work will incorporate the socio-economic and

environmental survey of prescribed region. It will enhance the potential of

students to visualize the geographical reality through empirical field based

observation. In the background of field studies, class room teaching will present

the theoretical aspects and characteristics of region under observation.

Course Outcomes: The students will be able to submit the tour reports based on field observation and

able to frame answers over physical, cultural and economic aspects of region during their viva-voce examination.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

The students of MA./M. Sc. (Final) III Semester are required to study

and submit their tour reports for evaluation and viva voce examination. The

duration of the main fieldwork will be upto two weeks. The fieldwork will

cover the following region/ regions of India assigned by the department during

the academic year. The class room teaching would include preliminaries of

socio-economic and environmental surveys to equip the students for the field

work and tour report.










45

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Singh, R.L., (Ed) India – A Regional Study .

2. Spate, O.H.K., India – A Regional Geography

3. Wadia, D.N., Geology of India

3. M.S. Krishna, Geology of India

4. Ray and Chaudhary, Soils of India

5. Ahmad, E., Coastal Geomorphology

Ahmad, E., Some Aspects of Indian Geography



Name of the Teacher: Prof. Ateeque Ahmad and Prof. Shahab Fazal

Course Title: GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS (GIS)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:




Course Objective: To acquaint the students about Geospatial-data and technology especially

Geographic Information System (GIS) and its application in geographic studies.

To upgrade the skill of students to Geographic Information System technique

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to apply the knowledge of GIS technique and prepare a laboratory based practical report based on geo-spatial data on specific GIS

software.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Fundamentals of GIS

Introduction to GIS: Definition, Information technology in geography, history and development in GIS,

components of GIS, advantages of GIS over traditional techniques. Application of GIS in geographical studies.

Geographic data – human cognition of the spatial world, maps and other representation of the world.

Types of information in a digital map: scale, projection and georeferencing.

Spatial Data - Geographic data and information, spatial – non-spatial data. GIS data formats, raster and

vector data, their merits and demerits.

Lab Work: Lab. I: Introduction to Arc View’s Modular Structure

Task Set 1: Basic software and operating system concept, Task Set 2: Introduction to Arc View

Lab II: Projection and Cartography Task Set 1: Basic concepts of projection, Task Set 2: Concept of the theme in Arc View. Task Set

3: Cartographic design concepts


Task Set 1: The Vector data model: Points. Task Set 2: The Vector data model: Lines and

Polygons. Task Set 3: Joining tabular data to spatial data. Task Set 4: Creating Visualization







45




BOOKS RECOMMENDED:



3. Maquire, D.J., Good Child, M.F. and Rhind, D.W., “ Geographical Information Systems: Principles and Application,

Taylor and Francis Publication Washington, 1991.

4. Monmonier, M.S., Computer Assisted Cartography: Prainciples and Prospects, P.Hall, New Jersey, 1982.

5. Peuquet, D.J. and Markle, D.F “Introductory Reading in Geographical Information System” , Taylor and Francis

Publication, Washington, 1990.



Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. IV Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020


Course Title: Agriculture Geography


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To acquaint with theoretical approaches, factors, theories, models and major

challenges of agriculture with spatial dimensions.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course students will be able to evaluate the agricultural

dynamics includes land use, agricultural systems and major drawbacks in

agricultural development.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit-I Aims, objectives and scope of Agricultural Geography; Basic concepts, Historical Perspective

and recent trends. Approaches to the study of agricultural geography - Regional and

Systematic approach, Ecological and Commodity approach.

10

Unit II Influence of major factors on the performance of agriculture. Whittlessey’s classification of

agricultural systems of the world - problems and prospects of agriculture and its economic impact in regions of the world.

120

Unit III Concept of Land use, Agricultural land use- land capability classification and land use planning for agricultural development. Agricultural Regionalization. Land Use Location

Theory - Von Thunen and its applicability; Modern Theories of Agricultural Location:

Optimum Physical and Economic Conditions and Limits.

10

Unit IV Green Revolution in India, impact of green revolution in India, Green Revolution and regional

imbalances. Problems of Indian Agriculture, Measures for Agricultural Development. Concept of second green revolution in India.

12

Books Recommended:

13. Duckhan, A.N. and Masfield, G.B., Farming Systems of the World, London, 1970.

14. Griggs, D.G., An Introduction to Agricultural Geography, 1964.

15. Husain, Majid., Agricultural Geography, New Delhi. 16. John, R, Tarrant., Agricultural Geography.

17. Mohammad, A., Food Production and Food Problem in India, New Delhi.

18. Mohammad, N., Perspectives in Agricultural Geography, New Delhi. 19. Morgan, W.B. and Munton, P.J.C. Agricultural Geography, London, 1971.

20. Shafi, M., Agricultural Geography of South Asia, Macmillon, New Delhi 2000.

21. Shafi, M., Agricultural Geography, Dorling Kindersley, New Delhi, 2006

22. Singh, J. and Dhillon, S.S., Agricultural Geography, 1970.

23. Symons, L., Agricultural Geography, London, 1967. 24. Wrigley, G., Tropical Agriculture, 1979.




Course Title: Urban Geography


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: This course aims to understand, describe and demonstrate urban dynamics and its

surroundings with theoretical experiences.

Course Outcomes: This course helps to evaluate the structure, morphology, pattern and dimensions of

changes of urban places and cities.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit I Internal Structure of Cities: Meaning, scope and significance of Urban Geography; urban

morphology and land use patterns, classical models of urban growth and evolution of

functional zones - Burgess’s Concentric Zone Theory ; Hoyt’s Sectoral Model; Harris

and Ullman’s Multiple Nuclei Model – formulation, salient features and critical

evaluation of these models; CBD – meaning, internal structure, characteristic features and

method of its delineation.

12

Unit II City – Surrounding Relations:- The urban economic base – terminology, concepts,

geographic qualities of the basic, non – basic concepts; the city’s spheres of influence

(Umland) – methods of its determination; rural – urban fringe – conceptual explanation,

internal structure, characteristic features.

10

Unit III Settlement Theories and Concepts:- The study of Walter Christaller’s Central Place

Theory and August’s Losh settlement theory in the following heads - Initial

formulation of the model and later developments; Salient features of the model and

its applicability; Losch’s Theory of settlement – generalization and development of

Central Place Model by August Losch; Rank-Size Rule and Law of Primate City.

12


economic process and socio-cultural process. Spatial pattern and trends of urbanization

in India, patterns of urban growth in India - decadal, regional, different size classes of towns (I – VI).

08

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


9. Barry, B.J.L and Horton, F.F., Geographic perspectives on Urban Systems, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliff, New

Jersy, 1970.




Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. IV Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Prof. S. Naushad Ahmad

Course Title: Social Geography


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: The course helps to understand the theoretical emergence of social geography,

social well being, gender issues, social differentiation and regional dimensions of

sociological changes.Students will be introduced to demographic, social and cultural attributes of Earth such as migration, social relations and cultural identity.

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to assess the causal role of Geography in production of

different social groups and shaping of their unique features. Students will be

efficient and able to evaluate the emerging social spaces, stratification, social well

being, and issues of social justice through spatial perspective.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit I Emergence of Social Geography; meaning, scope and significance of social geography, approaches to study of social geography; empiricist, positivist, structuralist and radical

approaches. Social Geography as an applied branch of human geography, the affinity and

relationship of social geography with other social sciences.

12

Unit II Social Well-Being: Social well-being and its indicators, Human Development Index

(HDI), inclusive growth, social segregation and ghetto formation. 08

Unit III Gender Issues and Social Change: Gender inequality, women empowerment, women

literacy and health, social change with special reference to caste and tribal groups, rural-

urban divide, rural-urban interaction and social change.

10

Unit IV Social Differentiation and Region Formation: Spatial distribution of tribes, castes and

linguistic groups, relationship between social identity and economic conditions. 10





5. Hammelt, Chris. (Ed), Social Geography; A Reader.

6. Harvey, D., Social Justice and the City.


8. Jones, E.& Eyles, J., An Introduction to Social Geography. 9. Jones, E.(ed.) Readings in Social Geography.



12. Paul Knox, Social Well-being, A Spatial Perspective.

13. Rao. M.S.A., Urbanization and Social Change.







Name of the Teacher: Prof. Jabir Hasan Khan

Course Title: Population Geography


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To enhance the skill of students on theoretical aspects of population geography,

population composition, dynamics and also population-resource relations.

Course Outcomes: Course Outcome-At the end of this course, it is expected that students will enable

to describe and evaluate spatial dimension of population dynamics.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit I Nature, scope, significance, approaches to study Population Geography, recent trends, Sources

of population data; The Census, Vital Registration and Other Sources, Problems relating to

comparability of data, Population distribution and density in the World.

14

Unit II Population Dynamics: Growth, fertility and mortality measurement, Theories of Growth:

Malthusian theory, Social Capillary and demographic transition theory. Migration: types,

determinant and consequences, patterns of international migration, Theories of Migration:

Ravenstein and Lee’s Laws.

12

Unit III Population Composition/ Characteristics: Sex Composition-measures, determinants and

distribution. Declining Sex Ratio, Age composition: various systems of age groupings, determinants and distribution; ageing of population, Occupational structure, determinants

of work force, types of workers.

12

Unit IV Population and resources: Over population, Under population, Optimum population,

Ackerman’s scheme of Population-Resource regions, population problems with special

reference to India: food, housing, unemployment and poverty, population policies, National

Population Policy (NPP), 2000.

10

Books Recommended:



3. Chandna, R.C., Geography of Population: Concepts Determinants and Pattern, Kalyan Pub. Ludhiana, 2014.


5. Coontz, S.H.Population Theories and the Economic Interpretation.

6. Garnier, B.J., Geography of Population, Longman Group Limited, London, 1966.

7. Jones, H,R., A Population Geography, London, 1981.

8. Jhingan M.L. Bhatt B.K. and Desai, J.N. Demography, Vrid Pub. Delhi, 2006.

9. Khan, J.H. Socio-Economic and Structural Analysis of Internal Migration, New Delhi, 2010.


11. Shamshad, Houseless: People on the Road, Academic Publication, 2015.

12. Siddiqui. F.A. Regional Analysis of Population Stsructure, new Delhi, 1984.

13. Smith, T., Fundamentals of Population Study, New York, 1960.

14. Trewartha, G.T., A Geography of Population: World pattern, New York, 1969.

15. United Nations, The Determinants and Consequences of Population Trends, Population Studies, 17 Un, New York, Revised Edition.

16. White. P. and Wood. R. The Geographical Impact of Migration, Longman, Inc, New York, 1980.

17. Wood, R. Population Analysis in Geography, Longman, London, 1979.

18. Zelinsky, W. A Prolong to Population Geography, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1966.


Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. IV Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Prof. Ateeque Ahmad

Course Title: Modern Concept in Geography


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To familiarize and acquaint with contemporary and advanced concepts, ideas,

approaches, philosophy and models of Geography.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course student will be able to know and apply the recent

theoretical and philosophical aspects of Geography to evaluate the various spatial

dimensions

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit I Concepts and Approaches in Geography; Ideographic, Nomothetic, Deductive,

Inductive and Environmental concept; Concept of Sustainable Development. 10

Unit -II Scientific explanations in geography, types of explanations; Cognitive

descriptions; Cause and effect - Temporal, Functional and Ecological.

12

Unit-III Empirical-scientific model of geography; Laws, Theories and Models in

Geography; General System Theory; Quantitative Revolution, Behaviourism.

10

Unit-IV Changing Paradigm in Geography; Radical concept; Welfare approach; Concept of gender Geography - Feminism; Modernism and Post-Modernism in Geography.

12

Recommended Books:












14. Soja, Edward 1989. Post-modern Geographies, Verso, London. Reprinted 1997: Rawat Pub., Jaipur and New Delhi.



Name of the Teacher: Prof. S. Naushad Ahmad and Prof. Nizamuddin Khan

Course Title: Field Studies (Socio-economic Survey)


Credit: 02


Content of Course:




Course Objective: The main objective of field studies is to provide the students with the

understanding of ground reality of a chosen village/Town by observation, conducting socio-economic survey of the urban house hold/village with the help

of questionnaire, mapping of data, land use and cropping pattern.

Course Outcomes: This course helps to develop the understanding about theoretical notions of socio-

economic development/condition of sampled rural/urban households and also

expected to prepare a survey report on socio-economic attributes.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

UNIT I: Methods of Field work: Types of data, Techniques of primary data collection: Sampling,

Preparation of a questionnaire. Significance of field work in Geographical studies.

12

UNIT II: Conduct a socio-economic survey of the Urban Households with the help of a questionnaire. Supplement the information by personal observations and perceptions.

12

UNIT III: Procure a Cadastral map of the Village for field mapping of the features of the landuse,

settlement and other prominent features. Conduct a socio-economic survey of the

Village. Supplement the information by personal observations and perceptions.

12


Report both for Urban and Village survey. Maps, diagrams, photographs and sketches

should support the report.

10


7. Jones, P.A., Fieldwork in Geography, London, 1968 8. Glodard, R.H., Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Dubuque, 1982.


10. Mohammad, A.C., Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publication, Delhi, 1977.


Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. IV Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Prof. S. Najmul Islam Hashmi, Dr. Traiq Mahmood Usmani and

Dr.Mohammad Taufique. Course Title: ADVANCED SURVEYING


Credit: 02


Content of Course:




Course Objective: The course aims to equip the students with principles and procedures of surveying

techniques.

Course Outcomes: After completing of this course student will be able to apply the general principles

of surveying to conduct survey and preparation of report.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures










- Theodolite


45

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:




Revised Syllabus of M.A./M.Sc. IV Semester w.e.f. 2019-2020 Name of the Teacher: Dr. Tariq Mahmood Usmani

Course Title: General Geography (Open Elective)


Credit: 04


Content of Course:



End Term: 70 %

Course Objective: To make the students understand about general principles, concepts and ideas of

Physical, Regional and Environmental Geography.

Course Outcomes: The expected learning outcome would be; understanding, identification,

explanation and evaluation of different mentioned aspects of Geography.

Syllabus No. of

Lectures

Unit –I Basic Concepts: Definition of Geography; General Geography, Regional

Geography, Systematic Geography; Solar System; Motions of Earth –

Rotation and Revolution; Concept of Latitude and Longitude;

International Date Line; Calculation of Time.

10

Unit –II Components of Earth System: Atmosphere, Lithosphere, Hydrosphere,

Biosphere, Composition and Structure of Atmosphere; Interior of the

Earth; Weather and Climate; Wind Circulation; Hydrological Cycle;

Ecosystem, Food Chain and Food Web.

12

Unit –III Regional Geography: Concept of Region; Components of Natural

Regions; Natural Regions of the World; Man and Environment

Relationship in Equatorial Region, Temperate Region and Polar Region.

10

Unit – IV Environment: Concept of Environment - Physical and Cultural

Environment; Hazards and Disasters, Social and Economic Disaster;

Global Warming and Climate Change.

10

RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Hussain Majid, Fundamentals of Physical Geography, Rawat Pub, New Delhi.

2. Singh Savindra – Environmental Geography, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad

3. Blij H.E. Dc Geography, Regions and Concept, John Wiley and Sons.

4. Lal D.S. Climatology, Sharda Pustak Bhawan , Allahabad.

5. Gohchenglenong, Certificate Physical and Human Geography, latest addition.

6. Singh Savindra & Singh J, Disaster Management- P. Pub., Allahbad

7. Campbell J.B., Introduction to Remote Sensing, G. Ford press.

· Syllabus 2015-2016 B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) I Semester GGB151 :GEOMORPHOLOGY Credit :4 Mid Term :30...

Documents

Transcript of · Syllabus 2015-2016 B.A. / B.Sc. (Hons) I Semester GGB151 :GEOMORPHOLOGY Credit :4 Mid Term :30...